March 2012 - Career Point
March 2012 - Career Point March 2012 - Career Point
- Page 2 and 3: XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 2 MARCH 2012
- Page 4 and 5: S Volume-7 Issue-9 March, 2012 (Mon
- Page 6 and 7: shall be able to pick up velocity o
- Page 8 and 9: experience, have deep understanding
- Page 10 and 11: • Main will have 30% to 60% weigh
- Page 12 and 13: When terminal velocity is attained,
- Page 14 and 15: Y Sol. Let the piston be displaced
- Page 16 and 17: 7. (a) Write the chemical reaction
- Page 18 and 19: H H | | H − C − C − Cl Z = CH
- Page 20 and 21: Physics Challenging Problems Set #
- Page 22 and 23: 8 Questions 1. Ans. Remain Same Hin
- Page 24 and 25: Students Forum Expert’s Solution
- Page 26 and 27: Restoring force, γPS F = K.dx + S.
- Page 28 and 29: Perfect gas equation : From the kin
- Page 30 and 31: The internal energy of n molecules
- Page 32 and 33: * The binding energy per nucleon is
- Page 34 and 35: KEY CONCEPT Organic Chemistry Funda
- Page 36 and 37: KEY CONCEPT Inorganic Chemistry Fun
- Page 38 and 39: 'open boron bridge bonds' and are o
- Page 40 and 41: Hg NH 3 + K 2 HgI 4 ⎯→ O NH 2 I
- Page 42 and 43: `tà{xÅtà|vtÄ V{tÄÄxÇzxá 11
- Page 44 and 45: similarly P(E 3 ) = prob. that orig
- Page 46 and 47: n 1 = ∑ k = 1 2 k −1 ⎛ = cos
- Page 48 and 49: Where I´(α) is the derivative of
- Page 50 and 51: MATHS PROBABILITY Mathematics Funda
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 2 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
Volume - 7 Issue - 9<br />
<strong>March</strong>, <strong>2012</strong> (Monthly Magazine)<br />
Editorial / Mailing Office :<br />
112-B, Shakti Nagar, Kota (Raj.)<br />
Tel. : 0744-2500492, 2500692, 3040000<br />
e-mail : xtraedge@gmail.com<br />
Editor :<br />
Pramod Maheshwari<br />
[B.Tech. IIT-Delhi]<br />
Cover Design<br />
Govind Saini<br />
Layout<br />
Rajaram Gocher<br />
Circulation & Advertisement<br />
Praveen Chandna<br />
Ph 0744-3040000, 9672977502<br />
Subscription<br />
Himanshu Shukla Ph. 0744-3040000<br />
© Strictly reserved with the publishers<br />
• No Portion of the magazine can be<br />
published/ reproduced without the<br />
written permission of the publisher<br />
• All disputes are subject to the<br />
exclusive jurisdiction of the Kota<br />
Courts only.<br />
Every effort has been made to avoid errors or<br />
omission in this publication. Inr spite of this,<br />
errors are possible. Any mistake, error or<br />
discrepancy noted may be brought to our<br />
notice which shall be taken care of in the<br />
forthcoming edition, hence any suggestion is<br />
welcome. It is notified that neither the<br />
publisher nor the author or seller will be<br />
responsible for any damage or loss of action to<br />
any one, of any kind, in any manner, there from.<br />
Unit Price ` 20/-<br />
Special Subscription Rates<br />
6 issues : ` 100 /- [One issue free ]<br />
12 issues : ` 200 /- [Two issues free]<br />
24 issues : ` 400 /- [Four issues free]<br />
Owned & Published by Pramod<br />
Maheshwari, 112, Shakti Nagar,<br />
Dadabari, Kota & Printed by Naval<br />
Maheshwari, Published & Printed at 112,<br />
Shakti Nagar, Dadabari, Kota.<br />
Editor : Pramod Maheshwari<br />
Dear Students,<br />
Find a mentor who can be your role model and your friend !<br />
A mentor is someone you admire and under whom you can study. Throughout<br />
history, the mentor-protege relationship has proven quite fruituful. Socrates was<br />
one of the early mentors. Plato and Aristotle studied under him and later<br />
emerged as great philosophers in their own right.<br />
Some basic rules to know mentors :<br />
• The best mentors are successful people in their own field. Their behaviors<br />
are directly translatable to your life and will have more meaning to you.<br />
• Be suspicious of any mentors who seek to make you dependent on them. It<br />
is better to have them teach you how to fish than to have them catch the<br />
fish for you. That way, you will remain in control.<br />
• Turn your mentors into role models by examining their positive traits.<br />
Write down their virtues. without identifying to whom they belong. When<br />
you are with these mentors, look for even more behavior that reflect their<br />
success. Use these virtues as guidelines for achieving excellence in your<br />
field.<br />
Be cautious while searching for a mentor :<br />
• Select people to be your mentors who have the highest ethical standards<br />
and a genuine willingness to help others.<br />
• Choose mentors who have and will share superb personal development<br />
habits with you and will encourage you to follow suit.<br />
• Incorporate activities into your mentor relationship that will enable your<br />
mentor to introduce you to people of influence or helpfulness.<br />
• Insist that your mentor be diligent about monitoring your progress with<br />
accountability functions.<br />
• Encourage your mentor to make you an independent, competent, fully<br />
functioning, productive individual. (In other words, give them full<br />
permission to be brutally honest about what you need to change.)<br />
Getting benefited from a role-mode :<br />
Acquiring good habits from others will accelerate you towards achieving your<br />
goals. Ask yourself these questions to get the most out of your role<br />
model/mentors :<br />
• What would they do in my situation?<br />
• What do they do every day to encourage growth and to move closer to a<br />
goal ?<br />
• How do they think in general ? in specific situations ?<br />
• Do they have other facts of life in balance ? What effect does that have on<br />
their well-being ?<br />
• How do their traits apply to me ?<br />
• Which traits are worth working on first ? Later ?<br />
A final word : Under the right circumstances mentors make excellent role<br />
models. The one-to-one setting is highly conducive to learning as well as to<br />
friendship. But the same cautions hold true here as for any role model. It is<br />
better to adapt their philosophies to your life than to adopt them .<br />
Presenting forever positive ideas to your success.<br />
Yours truly<br />
Pramod Maheshwari,<br />
B.Tech., IIT Delhi<br />
"Faliure is Success if we learn from it"<br />
Editorial<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 1 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
S<br />
Volume-7 Issue-9<br />
<strong>March</strong>, <strong>2012</strong> (Monthly Magazine)<br />
NEXT MONTHS ATTRACTIONS<br />
Much more IIT-JEE News.<br />
Know IIT-JEE With 15 Best Questions of IIT-JEE<br />
Challenging Problems in Physics,, Chemistry & Maths<br />
Key Concepts & Problem Solving strategy for IIT-JEE.<br />
IIT-JEE Mock Test Paper with Solution<br />
AIEEE & BIT-SAT Mock Test Paper with Solution<br />
INDEX<br />
CONTENTS<br />
Regulars ..........<br />
PAGE<br />
NEWS ARTICLE 3<br />
• Wavelet & Fractal<br />
• IITian bags job with Rs 73 lc salary<br />
IITian ON THE PATH OF SUCCESS 5<br />
Mr. Pramod Maheshwari<br />
ALL ABOUT ISEET 7<br />
Frequently Asked Questions<br />
KNOW IIT-JEE 9<br />
Previous IIT-JEE Question<br />
Study Time........<br />
DYNAMIC PHYSICS 18<br />
Success Tips for the Months<br />
• "All of us are born for a reason, but all of<br />
us don't discover why. Success in life has<br />
nothing to do with what you gain in life or<br />
accomplish for yourself. It's what you do<br />
for others."<br />
• "Don't confuse fame with success.<br />
Madonna is one; Helen Keller is the other."<br />
• "Success is not the result of spontaneous<br />
combustion. You must first set yourself on<br />
fire."<br />
• "Success does not consist in never making<br />
mistakes but in never making the same one<br />
a second time."<br />
• "A strong, positive self-image is the best<br />
possible preparation for success."<br />
• "Failure is success if we learn from it."<br />
• "The first step toward success is taken<br />
when you refuse to be a captive of the<br />
environment in which you first find<br />
yourself."<br />
8-Challenging Problems [Set # 11]<br />
Students’ Forum<br />
Physics Fundamentals<br />
Calorimetry, K.T.G., Heat transfer<br />
Atomic Structure, X-Ray & Radio Activity<br />
CATALYSE CHEMISTRY 32<br />
Key Concept<br />
Purification of Organic Compounds<br />
Boron Family & Carbon Family<br />
Metallurgy<br />
Understanding : Inorganic Chemistry<br />
DICEY MATHS 39<br />
Mathematical Challenges<br />
Students’ Forum<br />
Key Concept<br />
Definite Integrals & Area under curves<br />
Probability<br />
Test Time ..........<br />
XTRAEDGE TEST SERIES 50<br />
Mock Test IIT-JEE Paper-1 & Paper-2<br />
Mock Test AIEEE<br />
Mock Test BIT SAT<br />
SOLUTIONS 85<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 2 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
Wavelet & Fractal<br />
The subject of wavelet and fractal<br />
analyses is fast developing and has<br />
drawn a great deal of attention of<br />
scientists in varied disciplines of<br />
science and engineering. The wavelet<br />
transformation is a localized<br />
transformation of signals in spacetime<br />
and time-frequency domains.<br />
This property can be effectively<br />
utilized to extract information from<br />
signals that is not possible with the<br />
conventional signal processing tools.<br />
Over the past decade, wavelets,<br />
multiresolution and multifractal<br />
analyses have been formalized into a<br />
thorough mathematical framework<br />
and have found a variety of<br />
applications with significant impact in<br />
the analyses of several geophysical<br />
processes such as geomagnetism,<br />
atmospheric turbulence, space-time<br />
rainfall, ocean wind waves, fluid<br />
dynamics, seafloor bathymetry, welllogging<br />
and climate change studies<br />
among others. It is likely that there<br />
will be a variety of applications of<br />
wavelets and fractals in geophysics in<br />
the years to come.<br />
This workshop aims to create a<br />
platform to discuss the developments<br />
in wavelet-based and fractal-based<br />
data analysis techniques and their<br />
applications in various processes of<br />
Earth, Ocean and Atmospheric<br />
sciences. Papers related to but not<br />
limited to the following themes are<br />
welcome.<br />
• Construction of wavelets<br />
• Discrete and Continuous wavelet<br />
transforms in geophysics<br />
• Multiresolution and Multifractal<br />
Analysis in geophysics<br />
• Wavelet-based optimization<br />
• Wavelet-based data processing<br />
techniques<br />
• Wavelets and Fractals in Earth,<br />
Ocean and Atmospheric Sciences<br />
IIT-ian bags job with Rs 73 lc<br />
salary<br />
Bagging a job in US company, Pocket<br />
Gems with a magnificient salary (per<br />
annum) of $137,000 (over Rs 73 lakh), an<br />
IIT student from Kanpur, Karan Narain<br />
made a record.<br />
With these huge amount of salary, Narain<br />
became one of the first IIT-ian and one of<br />
the Indians who have offered such a huge<br />
huge salary during their campus selection.<br />
Speaking about his selection in Pocket<br />
Gems, Narain said, "Pocket Gems is into<br />
mobile application development for<br />
Android and iOS. The interviews held in<br />
Kanpur were completely technical."<br />
The IIT student gave all credit to his<br />
schooling in different cities (Delhi,<br />
Chennai, Hyderabad and Agra) in India and<br />
claimed that the schools, where he has done<br />
his schooling, explored a new world of<br />
knowledge to Narain who is pursuing M<br />
Tech in the IIT-Kanpur.<br />
Ex-IITian NRI's 5 mn dollar<br />
gift to cancer esearch project<br />
Living up to his promise made nearly<br />
four years ago, a US-based Indian and<br />
IT entrepreneur came to his almamater<br />
Indian Institute of<br />
Technology (IIT) here to launch<br />
a research centre for biosciences and<br />
bio-engineering with the focus<br />
on cancer.<br />
An alumnus of the 1969 batch of IIT,<br />
Romesh Wadhwani, founder of<br />
Symphony Technology Group and<br />
chairman of Wadhwani Foundation,<br />
along with his wife Kathy and IIT<br />
Bombay director Devang Khakhar,<br />
inaugurated the Wadhwani<br />
Research Centre in Biosciences &<br />
Bioengineering (WRCBB) at the IIT-<br />
Bombay campus<br />
The WRCBB follows a generous gift of<br />
US$ 5 million announced by<br />
Wadhwani in New York, towards the<br />
project, designed to focus on<br />
understanding cell and cancer invasion.<br />
The IIT-B's Faculty of Department of<br />
Biosciences & Bioengineering will be<br />
affiliated to the WRCBB for<br />
the research projects.<br />
The Department of Biosciences &<br />
Bioengineering is relatively a young<br />
department but has already achieved<br />
recognition for its research<br />
excellence in multiple areas.<br />
These include -- cancer cell biology,<br />
signalling mechanisms in immune<br />
cells, computational biology,<br />
computational neurobiology, bionanotechnology,<br />
biosensors and drug<br />
delivery systems, among others.<br />
In addition, WRCBB will focus on<br />
understanding cell motility<br />
and cancer invasion as its research<br />
area with the ultimate goal to build a<br />
better knowledge base in this field.<br />
IIT to design early earthquake<br />
warning system<br />
Indian Institute of Technology,<br />
Gandhinagar, Ahmedabad has taken<br />
up a project to design a 'slightly early'<br />
earthquake warning system. The IIT-<br />
GN researchers have partnered with<br />
California Institute of Technology<br />
(CIT) , Pasadena , USA, to develop<br />
the system which will have a strong<br />
network of low cost motion sensor<br />
and the ability to detect earthquake's<br />
early seismic activity.<br />
"The goal of our project is to put in<br />
place a network of small devices<br />
called accelerometers near an active<br />
fault line which can pick up earth<br />
vibrations. They can be standalone<br />
devices transmitting data to a central<br />
server," said Prof Girish Singhal,<br />
project in-charge at IIT-GN.<br />
Singhal clamied that "A mesh of<br />
very low-cost sensors in that area<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 3 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
shall be able to pick up velocity of<br />
shock waves, issuing slight early<br />
alerts of an earthquake".<br />
According to experts, the alert from the<br />
system will help to close down big<br />
machines, which are major sources of<br />
secondary losses during an earthquake.<br />
Meanwhile, the project is expected to<br />
be of significant help to first<br />
responders during a natural calamity.<br />
IIT KGP to develop technology<br />
for Coal India Ltd.<br />
Coal India Limited (CIL) has<br />
approached IIT Kharagpur for<br />
developing technology to improve<br />
safety standards at mines. CIL had<br />
searched for appropriate technology at<br />
Indian and overseas institutes and<br />
universities without much success.<br />
Currently CIL has adopted the same<br />
practices used in Australian mines,<br />
where safety standards are considered<br />
to be the best in the world.The other<br />
idigenous partner in this project along<br />
with IIT KGP is Jadavpur University.<br />
The outgoing Chairman of CIL<br />
commented that there has been<br />
progress in this regard. The<br />
organiszation is ready to spend<br />
considerable amount for developing<br />
the new technology.<br />
IIT honors Digvijay Singh for<br />
inventing call records eraser<br />
technology<br />
Kanpur : Mighty impressed with his<br />
ability to erase call records from<br />
telecom companies’ database with<br />
help of some secret technology, IIT<br />
here has decided to confer an honorary<br />
degree on Digvijay Singh, senior<br />
Congress leader and former CM of<br />
Madhya Pradesh.<br />
The secret technology came to public<br />
knowledge when it was found that call<br />
records didn’t confirm the claims of<br />
Digvijay Singh about him talking to<br />
Hemant Karkare hours before he (Mr.<br />
Karkare, unfortunately) was killed<br />
fighting the terrorists during the Mumbai<br />
terror attacks in November 2008.<br />
Digvijay Singh apparently has a<br />
special phone with his secretly<br />
developed technology that seamlessly<br />
erases the call records as soon as the<br />
conversation is over<br />
“Of course he erased the call records;<br />
he can’t be lying,” Professor P K Dhutt<br />
of IIT Kanpur said.<br />
“It’s amazing,” Professor Dhutt added,<br />
“it surpasses the hacking abilities of<br />
both Mark Zuckerberg and Julian<br />
Assange, and since he (Digvijay Singh)<br />
is from a party that idolizes Mahatma<br />
Gandhi, we have no option but to<br />
conclude that it was a case of ethical<br />
hacking.”<br />
If Diggy Raja, as Digvijay Singh is<br />
respectfully called, accepts this offer from<br />
IIT Kanpur, he’d be awarded PhD in<br />
Electronics and Communications<br />
Engineering. In fact, IIT administration has<br />
suggested that Diggy Raja should file an<br />
application for patent over the technology<br />
that he had developed.<br />
“Need for such a technology is being<br />
felt strongly all over the world,”<br />
Professor Dhutt explained, “imagine if<br />
all those who have been caught on<br />
tapes talking to Niira Radia could erase<br />
all the call records and claim that the<br />
released tapes were work of some<br />
mimicry artists.”<br />
Professor Dhutt further informed that<br />
the institute was willing to spend on<br />
research and development and “enrich”<br />
the technology developed by Digvijay<br />
Singh so that in could be applied in<br />
other areas too.<br />
“It could help us in curbing student<br />
suicides as well; badly performing<br />
students could simply erase their bad<br />
grades from our database with this<br />
technology and choose to start a new<br />
life,” Prof Dhutt wondered about the<br />
possibilities.<br />
Meanwhile sources at IIT Kanpur reveal<br />
that Diggy Raja had almost lost this<br />
honorary degree to some unidentified<br />
“capable people” in BJP, whom he<br />
thought could tamper with WikiLeaks,<br />
rendering the whistleblower website to<br />
some kind of wiki site. But the latest<br />
revelations of missing called records<br />
clinched the deal for Diggy Raja.<br />
Faking News tried to call up Digvijay<br />
Singh many times to get his reactions<br />
on this development, but all our calls<br />
were unanswered. Strangely, none of<br />
our mobile phones showed Digvijay<br />
Singh’s number in its outgoing call<br />
records list afterwards<br />
IITs will set papers for ISEET:<br />
Kapil Sibal<br />
Kapil Sibal in a conference with state<br />
ministers said that the prestigious<br />
IITs (Indian Institutes of<br />
Technology) of the country will<br />
prepare questions papers for<br />
the ISEET (Indian Science<br />
Engineering Eligibility Test) for next<br />
year. This is the first time when the<br />
government has decided to hold a<br />
common entrance test for all IITs,<br />
NITs of the country rather than<br />
conducting individual tests for them.<br />
Central Board of Secondary<br />
Education (CBSE) will take care of<br />
management and also conduct the<br />
entrance test.<br />
HRD Ministry want to replace the<br />
existing exam AIEEE and IIT-<br />
JEE by ISEET. Both the exams are<br />
conducted by CBSE for engineering<br />
college admission.JEE exam is<br />
conducted by IITs for UG and<br />
Integrated PG engineering courses<br />
for admission in IITs only. This<br />
aspiring exam is going to replace all<br />
state level entrance exams too for<br />
engineering courses.<br />
The ISEET 2013 will be held in two<br />
phases: Main exam and advance<br />
examination. IITs and other Central<br />
Educational Institutions were also<br />
proposing to accept a weightage of<br />
40% for state Board marks.<br />
Some states are not happy with this<br />
change and not willing to accept this<br />
exam. They said that states conduct<br />
the exam in regional language, but<br />
this ISEET exam will be held only in<br />
Hindi or in English. This will create<br />
problem for those students who do<br />
not know both the languages. The<br />
States of Tamil Nadu, Himachal<br />
Pradesh, Odisha, Puducherry and<br />
West Bengal asked for some more<br />
time to study the proposal in detail.<br />
However, the ministry want to reach<br />
up to some conclusion over this<br />
proposal within two months.<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 4 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
Success Story<br />
This article contains story/interview of persons who succeed after graduation from different IITs<br />
“Pursue Excellence and all else shall follow….”<br />
Mr. Pramod Maheshwari<br />
B-Tech, IIT-Delhi<br />
CMD & CEO, <strong>Career</strong> <strong>Point</strong> Infosystems Ltd., Kota<br />
He holds a B.Tech Degree from IIT Delhi. He is a first<br />
generation entrepreneur and the key founder member of<br />
the company. Recently he has been awarded as the<br />
'Star CEO' of the country. Pramod Maheshwari has over<br />
15 years of experience in developing and implementing<br />
training methodologies. He plays a major role in providing<br />
thought, leadership and strategic guidance, in addition to<br />
supervising the functional heads. He is responsible for the<br />
overall operation and growth of the company.<br />
<strong>Career</strong> <strong>Point</strong> was established in 1993, to impart quality<br />
education to students preparing for various competitive<br />
examinations. With the sky-high ideals and commitment to<br />
excellence, now <strong>Career</strong> <strong>Point</strong> has taken a shape of vibrant,<br />
dynamic and responsible institute of the country. Today,<br />
<strong>Career</strong> <strong>Point</strong> stands apart and well above the rest on a<br />
distinguished platform, as an epitome of success. Since<br />
beginning <strong>Career</strong> <strong>Point</strong>’s objective is to enable each<br />
aspirant to achieve success in different competitive<br />
examinations. In the pursuit of which, <strong>Career</strong> <strong>Point</strong> has to<br />
its credit a team of outstanding faculty members including<br />
IITians, NITians and Doctors, added with the complete &<br />
finest study material, excellent coaching methodology and<br />
a stimulating academic environment. <strong>Career</strong> <strong>Point</strong> believes<br />
that effective guidance is the primary need of every<br />
student, which would create motivation and instill courage<br />
and confidence to face all challenges. And that is exactly<br />
what <strong>Career</strong> <strong>Point</strong> imparts in all its coaching programmes.<br />
For every course, <strong>Career</strong> <strong>Point</strong> has a strategic & a well<br />
charted programme, which aims at skills in a well<br />
organized manner so that it leads them like a self guided<br />
missile to unfailingly hit the target in the bull’s eye.<br />
Sir, can you tell us what the major competitive strength<br />
of <strong>Career</strong> <strong>Point</strong> are?<br />
We believe the following competitive strengths contribute<br />
to our success and differentiate us from our competitors:<br />
Commitment to offering quality courses and student success<br />
We offer quality tutorial courses, and intend to improve<br />
the learning experience for our students. We believe<br />
offering quality academic courses is contingent upon<br />
recruiting and retaining experienced faculty members,<br />
providing updated educational content and effective<br />
academic administration and control on content delivery.<br />
We retain faculty and instructors with relevant industry<br />
experience and appropriate academic credentials. Our<br />
Research and Development Cell helps in reassessing and<br />
updating our tutorial courses on a regular basis which also<br />
helps us in designing new academic courses. Regular<br />
feedbacks from our students are also an inbuilt standard<br />
procedure for our content delivery.<br />
Strong brands and geographic presence<br />
We believe that our training centres have established a<br />
competitive position and brand recognition among<br />
students. We currently have presence across 13 states and<br />
providing our expert services to them. In our Kota centre<br />
students from across the country and even from Singapore<br />
and the Middle East are also there, which in turn reinforces<br />
the brand equity and our geographical reach.<br />
Qualified faculty team<br />
We believe that our qualified and experienced faculty<br />
members contribute to our success. Our faculty members<br />
are graduates in engineering and science from Indian<br />
Institute of Technology, National Institute of Technology<br />
and other colleges in India. Our faculty members are well<br />
equipped with subject knowledge guiding and tutoring<br />
students. We also have an ongoing in-house faculty<br />
training facility which ensures that all our faculty members<br />
undergo training on our teaching methodologies and skills<br />
and subject matter of relevant courses and to keep them<br />
abreast of the changes in competitive entrance examination<br />
trends and changing student needs.<br />
Experience management team<br />
Our senior management team, comprising of senior vice<br />
presidents and above, has collective experience of over 65<br />
years and over 13 years of average experience in the<br />
education industry. We believe our management led by our<br />
Promoters, some of whom have extensive tutorial<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 5 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
experience, have deep understanding of the education<br />
industry, which enables us to successfully manage our<br />
operations and facilitate our growth.<br />
Quality teaching methodology<br />
We have over a period of time developed a scientific<br />
teaching methodology and system of teaching, which we<br />
believe is essential for success in any competitive entrance<br />
examination. We understand that in order to achieve<br />
success, one needs knowledge which should be acquired<br />
through a comprehensive systematic approach, rigorous<br />
practice, time management and confidence.<br />
Our focus is to train our students by developing necessary<br />
conceptual knowledge base, enhance speed and accuracy<br />
levels, infuse confidence and build the right temperament<br />
to face the competitive entrance examination. In such<br />
competitive examinations, we believe our teaching<br />
methodology plays a key role in enhancing students’<br />
overall performance.<br />
Sir, recently <strong>Career</strong> <strong>Point</strong> has penetrated in capital<br />
market through IPO? Can you tell us what your future<br />
plans are?<br />
The IPO proceeds would be utilised for constructing and<br />
developing an integrated campus facility; secondly for the<br />
expansion of classroom infrastructure and office facility;<br />
thirdly, for acquisitions and other strategic initiatives; and<br />
to meet expenses towards general corporate purposes.<br />
The entire requirement of funds set forth will be met from<br />
the proceeds of the issue. We intend to set-up an integrated<br />
campus facility at Kota, for 3,000 students which in<br />
addition to providing tutoring facility will also provide<br />
facilities such as accommodation for students, library,<br />
guest house for visiting parents, primary health centre,<br />
auditorium, canteen, cafeteria, indoor and outdoor<br />
recreation, staff quarters, provision for utilities like<br />
departmental store, bank facilities etc.<br />
Sir, brief us about your recent foray into Education<br />
Consultancy and Management Services and formal<br />
education?<br />
We plan to participate in formal education through<br />
ECAMS, we believe there is a huge potential for ECAMS<br />
in the K-12 and Higher Education segment in India. We<br />
will explore opportunities to provide ECAMS to a number<br />
of privately and/or Government-run schools, colleges and<br />
universities. We also intend to enter into partnerships with<br />
the Governments under the PPP model to manage schools,<br />
colleges and universities in rural and/or urban areas.<br />
Sir, can you suggest some study pattern to the students<br />
at home after taking class in coaching?<br />
Ans. This study plan is meant for the students to save their<br />
time and decide the strategy to study the current day topic<br />
and go through the next day topic. Regular revision is very<br />
important to understand the topic and the subject in depth.<br />
DAY 1 DAY 2 DAY 3<br />
Class of ABC<br />
Revision<br />
of ABC<br />
Questions<br />
of ABC<br />
Question and<br />
Pending work of<br />
ABC<br />
Quick Reviev<br />
for the class of<br />
PQR<br />
Class of PQR<br />
Revision of PQR<br />
Questions of<br />
PQR<br />
Question and<br />
Pending work of<br />
PQR<br />
Quick Review<br />
for the class of<br />
ABC<br />
Class of ABC<br />
Revision of ABC<br />
Questions of<br />
ABC<br />
Next<br />
Class<br />
DAY1<br />
On day 1, suppose topic ABC is being taught in<br />
the class, now after the class student should<br />
revise the ABC at home (shown as ABC-<br />
Revision) in the diagram.<br />
After revision of ABC student should do the<br />
questions of ABC (shown as Questions of<br />
ABC) to make the ABC topic perfect.<br />
DAY2<br />
Now on day 2, student should complete the<br />
questions and pending work of ABC<br />
(Questions and Pending work of ABC).<br />
Before the class of PQR on this day student<br />
should study the PQR which is going to be<br />
taught in the class (shown as Quick Review<br />
for the class of PQR).<br />
After the class of PQR student will do the<br />
revision and problems of PQR (shown as<br />
Revision of PQR and Questions of PQR).<br />
What is your take on the new education bill?<br />
The initiatives taken by the government are applaudable.<br />
In my opinion, the government should introduce more<br />
education reforms. We would be happy to take part in<br />
anything which is for the benefit of Indian education<br />
system.<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 6 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
ALL ABOUT ISEET<br />
Frequently Asked Questions<br />
What is ISEET - Indian Science-Engineering Eligibility<br />
Test and when it will be in operation?<br />
• ISEET (Indian Science-Engineering eligibility Test) is<br />
the proposed Single National level entrance test.<br />
• It is proposed to be conducted from year 2013 for all<br />
students who seek admissions in central engineering<br />
institutions i.e. IITs, NITs, IIITs and IISERs<br />
• As of now ISEET 2013 will replace IIT-JEE & AIEEE but<br />
it is proposed that ISEET will gradually replace all State<br />
level exams like RPET, MH-CET, Karnataka CET, etc.<br />
Why has the pattern changed?<br />
• ISEET 2013 has been proposed by the Ministry of<br />
Human Resource Development, Government of India<br />
to reduce the burden on aspirants due to multiple<br />
entrance examinations conducted across India each<br />
year.<br />
• The burden in terms of time, money (examination &<br />
Transit fee) and the stress caused in scheduling and<br />
preparing for each examination syllabus.<br />
Is this change beneficial for students in general?<br />
• Yes, it is definitely beneficial for students. Earlier they<br />
had to prepare for many engineering entrance tests.<br />
• ISEET implementation will reduce mental and<br />
financial burden on the student/parent and save time as<br />
well.<br />
• Students can concentrate on the single test. It will<br />
improve the chances of getting admission in a good<br />
college.<br />
• As ISEET will be conducted twice or more during a<br />
year and the scores will be valid for two years, students<br />
will have multiple chances to improve their scores<br />
What major changes come with the new pattern?<br />
• With emphasis on School Board marks a minimum<br />
40% weightage will be mandatorily given to School<br />
Board marks in the admission process across India<br />
• ISEET Main (Objective Aptitude Test -<br />
comprehension, critical thinking, logical reasoning)<br />
made a mandatory part of admission process with a<br />
minimum of 30% weightage<br />
• ISEET Advance (Advanced to School Board<br />
curriculum & in-between AIEEE and IIT-JEE pattern<br />
basic science subject knowledge objective test) with a<br />
maximum of 30% weightage in admission process<br />
made a mandatory part of for taking admissions into<br />
IITs and NITs while it is optional for other central and<br />
state level institutions<br />
What is the pattern of the ISEET 2013?<br />
• ISEET 2013 will be conducted twice in 2013, first in<br />
the month of April or May and second in November or<br />
December and the ultimate aim is to conduct it thrice<br />
or four times in a year<br />
• Results will be valid for two years while multiple<br />
attempts are allowed for students to improve scores by<br />
getting multiple attempts<br />
• ISEET 2013 will be a single day exam in two sessions<br />
o Morning Session – 10:00 AM to 01:00 PM (3<br />
Hours)<br />
o Afternoon Session – 02:00 PM to 05:00 PM (3<br />
Hours)<br />
• ISEET 2013 will have two papers<br />
o ISEET Main – Objective type aptitude test to be<br />
held in the morning session to access the abilities<br />
of comprehension, critical thinking, logical<br />
reasoning of students<br />
o ISEET Advance– Objective type test to be held in<br />
the afternoon session to access the problem<br />
solving abilities of a student in basic science<br />
subjects i.e. Physics, Chemistry & Mathematics<br />
What will be the admission process from 2013 for IITs?<br />
• Board Percentage of Class 12 th will be given a<br />
minimum of 40% weightage<br />
• Different State Boards and Central Board results<br />
normalized on the basis of percentile formula.<br />
• ISEET will replace IITJEE and will come into place<br />
from academic session <strong>2012</strong>-13<br />
• ISEET Main and Advance will be compulsory.<br />
• Main will have 30% to 60% weightage and Advance<br />
exam will have 0% to 30% weightage. The actual<br />
weightage within this limit will be decided by the<br />
board of directors if IITs.<br />
• Merit list for the admissions will be prepared by the<br />
admission committee for IITs<br />
• All other institutes who took admissions based on JEE<br />
will also follow the same pattern<br />
What will be that admission process from 2013 for<br />
institutes currently using AIEEE rank?<br />
• Board Percentage of class 12 th will be given a<br />
minimum 40% weightage.<br />
• Different State Boards and Central Board results<br />
normalized on the basis of percentile formula.<br />
• ISEET will replace AIEEE and will come into place<br />
from academic session <strong>2012</strong>-13<br />
• ISEET Main and Advance will be compulsory.<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 7 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
• Main will have 30% to 60% weightage and Advance<br />
exam will have 0% to 30% weightage. The actual<br />
weightage within this limit will be decided by the<br />
admission committee for NITs..<br />
• Merit list for the admissions will be prepared by the<br />
common admission committee for NITs.<br />
• All other institutes who took admissions based on<br />
AIEEE will also follow the same pattern<br />
What is the selection process for admissions to other<br />
institutes accepting ISEET 2013 scores?<br />
• The final cut-off list for admissions with ISEET score<br />
will be generated in three steps. Each state government<br />
or institute will be able to decide the specific<br />
weightage for Board, Main and Advance exam scores.<br />
• Following are guidelines mentioned below:<br />
o Class XII Board Score: weightage not less than<br />
40% and can go up to 100% of the total score<br />
o ISEET Main - weightage not less than 30% and can<br />
go up to 60% of the total score<br />
o ISEET Advance - weightage not more than 30% of<br />
the total score.<br />
o Combined Score- of ISEET Main & Advance does<br />
not exceed weightage 60% of the total score<br />
• It would be up to each institution/ groups of<br />
institutions/State agencies to carry out the task of<br />
counseling and finally the admission in a coordinated<br />
manner<br />
What is ISEET Main?<br />
• ISEET Main is an Objective Aptitude Test like CAT<br />
for IIMs, SAT in the USA, partly BITSA.<br />
• Main will test the inherent intelligence of the student<br />
What is ISEET Advance?<br />
• ISEET Advance is expected to be Advance to School<br />
Board curriculum & its difficulty level will be some<br />
what in between AIEEE and IIT-JEE.<br />
• This is a mandatory part of for taking admissions into<br />
IITs and NITs while it is optional for other central and<br />
state level institutions<br />
• Since HRD Ministry of India has indicated to pay more<br />
emphasis on board education, ISEET Advance exam<br />
level is likely to be closer to AIEEE which has the<br />
difficulty level advanced to board curriculum<br />
Who will conduct ISEET?<br />
• CBSE in collaboration with State Boards will<br />
physically conduct and manage the examinations<br />
across India<br />
• CBSE is the body which currently conducts AIEEE<br />
• Question paper will be set by IITs.<br />
Will ISEET replace all State level engineering and<br />
science entrance exams?<br />
• All states have accepted the new pattern of common<br />
entrance exam except Tamil Nadu, Himachal Pradesh,<br />
Odisha, Puducherry and West Bengal which will take<br />
the decision by the end of April <strong>2012</strong><br />
• Further, It is proposed that ISEET will gradually<br />
replace all entrance exams within a couple years and<br />
aspirants will have to prepare for only one national<br />
entrance exams to take admissions into all science and<br />
engineering colleges in India vis a vis IITs, NITs,<br />
IIITs, IISc, IISERs, other Technical and Deemed<br />
Universities as well as all Private colleges<br />
• States which will base its admissions on ISEET as of<br />
now are Delhi, Haryana, Chandigarh and Uttarakhand<br />
• The decision to implement ISEET by the states of<br />
Gujarat, Madhya Pradesh and Chhattisgarh is final<br />
stages<br />
• The state of Tamil Nadu has rejected ISEET and<br />
admissions to state government colleges will be done with<br />
100% weightage for Tamil Nadu State Board results<br />
Will I have to take coaching for the same pattern?<br />
Yes, you will require coaching to score good marks in<br />
boards, ISEET main (aptitude test) and advance. Now<br />
onwards ISEET will be the only exam. To take admission<br />
in a good engineering colleges like IITs, NITs good<br />
preparation is mandatory. “Early Start” to the preparation<br />
will help the student.<br />
I am an intelligent student, will this change be beneficial<br />
for me?<br />
Yes, this change will increase your chances to get IITs<br />
instead of NITs because selection criteria for both the<br />
institutes will be same in general.<br />
I am an average/ below average student, how it will be<br />
beneficial for me?<br />
It will be even beneficial for you since you will be free<br />
from tension of preparing different test syllabus for<br />
different colleges and can concentrate for only one test.<br />
Your chances of getting good college will increase.<br />
Will <strong>Career</strong> <strong>Point</strong> be able to prepare me according to<br />
that examination pattern?<br />
• Yes, <strong>Career</strong> point has already completed its preparation<br />
for the change.<br />
• We have already included 12 th Board (CBSE/ State<br />
Board) in our academic curriculum in 2007 and we are<br />
providing the complete study material for board<br />
examinations. In fact we have adopted these patterns<br />
far before than other institutes in Kota.<br />
• Our students have been performing tremendously good<br />
in board examination nation wide along with NTSE,<br />
Olympiads & other reputed national level scholarship<br />
tests.<br />
• We have been conducting National Science Proficiency<br />
Test (NSPT) every year at national level where we<br />
have tested more that 4.5 lacs students for their of<br />
comprehension, critical thinking, logical reasoning of<br />
students<br />
• Secondly, the pattern of ISEET will be more close to<br />
AIEEE in which <strong>Career</strong> <strong>Point</strong> has proved its leadership<br />
in the very first year of AIEEE Examination in year<br />
2001-02 and maintaining the leading position since then.<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 8 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
KNOW IIT-JEE<br />
By Previous Exam Questions<br />
PHYSICS<br />
1. A magnetic field B = B 0 (y/a) ^K is into the paper in<br />
the +z direction. B 0 and a are positive constants. A<br />
square loop EFGH of side a, mass m and<br />
resistance R, in x – y plane, starts falling under the<br />
influence of gravity see figure) Note the direction<br />
of x and y axes in figure<br />
[IIT-1999]<br />
O<br />
x<br />
⊗ ⊗ ⊗<br />
E F<br />
⊗ ⊗ ⊗<br />
H G g<br />
⊗ ⊗ ⊗<br />
y<br />
Find<br />
(a) the induced current in the loop and indicate its<br />
direction.<br />
(b) the total Lorentz force acting on the loop and<br />
indicate its direction, and<br />
(c) an expression for the speed of the loop, v(t) and<br />
its terminal value.<br />
Sol. Suppose at t = 0, y = 0 and t = t, y = y<br />
(A) Total magnetic flux = → AB<br />
Where → A =<br />
2 ^<br />
a k and → B =<br />
B0y<br />
^<br />
k<br />
a<br />
B y<br />
∴ φ = 0<br />
.a 2 = B 0 ya<br />
a<br />
dφ dy<br />
Net emf., e = – = – B0 a = – B0 av(t)<br />
dt dt<br />
As total resistance = R<br />
| e | B<br />
∴ | i | = = 0 av(t)<br />
R R<br />
→<br />
X<br />
F 1<br />
y<br />
Y<br />
→<br />
F 4<br />
y+a<br />
→<br />
F 3<br />
→<br />
F 2<br />
Now as loop goes down, magnetic flux linked with<br />
it increases, hence induced current flows in such a<br />
direction so a to reduce the magnetic flux linked<br />
with it. Hence induced current flows in<br />
anticlockwise direction.<br />
(B) Each side of the cube will experience a force<br />
as shown (since a current carrying segment in a<br />
magnetic field experience a force).<br />
→ → →<br />
⎛ ^ B ^ ⎞<br />
F 1 = i( l × B)<br />
=<br />
0y<br />
i ⎜ – a i×<br />
k ⎟ = B 0 yi ^<br />
j ;<br />
⎝ a ⎠<br />
→<br />
⎛ ^ B0<br />
(y + a) ^ ⎞<br />
F 3 = i ⎜+<br />
a i×<br />
k⎟<br />
= – iB 0 (y + a) ^<br />
j<br />
⎝ a ⎠<br />
Please note that F → 2 = – F → 4 and hence will cancel<br />
out each other.<br />
→ → → → →<br />
F = F + F + F + F<br />
∴<br />
1<br />
2<br />
= – iB 0 a ^<br />
j = –<br />
dv<br />
m = mg –<br />
dt<br />
3<br />
2<br />
0<br />
2<br />
4<br />
B a v(t) ^<br />
j ;<br />
R<br />
B 2 2<br />
0<br />
v<br />
Integrating it, we get,<br />
∫<br />
0<br />
or<br />
or 1 –<br />
⎡<br />
2 2<br />
B a v(t) ⎤<br />
0<br />
log⎢g – ⎥<br />
⎢⎣<br />
mR ⎥⎦<br />
2 2<br />
– B0a<br />
mR<br />
a v(t)<br />
R<br />
g –<br />
(v)t<br />
⎡<br />
2 2<br />
B ⎤<br />
0a<br />
v(t)<br />
⎢g – ⎥<br />
log⎢<br />
mR ⎥ = –<br />
⎢ g ⎥<br />
⎢<br />
⎣<br />
⎥<br />
⎦<br />
B 2 2<br />
0<br />
0<br />
dv<br />
2 2<br />
B0a<br />
v(t)<br />
mR<br />
= t<br />
B0<br />
2 2<br />
a v(t) 2 2<br />
–B a t<br />
= e<br />
0<br />
mR<br />
mgR<br />
B0<br />
2 2<br />
2 2<br />
–B a t a<br />
or 1 – e<br />
0<br />
= v(t)<br />
;<br />
mgR<br />
∴ v(t) =<br />
2<br />
⎡ –B<br />
mgR e<br />
0a<br />
⎢1–<br />
2 2<br />
B0a<br />
⎢ mR<br />
⎣<br />
2<br />
t<br />
⎤<br />
⎥<br />
⎥<br />
⎦<br />
a t<br />
mR<br />
t<br />
=<br />
∫<br />
dt<br />
0<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 9 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
When terminal velocity is attained, V(t) does not<br />
depend on t<br />
∴ V(t) =<br />
2 2<br />
0 a<br />
B mgr<br />
2. In Young's experiment, the upper slit is covered by a<br />
thin glass plate of refractive index 1.4 while the lower<br />
slit it covered by another glass plate, having the same<br />
thickness as the first one but having refractive index<br />
1.7. Interference pattern is observed using light of<br />
wavelength 5400 Å. It is found that the point P on the<br />
screen where the central maximum (n = 0) fell before<br />
the glass plates were inserted now has 3/4 the original<br />
intensity. It is further observed that what used to be<br />
the fifth maximum earlier, lies below the point P<br />
while the sixth minimum lies above P. Calculate the<br />
thickness of the glass plate. (Absorption of light by<br />
glass plate may be neglected.) [IIT-1997]<br />
Sol. The time taken by the ray to reach P' from S 1<br />
d d<br />
air plate<br />
= +<br />
V V<br />
=<br />
=<br />
air<br />
S 1 P'–t<br />
+<br />
c<br />
P'–t + t<br />
c<br />
plate<br />
S1 µ 1<br />
t<br />
c / µ<br />
1<br />
Effective path travelled = S 1 P' – t + tµ 1<br />
where c is the speed of light in air.<br />
P'<br />
d<br />
S 1<br />
S 2<br />
t<br />
µ 1<br />
µ 2<br />
D<br />
Similarly the time taken by the ray to reach P' from<br />
S 2<br />
S2 P'–t + tµ<br />
2<br />
=<br />
c<br />
Effective path travelled = S 2 P' – t + tµ 2<br />
∴ Path difference<br />
= S 2 P' – t + tµ 2 – S 1 P' + t – tµ 1<br />
= (S 2 P' – S 1 P') + t(µ 2 – µ 1 )<br />
Also when there ware no plates infront of the slits.<br />
xd<br />
= S 2 P' – S 1 P' = D<br />
S 2 P' – S 1 P' = D<br />
xd<br />
∴ Path difference = D<br />
xd + t(µ2 – µ 1 )<br />
P<br />
x<br />
For the point P, x = 0<br />
∴ Path difference<br />
= t (µ 2 – µ 1 ) = t(1.7 – 1.4) = 0.3 t ...(i)<br />
But the point P lies between the 5 th maximum and<br />
6 th minimum (given). Therefore the path difference<br />
= 5λ + ∆ ...(ii)<br />
Equating equations (i) and (ii), we get<br />
0.3t = 5λ + ∆ ...(iii)<br />
The path difference ∆ can be determined from the<br />
I 3<br />
given intensity at P, which is = . 4<br />
The expression of I/I 0 in terms of ∆ is<br />
I<br />
I 0<br />
2⎛<br />
π∆ ⎞<br />
= cos ⎜ ⎟<br />
⎝ λ ⎠<br />
I 0<br />
⎛ π∆ ⎞<br />
For I/I 0 = 3/4 , we get cos ⎜ ⎟ =<br />
⎝ λ ⎠<br />
π∆ π λ<br />
or = or ∆ =<br />
λ 6 6<br />
Hence, the thickness of the glass plates (Eq. 3) is<br />
λ<br />
0.3t = 5λ + λ/6 or ∆ = 6<br />
Hence, the thickness of the glass plates (Eq. 2) is<br />
⎛ 1 ⎞⎛<br />
31 ⎞<br />
0.3t = 5λ + λ/6 or t = ⎜ ⎟⎜<br />
λ⎟ ⎝ 0.3 ⎠⎝<br />
6 ⎠<br />
⎛ 1 ⎞⎛<br />
31<br />
= ⎜ ⎟⎜ × 5400 Å = 9.3 × 10 4 Å = 9.3×10 –6 m<br />
⎝ 0.3 ⎠ ⎝ 6<br />
3. A 3.6 m long vertical pipe resonates with a source of<br />
frequency 212.5 Hz when water level is at certain<br />
height in the pipe. Find the height of water level<br />
(from the bottom of the pipe) at which resonance<br />
occurs. Neglect end correction. Now, the pipe is<br />
filled to a height H(≈ 3.6m). A small hole is drilled<br />
very close to its bottom and water is allowed to leak.<br />
Obtain an expression for the rate of fall of water level<br />
in the pipe as a function of H. If the radii of the pipe<br />
and the hole are 2 × 10 –2 m and 1 × 10 –3 m<br />
respectively, calculate the time interval between the<br />
occurance of first two resonances. Speed of sound in<br />
air is 340 m/s and g = 10 m/s 2 . [IIT-2000]<br />
Sol. Speed of sound, V = 340 m/s.<br />
Let l 0 be the length of air column corresponding to<br />
the fundamental frequency. Then<br />
V<br />
= 212.5<br />
4l<br />
0<br />
or l 0 =<br />
V<br />
4(212.5)<br />
=<br />
340<br />
4(212.5)<br />
3<br />
2<br />
= 0.4 m.<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 10 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
In close pipe only odd harmonics are obtained.<br />
Now, let l 1 , l 2 , l 3 , l 4 etc. be the lengths<br />
corresponding to the 3 rd harmonic, 5 th harmonic,<br />
7 th harmonic etc. Then<br />
⎛ V ⎞<br />
3<br />
⎜<br />
⎟ = 212.5 ⇒ l 1 = 1.2 m ;<br />
⎝ 4l1<br />
⎠<br />
⎛ V<br />
5<br />
⎜<br />
⎝ 4l<br />
2<br />
⎛ V<br />
7⎜<br />
⎝ 4l<br />
3<br />
⎛ V<br />
9<br />
⎜<br />
⎝ 4l<br />
4<br />
⎞<br />
⎟ = 212.5 ⇒ l 2 = 2.0 m<br />
⎠<br />
⎞<br />
⎟<br />
= 212.5 ⇒ l 3 = 2.8 m;<br />
⎠<br />
⎞<br />
⎟ = 212.5 ⇒ l 4 = 3.6 m<br />
⎠<br />
–6<br />
–dH 3.14×<br />
10<br />
= 2×<br />
10×<br />
H<br />
–3<br />
dt 1.26×<br />
10<br />
–dH<br />
⇒ = (1.11 × 10 –2 H<br />
H<br />
Between first two resonances, the water level falls<br />
from 3.2 m to 2.4 m.<br />
dH<br />
∴ = – 1.11 × 10 –2 dt<br />
H<br />
⇒<br />
2.4<br />
∫<br />
3.2<br />
dH<br />
H<br />
⇒ [ 2.4 – 3.2]<br />
1<br />
= – (1.11 × 10 –2 )<br />
∫<br />
dt<br />
0<br />
2 = – (1.11 × 10 –2 ) . t<br />
⇒ t ≈ 43 second<br />
0.4m<br />
3.2m<br />
2.0m<br />
1.2m<br />
3.4m<br />
2.8m<br />
4. Three particles A, B and C, each of mass m, are<br />
connected to each other by three massless rigid rods<br />
to form a rigid, equilateral triangular body of side l.<br />
This body is placed on a horizontal frictioness table<br />
(x-y plane) and is hinged to it at the point A so that<br />
it can move without friction about the vertical axis<br />
through A (see figure). The body is set into<br />
rotational motion on the table about A with a<br />
constant angular velocity ω. [IIT-2002]<br />
y<br />
A<br />
ω<br />
x<br />
1.6m<br />
0.8m<br />
or heights of water level are (3.6 – 0.4) m,<br />
(3.6 – 1.2) m (3.6 – 2.0) m and (3.6 – 2.8) m.<br />
Therefore heights of water level are 3.2 m, 2.4 m,<br />
2.4 m, 1.6 m and 0.8 m.<br />
Let A and a be the are of cross-sections of the pipe<br />
and hole respectively. Then<br />
A = π (2 × 10 –2 ) 2 = 1.26 × 10 –3 m –2 .<br />
and a = π(10 –3 ) 2 = 3.14 × 10 –6 m 2<br />
Velocity of efflux, V = 2 gH<br />
Continuity equation at 1 and 2 gives,<br />
⎛ – dH ⎞<br />
a 2gH = A ⎜ ⎟<br />
⎝ dt ⎠<br />
Therefore rate of fall of water level in the pipe,<br />
⎛ – dH ⎞ a<br />
⎜ ⎟ = 2gH<br />
⎝ dt ⎠ A<br />
Substituting the values, we get<br />
→<br />
F<br />
B l C<br />
(a) Find the magnitude of the horizontal force<br />
exerted by the hinge on the body.<br />
(b) At time T, when the side BC is parallel to the<br />
x-axis, a force F is applied on B along BC (as<br />
shown). Obtain the x-component and the<br />
y-component of the force exerted by the hinge<br />
on the body, immediately after time T.<br />
Sol. The mass B is moving in a circular path centred at<br />
A. The centripetal force (mlω 2 ) required for this<br />
circular motion is provided by F′. Therefore a force<br />
F′ acts on A (the hinge) which is equal to mlω 2 . The<br />
same is the case for mass C. Therefore the net force<br />
on the hinge is<br />
2<br />
2<br />
F net = F' + F' + 2F' F'cos60º<br />
2 2 1<br />
F net = 2F' + 2F' × = 3 F′ = 3 mlω 2<br />
2<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 11 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
Y<br />
Sol. Let the piston be displaced by a distance x.<br />
l<br />
A<br />
F′ 60º<br />
F′<br />
F net<br />
l<br />
X<br />
⎛<br />
Then ⎜<br />
⎝<br />
Mg ⎞ ⎛ Mg ⎞<br />
+ − Ax)<br />
A ⎠ ⎝ A ⎠<br />
γ<br />
p0<br />
⎟V0<br />
= ⎜p0<br />
+ + p⎟(v0<br />
Q Initial pressure on the gas P 1 = p 0 + A<br />
Mg<br />
γ<br />
F′<br />
F′<br />
Final pressure on the gas<br />
P 2 = p 0 + A<br />
Mg + p<br />
B l C<br />
(b) The force F acting on B will provide a torque<br />
to the system. This torque is<br />
P 0<br />
A<br />
V 0<br />
x<br />
l 3<br />
F × 2<br />
= Iα<br />
F × 2<br />
3l = (2ml 2 )α ⇒ α =<br />
The total force acting on the system along<br />
x-direction is<br />
F + (F net ) x<br />
This force is responsible for giving an acceleration<br />
a x to the system.<br />
c.m<br />
F<br />
Therefore<br />
F + (F net ) x = 3m(a x ) c.m.<br />
F<br />
= 3m Q a x = αr =<br />
4m<br />
3F<br />
= 4<br />
∴<br />
(F net ) x = 4<br />
F<br />
l<br />
3<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
F<br />
ml<br />
3<br />
4<br />
F<br />
ml<br />
l<br />
×<br />
3<br />
= 4<br />
F<br />
(F net ) y remains the same as before = 3 mlω 2 .<br />
5. An ideal gas is enclosed in a vertical cylindrical<br />
container and supports a freely moving piston of<br />
mass M. The piston and the cylinder have equal<br />
cross-sectional area A. Atmospheric pressure is P 0 ,<br />
and when the piston is in equilibrium, the volume of<br />
the gas is V 0 . The piston is now displaced slightly<br />
from its equilibrium position. Assuming that the<br />
system is completely isolated from its surroundings,<br />
show that the piston executes simple harmonic<br />
motion and find the frequency of oscillation.<br />
[IIT-1981]<br />
⎛<br />
⎜p<br />
=<br />
⎝<br />
where p is the extra pressure due to which the<br />
compression x takes place.<br />
Final volume of the gas V 2 = V 0 – Ax<br />
The above equation can be rearranged as<br />
0<br />
Mg ⎞<br />
+ + p⎟(V0<br />
− Ax)<br />
A ⎠<br />
⎛ Mg ⎞ γ<br />
⎜p0<br />
+ ⎟V0<br />
⎝ A ⎠<br />
⇒ 1 = 1 +<br />
p<br />
∴<br />
0 +<br />
γ<br />
⎡<br />
⎢1<br />
+<br />
= ⎢ p<br />
⎢<br />
⎣<br />
0<br />
p ⎤ ⎡<br />
⎥ ⎢1<br />
−<br />
Mg<br />
+ ⎥ ⎣<br />
A ⎥<br />
⎦<br />
γ<br />
Ax ⎤<br />
⎥<br />
V0<br />
⎦<br />
⎛ ⎞<br />
p γAx<br />
⎜ p ⎟⎛ γAx<br />
– + ⎟ ⎞<br />
⎜<br />
⎜ Mg ⎟<br />
Mg V ⎝ ⎠<br />
0 ⎜ p +<br />
V<br />
⎟<br />
0<br />
0<br />
A<br />
A ⎝ ⎠<br />
Negligible as p and x are small<br />
p<br />
p γAx<br />
=<br />
Mg V 0<br />
A<br />
0 +<br />
⎛<br />
∴ p = ⎜p<br />
⎝<br />
⇒<br />
F<br />
A<br />
0<br />
⎛<br />
= ⎜p<br />
⎝<br />
⎛<br />
⇒ F = ⎜p<br />
⎝<br />
0<br />
Mg ⎞ γAx<br />
+ ⎟<br />
A ⎠ V<br />
0<br />
0<br />
Mg ⎞ γAx<br />
+ ⎟<br />
A ⎠ V<br />
0<br />
0<br />
2<br />
Mg ⎞ γA<br />
x<br />
+ ⎟<br />
A ⎠ V<br />
⎛ Mg ⎞ γA<br />
x<br />
⇒ Ma = ⎜p<br />
0 + ⎟<br />
⎝ A ⎠ V0<br />
2<br />
⎛ Mg ⎞ γA<br />
x<br />
⇒ a = ⎜p<br />
0 + ⎟<br />
⎝ A ⎠ V0M<br />
Comparing it with a = ω 2 x we get<br />
2<br />
ω 2 ⎛ Mg ⎞ γA<br />
x<br />
= ⎜p<br />
0 + ⎟<br />
⎝ A ⎠ V M<br />
0<br />
2<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 12 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
∴ ω =<br />
If<br />
ω =<br />
⎛<br />
⎜p<br />
⎝<br />
0<br />
Mg ⎞ γA<br />
x<br />
+ ⎟<br />
A ⎠ V M<br />
Mg is small as compared to p0 then<br />
A<br />
p0γA<br />
V M<br />
0<br />
A<br />
∴ f = 2π<br />
2<br />
= 2πf<br />
p0γ<br />
V M<br />
0<br />
CHEMISTRY<br />
6. (a) Write the chemical reaction associated with the<br />
"brown ring test".<br />
(b) Draw the structures of [Co(NH 3 ) 6 ] 3+ , [Ni(CN) 4 ] 2–<br />
and [Ni(CO) 4 ]. Write the hybridization of atomic<br />
orbital of the transition metal in each case.<br />
(c) An aqueous blue coloured solution of a<br />
transition metal sulphate reacts with H 2 S in acidic<br />
medium to give a black precipitate A, which is<br />
insoluble in warm aqueous solution of KOH. The<br />
blue solution on treatment with KI in weakly acidic<br />
medium, turns yellow and produces a white<br />
precipitate B. Identify the transition metal ion.<br />
Write the chemical reaction involved in the<br />
formation of A and B. [IIT-2000]<br />
Sol. (a) NaNO 3 + H 2 SO 4 → NaHSO 4 + HNO 3<br />
2HNO 3 + 6FeSO 4 + 3H 2 SO 4 →<br />
3Fe 2 (SO 4 ) 3 + 2NO + 4H 2 O<br />
[Fe(H 2 O) 6 ]SO 4 .H 2 O + NO<br />
Ferrous Sulphate<br />
⎯→ [Fe(H 2 O) 5 NO] SO 4 + 2H 2 O<br />
(Brown ring)<br />
(b) In [Co(NH 3 ) 6 ] 3+ cobalt is present as Co 3+ and its<br />
coordination number is six.<br />
Co 27 = 1s 1 , 2s 2 2p 6 , 3s 2 3p 6 3d 7 , 4s 2<br />
Co 3+ ion = 1s 2 , 2s 2 2p 6 , 3s 2 3p 6 3d 6<br />
Hence<br />
Co 3+ ion in<br />
Complex ion<br />
0<br />
2<br />
3d 4s 4p<br />
3d 4s 4p<br />
d 2 sp 3 hybridization<br />
H 3 N<br />
NH 3<br />
3+<br />
Co<br />
or<br />
H 3 N NH 3<br />
NH 3<br />
NH 3<br />
H 3 N<br />
H 3 N<br />
NH 3<br />
Co 3+<br />
NH3<br />
NH3<br />
NH 3<br />
In [Ni(CN) 4 2– nickel is present as Ni 2+ ion and its<br />
coordination numbers is four<br />
Ni 28 =1s 2 , 2s 2 2p 6 , 3s 2 3p 6 3d 8 , 4s 2<br />
Ni 2+ ion = 1s 2 , 2s 2 2p 6 , 3s 2 3p 6 3d 8<br />
Ni 2+ ion =<br />
Ni 2+ ion in<br />
Complex ion<br />
3d 4s 4p<br />
3d 4s 4p<br />
dsp 2 hybridization<br />
Hence structure of [Ni(CN) 4 ] 2– is<br />
N ≡ C<br />
N ≡ C<br />
Ni 2+<br />
C ≡ N<br />
C ≡ N<br />
In [Ni(CO) 4 , nickel is present as Ni atom i.e. its<br />
oxidation number is zero and coordination number<br />
is four.<br />
Ni in<br />
3d 4s 4p<br />
Complex<br />
Its structure is as follows :<br />
OC<br />
CO<br />
Ni<br />
sp 3 hybridization<br />
CO<br />
CO<br />
(c) The transition metal is Cu 2+ . The compound is<br />
CuSO 4 .5H 2 O<br />
CuSO 4 + H 2 S ⎯<br />
Acidic ⎯⎯⎯<br />
medium ⎯ → CuS ↓ + H 2 SO 4<br />
Black ppt<br />
2CuSO 4 + 4KI ⎯→ Cu 2 I 2 + I 2 + 2K 2 SO 4<br />
(B) white<br />
I 2 + I – ⎯→ I – 3 (yellow solution)<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 13 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
7. (a) Write the chemical reaction associated with the<br />
"brown ring test".<br />
(b) Draw the structures of [Co(NH 3 ) 6 ] 3+ ,<br />
[Ni(CN) 4 ] 2– and [Ni(CO) 4 ]. Write the hybridization<br />
of atomic orbital of the transition metal in each<br />
case.<br />
(c) An aqueous blue coloured solution of a<br />
transition metal sulphate reacts with H 2 S in acidic<br />
medium to give a black precipitate A, which is<br />
insoluble in warm aqueous solution of KOH. The<br />
blue solution on treatment with KI in weakly acidic<br />
medium, turns yellow and produces a white<br />
precipitate B. Identify the transition metal ion.<br />
Write the chemical reaction involved in the<br />
formation of A and B.<br />
[IIT-2000]<br />
Sol. (a) NaNO 3 + H 2 SO 4 → NaHSO 4 + HNO 3<br />
2HNO 3 + 6FeSO 4 + 3H 2 SO 4 →<br />
3Fe 2 (SO 4 ) 3 + 2NO + 4H 2 O<br />
[Fe(H 2 O) 6 ]SO 4 .H 2 O + NO<br />
Ferrous Sulphate<br />
⎯→ [Fe(H 2 O) 5 NO] SO 4 + 2H 2 O<br />
(Brown ring)<br />
(b) In [Co(NH 3 ) 6 ] 3+ cobalt is present as Co 3+ and its<br />
coordination number is six.<br />
Co 27 = 1s 1 , 2s 2 2p 6 , 3s 2 3p 6 3d 7 , 4s 2<br />
Co 3+ ion = 1s 2 , 2s 2 2p 6 , 3s 2 3p 6 3d 6<br />
Hence<br />
Co 3+ ion in<br />
Complex ion<br />
H 3 N<br />
NH 3<br />
3d 4s 4p<br />
3d 4s 4p<br />
3+<br />
Co<br />
or<br />
H 3 N NH 3<br />
NH 3<br />
NH 3<br />
d 2 sp 3 hybridization<br />
H 3 N<br />
H 3 N<br />
NH 3<br />
Co 3+<br />
NH3<br />
NH3<br />
NH 3<br />
In [Ni(CN) 4 2– nickel is present as Ni 2+ ion and its<br />
coordination numbers is four<br />
Ni 28 =1s 2 , 2s 2 2p 6 , 3s 2 3p 6 3d 8 , 4s 2<br />
Ni 2+ ion = 1s 2 , 2s 2 2p 6 , 3s 2 3p 6 3d 8<br />
Ni 2+ ion =<br />
Ni 2+ ion in<br />
Complex ion<br />
3d 4s 4p<br />
3d 4s 4p<br />
dsp 2 hybridization<br />
Hence structure of [Ni(CN) 4 ] 2– is<br />
N ≡ C<br />
N ≡ C<br />
Ni 2+<br />
C ≡ N<br />
C ≡ N<br />
In [Ni(CO) 4 , nickel is present as Ni atom i.e. its<br />
oxidation number is zero and coordination number<br />
is four.<br />
Ni in<br />
3d 4s 4p<br />
Complex<br />
Its structure is as follows :<br />
CO<br />
OC<br />
Ni<br />
sp 3 hybridization<br />
CO<br />
CO<br />
(c) The transition metal is Cu 2+ . The compound is<br />
CuSO 4 .5H 2 O<br />
CuSO 4 + H 2 S ⎯<br />
Acidic ⎯⎯⎯<br />
medium ⎯ → CuS ↓ + H 2 SO 4<br />
Black ppt<br />
2CuSO 4 + 4KI ⎯→ Cu 2 I 2 + I 2 + 2K 2 SO 4<br />
(B) white<br />
I 2 + I – ⎯→ I – 3 (yellow solution)<br />
8. (a) A white solid is either Na 2 O or Na 2 O 2 . A piece<br />
of red litmus paper turns white when it is dipped<br />
into a freshly made aqueous solution of the white<br />
solid.<br />
(i) Identify the substance and explain with balanced<br />
equation.<br />
(ii) Explain what would happen to the red litmus if<br />
the white solid were the other compound.<br />
(b) A, B and C are three complexes of chromium<br />
(III) with the empirical formula H 12 O 6 Cl 3 Cr. All the<br />
three complexes have water and chloride ion as<br />
ligands. Complex A does not react with<br />
concentrated H 2 SO 4 , whereas complexes B and C<br />
lose, 6.75% and 13.5% of their original mass,<br />
respectively, an treatment with conc. H 2 SO 4 .<br />
Identity A, B and C.<br />
[IIT-1999]<br />
Sol. (a) The substance is Na 2 O 2<br />
(i) Na 2 O 2 + 2H 2 O ⎯→ 2NaOH + H 2 O 2<br />
(strong base) (Weak acid)<br />
H 2 O 2 + red litmus ⎯→ White<br />
H 2 O 2 ⎯→ H 2 O + [O]<br />
Nascent oxygen bleaches the red litumus.<br />
(ii) Na 2 O + H 2 O ⎯→ 2NaOH<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 14 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
NaOH solution turns colour of red litmus paper into<br />
2<br />
blue due to stronger alkaline nature.<br />
or f = = 5<br />
0.4<br />
(b) A = [Cr(H 2 O) 6 ]Cl 3 . It has no reaction with conc.<br />
(b) According to adiabatic gas equation,<br />
H 2 SO 4 as its all water molecular are present in<br />
γ γ<br />
coordination sphere.<br />
P 1 V 1 = P 2 V 2<br />
B = [Cr(H 2 O) 5 Cl]Cl 2 .H 2 O<br />
Here, P 1 = P<br />
or γ = 1.4<br />
molecular formula of X = C 2 H 4 Cl 2<br />
If f, be the number of degrees of freedom, then<br />
The two isomers of X are :<br />
H<br />
2<br />
2<br />
H<br />
γ = 1 + or 1.4 = 1 + | |<br />
f f Y = ClCH 2 CH 2 Cl → Cl − C − C − Cl<br />
| |<br />
2<br />
or = 1.4 – 1 = 0.4 H H<br />
f<br />
Conc. H 2 SO 4 removes its one mol of H 2 O as it is<br />
outside the coordination sphere.<br />
Molecular Weight of complex = 266.5<br />
V 1 = V<br />
V 2 = 5.66 V<br />
Hence, PV γ = P 2 × (5.66V) γ = P 2 ×(5.66) γ × V γ<br />
18<br />
P P P<br />
% loss = × 100 = 6.75%<br />
or P 2 = = =<br />
γ<br />
1.4<br />
266.5<br />
(5.66) (5.66) 11.32<br />
[using eq.(1)]<br />
C = [Cr(H 2 O) 4 Cl]Cl 2 .2H 2 O<br />
Conc. H 2 SO 4 removes its 2H 2 O which are outside<br />
Hence, work done by the gas during adiabatic<br />
expansion<br />
of the coordination sphere.<br />
P<br />
PV − × 5.66V<br />
18<br />
P1<br />
V1<br />
− P2V2<br />
% loss = 2 × × 100 = 13.5 %<br />
=<br />
=<br />
11.32<br />
266.5<br />
γ –1<br />
1.4 –1<br />
Hence complexes A = [Cr(H 2 O) 6 ]Cl 3<br />
PV<br />
PV −<br />
B = [Cr(H 2 O) 5 Cl]Cl 2 .H 2 O<br />
= 2 PV<br />
= = 1.25 PV<br />
C = [Cr(H 2 O) 4 Cl 2 ]Cl.2H 2 O<br />
0.4 2×<br />
0.4<br />
9. An ideal gas having initial pressure P, volume V<br />
10. An organic compound X, on analysis gives 24.24<br />
and temperature T is allowed to expand<br />
percent carbon and 4.04 percent hydrogen. Further,<br />
adiabatically until its volume becomes 5.66 V,<br />
sodium extract of 1.0 g of X gives 2.90 g of silver<br />
while its temperature falls to T/2.<br />
chloride with acidified silver nitrate solution. The<br />
(a) How many degrees of freedom do the gas<br />
compound X may be represented by two isomeric<br />
molecules have ?<br />
structures, Y and Z. Y on treatment with aqueous<br />
(b) Obtain the work done by the gas during the<br />
expansion as a function of the initial pressure P and<br />
potassium hydroxide solution gives a dihydroxy<br />
compound, while Z on similar treatement gives<br />
volume V.<br />
[IIT-1990]<br />
ethanal. Find out the molecular formula of X and<br />
Sol. (a) According to adiabatic gas equation,<br />
give the structures of Y and Z. [IIT-1989]<br />
TV γ–1 = constant<br />
Sol. C = 24.24%, H = 4.04%<br />
or T 1 V γ–1 γ–1<br />
35.5 2.90g<br />
1 = T 2 V 2 Percentage of Cl = × × 100 = 71.74%<br />
143.5 1g<br />
Here, T 1 = T ; T 2 = T/2<br />
V 1 = V<br />
24.24<br />
Relative number of C atoms =<br />
and V 2 = 5.66 V<br />
12<br />
= 2.02<br />
Hence, TV γ–1 T<br />
4.04<br />
= × (5.66V)<br />
γ–1<br />
Relative number of H atoms =<br />
2<br />
1<br />
= 4.04<br />
71.74<br />
T<br />
= × (5.66) γ–1 × V γ–1<br />
Relative number of Cl atoms = = 2.02<br />
35.5<br />
2<br />
Atomic ratio = C : H : Cl = 2.02 : 4.04 : 2.02<br />
or (5.66) γ–1 = 2 ...(1)<br />
= 1 : 2: 1<br />
Taking log,<br />
(γ – 1)log 5.66 = log 2<br />
Empirical formula of X = CH 2 Cl<br />
It is given that isomer of Y of the compound X<br />
or<br />
log 2 0.3010<br />
gives a dihydroxy compound on treatment with<br />
γ – 1 = = = 0.4<br />
aqueous potassium hydroxide. Therefore, the given<br />
log5.66 0.7528<br />
compound should contain two Cl atoms. Thus<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 15 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
H H | |<br />
H − C − C − Cl<br />
Z = CH 3 CHCl 2 → | |<br />
H Cl<br />
The relevant reactions are :<br />
(i) ClCH 2 –CH 2 Cl ⎯⎯ KOH(aq) ⎯⎯<br />
→<br />
HO–CH 2 –CH 2 –OH<br />
(ii) CH 3 CHCl 2 ⎯⎯ KOH(aq) ⎯⎯<br />
→ CH 3 CHO<br />
MATHEMATICS<br />
11. Let ABC be an equilateral triangle inscribed in the<br />
circle x 2 + y 2 = a 2 . Suppose perpendiculars from A,<br />
x y<br />
B, C to the major axis of the ellipse + = 1,<br />
2 2<br />
a b<br />
(a > b) meets the ellipse respectively at P, Q, R so<br />
that P, Q, R lie on the same side of the major axis<br />
as A, B, C respectively. Prove that the normals to<br />
the ellipse drawn at the points P, Q and R are<br />
concurrent.<br />
[IIT-2000]<br />
Sol. Let A ≡ (a cosθ, b sinθ) so the coordinates of<br />
B ≡ {a cos(θ + 2π/3), a sin (θ + 2π/3)}<br />
and C ≡ {a cos(θ + 4π/3), a sin (θ + 4π/3)}.<br />
y<br />
B<br />
Q<br />
C<br />
O<br />
R<br />
P<br />
2<br />
A(a cos θ, b sinθ)<br />
Ellipse<br />
Circle<br />
According to the given condition, coordinates of P<br />
are (a cosθ, b sinθ), and that of Q are<br />
(a cos(θ + 2π/3), b sin(θ + 2π/3)) and that of R are<br />
(a cos(θ + 4π/3), b sin (θ + 4π/3))<br />
(It is given that P, Q, R are on the same side of<br />
x-axis as A, B and C) Equation of the normal to the<br />
ellipse at P is<br />
ax by<br />
– = a 2 – b 2<br />
cosθ sin θ<br />
or ax sin θ – by cos θ = 2<br />
1 (a 2 – b 2 ) sin 2θ ...(1)<br />
Equation of normal to the ellipse at Q is<br />
⎛ 2π<br />
⎞ ⎛ 2π<br />
⎞<br />
ax sin ⎜θ + ⎟ – by cos ⎜θ + ⎟<br />
⎝ 3 ⎠ ⎝ 3 ⎠<br />
2<br />
x<br />
∆ 1 =<br />
1<br />
= (a 2 – b 2 ⎛ 4π<br />
⎞<br />
) sin ⎜2 θ + ⎟ ...(2)<br />
2 ⎝ 3 ⎠<br />
Equation of normal to the ellipse at R is<br />
ax sin(θ + 4π/3) – by cos(θ + 4π/3)<br />
= 2<br />
1 (a 2 – b 2 ) sin (2θ + 8π/3) ...(3)<br />
But sin (θ + 4π/3) = sin(2π + θ – 2π/3)<br />
= sin(θ – 2π/3)<br />
and cos (θ + 4π/3) = cos (2π + θ – 2π/3)<br />
and sin (2θ + 8π/3) = sin (4π + 2θ – 4π/3)<br />
= sin (2θ – 4π/3)<br />
Now, (3) can be written as<br />
ax sin (θ – 2π/3) – by cos (θ – 2π/3)<br />
= 2<br />
1 (a 2 – b 2 ) sin (2θ – 4π/3) ...(4)<br />
For the lines (1), (2) and (4) to be concurrent, we<br />
must have the determinant<br />
1 2 2<br />
( a − b<br />
asin<br />
θ − bcosθ<br />
2<br />
⎛ 2π<br />
⎞ ⎛ 2π<br />
⎞ 1 2 2 ⎛<br />
asin⎜θ + ⎟ − bcos⎜θ + ⎟ ( a − b )sin⎜2θ +<br />
⎝ 3 ⎠ ⎝ 3 ⎠ 2<br />
⎝<br />
⎛ 2π<br />
⎞ ⎛ 2π<br />
⎞ 1 2 2 ⎛<br />
asin⎜θ − ⎟ − b⎜θ − ⎟ ( a − b )sin⎜2θ −<br />
⎝ 3 ⎠ ⎝ 3 ⎠ 2<br />
⎝<br />
Thus line (1), (2) and (4) are concurrent.<br />
)sin 2θ<br />
4π<br />
⎞<br />
⎟<br />
3 ⎠<br />
4π<br />
⎞<br />
⎟<br />
3 ⎠<br />
= 0<br />
12. A right circular cone with radius R and height H<br />
contains a liquid which evaporates at a rate<br />
proportional to its surface area in contact with air<br />
(proportionality constant = k > 0). Find the time<br />
after which the cone is empty. [IIT-2003]<br />
Sol. Given : liquid evaporates at a rate proportional to<br />
its surface area<br />
dv<br />
⇒ ∝ – S ...(1)<br />
dt<br />
We know, volume of cone = 3<br />
1 πr 2 h and<br />
surface area = πr 3 (of liquid in contact with air)<br />
or V = 3<br />
1 πr 2 h and S = πr 2 ...(2)<br />
where tan θ = H<br />
R and h<br />
r = tan θ ...(3)<br />
from (2) and (3)<br />
V = 3<br />
1 πr 3 cotθ and S = πr 2 ...(4)<br />
h<br />
R<br />
Substituting (4) in (1), we get<br />
1 cotθ . 3r 2 dr<br />
. = – kπr<br />
2<br />
3<br />
dt<br />
θ<br />
r<br />
H<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 16 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
⇒ cot θ<br />
∫ 0 R<br />
dr = – k<br />
∫ T dt<br />
0<br />
⇒ cot θ(0 – R) = – k(T – 0)<br />
⇒ R cot θ = kT<br />
⇒ H = kT (using (3))<br />
⇒ T = k<br />
H<br />
∴ required time after which the cone is empty<br />
H<br />
= T = k<br />
13. Sketch the curves and identify the region bounded<br />
by x = 1/2, x = 2, y = ln x and y = 2 x . Find the area<br />
of this region.<br />
[IIT-1991]<br />
Sol. The required area is the shaded portion in following<br />
figure.<br />
y<br />
y = 2 x<br />
O<br />
1/2<br />
1<br />
2<br />
y = log e x<br />
In the region 2<br />
1 ≤ x ≤ 2 the curve y = 2 x lies above<br />
as compared to y = log e x<br />
Hence, the required area<br />
2<br />
=<br />
∫<br />
( 2 − log x)<br />
dx<br />
1/ 2<br />
x<br />
⎛<br />
x<br />
2<br />
⎞<br />
= ⎜ − ( x log x − x)<br />
⎟<br />
log 2<br />
⎝<br />
⎠<br />
=<br />
2<br />
1/ 2<br />
4 − 2 5 3<br />
– log 2 +<br />
log 2 2 2<br />
14. ABC is a triangle such that<br />
1<br />
sin(2A + B) = sin(C – A) = –sin(B + 2C) = 2<br />
If A, B and C are in Arithmetic Progression,<br />
determine the values of A, B and C. [IIT-1990]<br />
Sol. Given that in ∆ABC, A, B and C are in A.P.<br />
A + C = 2B<br />
also A + B + C = 180º<br />
⇒ B = 60º<br />
Also given that,<br />
sin (2A + B) = sin (C – A) = – sin (B + 2C) = 1/2<br />
...(1)<br />
⇒ sin (2A + 60º) = sin (C – A) = – sin(60º + 2C) = 2<br />
1<br />
⇒ 2A + 60º = 30º, 150º<br />
{neglecting 30º, as not possible}<br />
⇒ 2A + 60º = 150º<br />
⇒ A = 45º<br />
again from (1), sin (60º + 2c) = –1/2<br />
⇒ 60º + 2C = 210º, 330º<br />
⇒ C = 75º or 135º<br />
Also from (1) sin (C – A) = 1/2<br />
C – A = 30º, 150º, 195º<br />
for A = 45º, C = 75º and C = 195º (not possible)<br />
∴ C = 75º<br />
Hence, A = 45º, B = 60º, C = 75º<br />
15. Find the centre and radius of the circle formed by<br />
all the points represented by z = x + iy satisfying the<br />
z − α<br />
relation =k(k ≠ 1), where α and β are<br />
z − β<br />
constant complex numbers given by α = α 1 + iα 2 ,<br />
β = β 1 + iβ 2 .<br />
[IIT-2004]<br />
Sol. As we know; |z| 2 = z. z<br />
2<br />
| z − α |<br />
⇒<br />
= k 2<br />
2<br />
| z − β |<br />
⇒ (z – α)( z – α ) = k 2 (z – β)( z – β )<br />
|z| 2 – α z – α z + |α| 2 = k 2 (|z| 2 – β z – β z+ |β| 2 )<br />
or |z| 2 (1 – k 2 ) – (α – k 2 β) z – ( α – β k 2 ) z<br />
+ (|α| 2 – k 2 |β| 2 ) = 0<br />
2<br />
2<br />
⇒ |z| 2 ( α − k β)<br />
( α − βk<br />
)<br />
– z – z<br />
2<br />
2<br />
(1 − k ) (1 − k )<br />
| α | −k<br />
| β |<br />
+<br />
= 0 ...(i)<br />
2<br />
(1 − k )<br />
On comparing with equation of circle,<br />
|z| 2 + a z + α z + b = 0<br />
whose centre is (– a) and radius =<br />
∴ centre for (i)<br />
2<br />
α − k β<br />
= and radius<br />
2<br />
1−<br />
k<br />
=<br />
2<br />
2<br />
2<br />
| a |<br />
2<br />
−b<br />
⎛<br />
2<br />
2<br />
2<br />
k ⎞⎛<br />
k ⎞<br />
⎜<br />
α − β<br />
⎟⎜<br />
α − β<br />
⎟<br />
αα − k ββ<br />
−<br />
2<br />
2<br />
2<br />
1 k<br />
1 k<br />
⎝ − ⎠⎝<br />
− ⎠ 1−<br />
k<br />
k(<br />
α − β)<br />
radius =<br />
2<br />
1−<br />
k<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 17 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
Physics Challenging Problems<br />
Set # 11<br />
This section is designed to give IIT JEE aspirants a thorough grinding & exposure to variety<br />
of possible twists and turns of problems in physics, that would be very helpful in facing IIT<br />
JEE. Each and every problem is well thought of in order to strengthen the concepts and we<br />
hope that this section would prove a rich resource for practicing challenging problems and<br />
enhancing the preparation level of IIT JEE aspirants.<br />
By : Dev Sharma<br />
Solutions will be published in next issue<br />
Director Academics, Jodhpur Branch<br />
1. A metallic conductor of irregular cross section is as<br />
shown in figure A constant potential difference is<br />
applied across the ends (A) and (B). Then<br />
A<br />
P<br />
Q<br />
(A) Electric current at cross section P is equal to<br />
that of cross section Q<br />
(B) Electric field intensity at P is less than that at Q<br />
(C) The number of electrons crossing per unit area<br />
per unit time at cross section P is less than that<br />
at Q<br />
(D) The rate of heat generating per unit time at Q is<br />
greater than that of P<br />
2. A circular ring of radius R with uniform positive<br />
charge density λ per unit length is located in the y-z<br />
plane with its centre at the origin O. A particle of<br />
charge –q 0 is released from x = 3R<br />
on x-axis at t<br />
= 0 then kinetic energy of particle when it passes<br />
through origin, is<br />
(A)<br />
(C)<br />
λq<br />
0<br />
0<br />
2∈<br />
q 0 λ<br />
∈<br />
0<br />
(B)<br />
(D)<br />
q<br />
0<br />
λ<br />
3∈<br />
q<br />
0<br />
0<br />
λ<br />
4∈<br />
3. Missile is fired for maximum range at your town<br />
from a place in the enemy country at a distance ‘x’<br />
from your town. The missile is first detected at its<br />
half-way point. Then<br />
(A) the velocity with which the missile was<br />
projected is gx<br />
(B) you have a warning time of<br />
x<br />
2g<br />
0<br />
B<br />
(C) the speed of the missile when it was detected<br />
gx<br />
is<br />
2<br />
x<br />
(D) the maximum height attained by the missile is 4<br />
4. Figure shows a square loop being pulled out with a<br />
constant speed out of region of uniform magnetic<br />
field. The induced emf in the loop<br />
B<br />
× × × ×<br />
× l × l<br />
× × × × v<br />
× × × ×<br />
× × × l<br />
× × × ×<br />
(A) first increases, then decreases<br />
(B) first decreases, then increases<br />
(C) has a maximum value Bvl 2<br />
(D) has a maximum value 2 Bvl<br />
5. The variation of pressure versus volume is shown in<br />
the figure. The gas is diatomic and the molar<br />
specific heat capacity for the process is found to be<br />
xR. Find the value of x.<br />
P<br />
6. Figure shows a parabolic reflector in x-y plane<br />
given by y 2 = 8x. A ray of light traveling along the<br />
line y = a is incident on the reflector. Find where the<br />
ray intersects the x-axis after reflection.<br />
y-axis y 2 =8x<br />
line y = a<br />
P(0,a)<br />
incident ray<br />
x-axis<br />
V<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 18 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
7. A hydrogen like atom (atomic number Z) is in a<br />
higher excited state of quantum number n. This<br />
excited atom can make a transition to the first<br />
excited state by successively emitting two photons<br />
of energies 10.20 eV and 17.00 eV respectively.<br />
Alternatively, the atom from the same excited state<br />
can make a transition to the second excited state by<br />
successively emitting two photons of energies 4.25<br />
eV and 5.95 eV respectively. Determine the value of<br />
Z. (Ionisation energy of hydrogen atom is 13.6 eV)<br />
8. Consider the circuit showing in figure. There are<br />
three switches S 1 , S 2 , S 3 . Match the columns.<br />
Column-I<br />
Column-II<br />
(A) If S 2 and S 3 are opened and S 1 is (P) CV/4<br />
closed then in steady state, charge<br />
on the capacitor is<br />
(B) If switch S 2 only is closed then (Q) 2CV/5<br />
maximum charge on the capacitor is<br />
(C) If switch S 3 only is closed then (R) CV/3<br />
maximum charge on the capacitor is<br />
(D) If all the switches are closed then (S) CV<br />
maximum charge on the capacitor is<br />
(T) zero<br />
Cartoon Law of Physics<br />
As speed increases, objects can be in several places<br />
at once.<br />
This is particularly true of tooth-and-claw fights, in<br />
which a character's head may be glimpsed emerging<br />
from the cloud of altercation at several places<br />
simultaneously. This effect is common as well<br />
among bodies that are spinning or being throttled.<br />
A `wacky' character has the option of self- replication<br />
only at manic high speeds and may ricochet off walls<br />
to achieve the velocity required.<br />
Puzzle : Marble Mix Up<br />
• Years ago, to puzzle his friends, a scientist gave<br />
one of four containers containing blue and/or<br />
yellow marbles to each of the friends; Tom,<br />
Dick, Harry, and Sally.<br />
• There were 3 marbles in each container, and the<br />
number of blue marbles was different in each<br />
one. There was a piece of paper in each container<br />
telling which color marbles were in that<br />
container, but the papers had been mixed up and<br />
were ALL in the wrong containers.<br />
• He then told all of his friends to take 2 marbles<br />
out of their container, read the label, and then tell<br />
him the color of the third marble.<br />
• So Tom took two blue marbles out of his<br />
container and looked at the label. He was able to<br />
tell the color of the third marble immediately.<br />
• Dick took 1 blue marble and 1 yellow marble<br />
from his container. After looking at his label he<br />
was able to tell the color of his remaining<br />
marble.<br />
• Harry took 2 yellow marbles from his container.<br />
He looked at the label in his container, but could<br />
not tell what color the remaining marble was.<br />
• Sally, without even looking at her marbles or her<br />
label, was able to tell the scientist what color her<br />
marbles were. Can you tell what color marbles<br />
Sally had? Can you also tell what color marbles<br />
the others had, and what label was in each of<br />
their containers?<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 19 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
8 Questions<br />
1. Ans. Remain Same<br />
Hint: KE = QU<br />
Magnetic moment = i × Area<br />
Q<br />
= × π<br />
2<br />
R<br />
T<br />
2πm<br />
2mKE<br />
Q T = R = =<br />
qB qB<br />
2MU<br />
qB<br />
Q × B 2m×<br />
U<br />
Magnetic moment = × π×<br />
2πm<br />
2 2<br />
Q B<br />
Magnetic moment<br />
B v<br />
2. Ans. 0<br />
λ<br />
Hint:<br />
U<br />
=<br />
B<br />
3B<br />
l<br />
= 0 v<br />
i 3λ l<br />
B0<br />
v<br />
i =<br />
λ<br />
3. Ans. Zero if both wires slide in opposite direction,<br />
0.2mA if both wires move towards left<br />
Hint:<br />
2<br />
Solution<br />
Set # 10<br />
Physics Challenging Problems<br />
were Published in February Issue<br />
4. Ans. None<br />
Hint:<br />
Both dF get cancel out net force on the loop is zero.<br />
5. Ans. 2q Ea<br />
Hint: Work done by field = – (U B – U A )<br />
= −q[V<br />
V ]<br />
2B qR<br />
6. Ans. 0π<br />
3<br />
Hint:<br />
2 2π<br />
φ = R × × B0<br />
(p + qt)<br />
3<br />
dφ<br />
2 2π<br />
e = = R × × B0q<br />
dt 3<br />
7. Ans. 4<br />
Hint:<br />
2<br />
B −<br />
= +q [E × d]<br />
= qE × 2a<br />
= 2qEa<br />
A<br />
When both are moving in same direction<br />
BLv<br />
i = = 0. 2mA<br />
(9 + 1)<br />
When both are moving in opposite direction equation<br />
emf of battery = 0 ∴i = 0<br />
2<br />
2 2<br />
0 1 − B0t(<br />
π 2 − π1<br />
2<br />
2<br />
0t<br />
× π1<br />
− B0t<br />
× r2<br />
φ = 3B t × π<br />
φ = 2B<br />
π<br />
dφ<br />
2 2<br />
= 2B0π1<br />
− B0πr2<br />
dt<br />
dφ<br />
E×<br />
2πr<br />
=<br />
dt<br />
As E = 0<br />
d =<br />
2<br />
0 Q 4 r 1 = r<br />
dt<br />
2<br />
⎛ r1<br />
⎞ 1<br />
⎜ =<br />
r<br />
⎟<br />
⎝ 2 ⎠ 4<br />
φ 2<br />
2<br />
8. Ans. Α→P,Q,R; B→P,Q,S; C→Q,T; D→P,Q,S<br />
)<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 20 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 21 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
Students Forum<br />
Expert’s Solution for Question asked by IIT-JEE Aspirants<br />
PHYSICS<br />
1. A triangular prism of mass M = 1.12 kg having base<br />
angle 37º is placed on a smooth horizontal floor. A<br />
solid cylinder of radius R = 20 cm and mass m = 4 kg<br />
is placed over the inclined surface of the prism. If<br />
sufficient friction exists between the cylinder surface<br />
and the prism, so that cylinder does not slip, calculate<br />
acceleration of prism when the system is released.<br />
Calculate also, force of friction existing between the<br />
cylinder and the prism. (g = 10 ms –2 )<br />
m<br />
M<br />
37º<br />
Sol. Let angular acceleration of cylinder be α clockwise<br />
and acceleration of prism be a leftwards.<br />
Acceleration of cylinder axis (relative to prism) is<br />
Rα = 0.2 α down the plane.<br />
Its horizontal and vertical components are<br />
0.2α .cos37º (rightwards) and 0.2αsin37º<br />
(downwards) respectively. But resultant acceleration<br />
of cylinder axis is vector sum of Rα and a, therefore<br />
horizontal and vertical components of resultant<br />
acceleration of cylinder axis become<br />
(0.2α cos37º – α) rightwards and (0.2α sin 37º)<br />
downwards respectively.<br />
Considering free body di agrams (fig. (a) and Fig.<br />
(b))<br />
F<br />
M.g<br />
N<br />
M.a<br />
v<br />
Fig. (a)<br />
37º<br />
Iα<br />
O<br />
Mg<br />
m (0.2 α cos 37º – a)<br />
N F m (0.2 a sin 37º)<br />
Fig. (b)<br />
For horizontal forces acting on prism,<br />
N sin 37º – F cos 37º = Ma<br />
For horizontal forces acting on cylinder,<br />
N sin 37º – F cos 37º = m (0.2α cos 37 – a)<br />
...(i)<br />
...(ii)<br />
For vertical forces on cylinder,<br />
mg – N cos37º – F sin37º = m (0.2α . sin37º) ...(iii)<br />
Taking moments (about O) of forces acting on the<br />
cylinder,<br />
FR = Iα<br />
...(iv)<br />
mR 2<br />
where I = = 0.08 kg m 2<br />
2<br />
From above equation N = 23 newton<br />
α = 30 rad/sec 2<br />
a = 3.75 ms –2<br />
F = 12 newton<br />
Ans.<br />
Ans.<br />
2. A cylindrical tank of base area A has a small orifice<br />
of area a at the bottom. At time t = 0, a tap starts to<br />
supply water into the tank at a constant rate Q m 3 s –1 .<br />
Calculate relation between height h of water in the<br />
tank and time t.<br />
Sol. When water supply is started, water starts to<br />
accumulate in the tank. But leakage of water through<br />
orifice at bottom also start simultaneously.<br />
Let at instant t, height of water in the tank be y as<br />
shown in figure<br />
Then flow velocity through orifice,<br />
v =<br />
2 gy<br />
∴ Volume flowing out per second through orifice,<br />
q = a<br />
2gy<br />
But rate of supply to the tank is Q. Therefore net of<br />
increase of volume in tank = (Q – q) m 3 s –1 . Since,<br />
y<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 22 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
area of tank base is A, therefore, net rate of increase<br />
of height of water in tank,<br />
dy =<br />
dt<br />
(Q – q)<br />
A<br />
=<br />
Q –<br />
A<br />
2gy<br />
integrating above equation with limits, at t = 0, y = 0<br />
and at t, y = h,<br />
∴<br />
h<br />
∫<br />
0<br />
t =<br />
Q –<br />
dy<br />
2gy<br />
A ⎡<br />
⎢–<br />
g ⎢<br />
⎣<br />
t<br />
= A<br />
∫.dt<br />
2h +<br />
0<br />
Q ⎪⎧<br />
Q – 2gh ⎪⎫<br />
⎤<br />
loge<br />
⎨ ⎬⎥<br />
g ⎪⎩<br />
Q ⎪⎭ ⎥<br />
⎦<br />
3. Distance between centres of two stars is 10 α. Mass of<br />
these stars in M and 16 M and their radii are a and 2a<br />
respectively. A body of mass m is fired straight from<br />
the surface of larger star directly towards the smaller<br />
star. Calculate minimum initial speed of the body so<br />
that it can reach the surface of smaller star. Obtain the<br />
expression in terms of G, M, and a.<br />
Sol. Since the body is projected from surface of large star<br />
towards smaller star, therefore, the body follows a<br />
straight line path AB, as shown in figure (a). Near<br />
point A, magnitude of gravitational force exerted by<br />
larger star on the body is greater than that exerted by<br />
smaller star. Therefore, near point A, the body<br />
experiences a resultant force directed towards larger<br />
star. Hence, the body retards till this resultant force<br />
becomes zero. It means velocity of body is<br />
minimum at that point where magnitudes of<br />
gravitational force exerted by two stars are equal. If<br />
initial velocity of star is such that it crosses this<br />
point, then it will reach the smaller star.<br />
2a<br />
16M<br />
2a<br />
A<br />
10.a<br />
Fig.(a)<br />
x<br />
P<br />
B<br />
a<br />
M<br />
a<br />
(10a–x)<br />
Fig.(b)<br />
Let distance of this point P from centre of larger star<br />
be x.<br />
Then,<br />
or<br />
G(16M)m<br />
2<br />
x<br />
x = 8a<br />
=<br />
GMm<br />
2<br />
(10a – x)<br />
Gravitational potential energy of body at A = that<br />
due to larger star + that due to smaller star.<br />
∴ U 1 = –<br />
G(16M)m<br />
2a<br />
–<br />
G(M)m<br />
8a<br />
= –<br />
Similarly, gravitational potential energy at P,<br />
U 2 = –<br />
G(16M)m<br />
8a<br />
–<br />
GMm<br />
a<br />
65 GMm<br />
8 a<br />
5 GMm<br />
= – 2 a<br />
Minimum kinetic energy required at A = Increase in<br />
potential energy from A to P<br />
∴<br />
1 2<br />
mv 0 = U 2 – U 1<br />
2<br />
∴ v 0 =<br />
45GM<br />
4a<br />
Ans.<br />
4. A non-conducting piston of mass m and area S divides<br />
a non-conducting, closed cylinder into two parts as<br />
shown in figure. Piston is connected with left wall of<br />
cylinder by a spring of force constant K. Left part is<br />
evacuated and right part contains an ideal gas at<br />
pressure P. Adiabatic constant of the gas is γ and in<br />
equilibrium length of each part is l.<br />
Calculate angular frequency of small oscillations of the<br />
piston.<br />
K<br />
Pressure P<br />
Sol. If the piston is slightly displaced leftwards from its<br />
equilibrium position, spring is further compressed<br />
and gas expands. Due to expansion of gas, its<br />
pressure decreases. Piston is restored due to both the<br />
reasons, i.e., increase in compression and decrease<br />
in pressure.<br />
Let the piston be displaced through dx.<br />
Then increase in compression in spring = Kdx<br />
Increase in volume of gas is dV = Sdx<br />
Since piston and cylinder both are non-conducting,<br />
therefore, gas undergoes an adiabatic expansion.<br />
Hence, it obeys the law PV γ = constant.<br />
Taking log, log P + γ. log V = constant.<br />
Differentiating the above equation.<br />
dP +<br />
P<br />
or dP = –<br />
dV<br />
γP<br />
γ = 0 or dP = – dV<br />
V<br />
V<br />
γP<br />
(S.dx) = –<br />
(Sl)<br />
γP<br />
dx<br />
l<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 23 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
Restoring force,<br />
γPS<br />
F = K.dx + S. |dP | = K.dx + dx<br />
l<br />
Kl<br />
+ γPS<br />
or F = dx<br />
l<br />
F ⎛ Kl<br />
+ γPS<br />
⎞<br />
∴ Restoring acceleration = = ⎜ ⎟⎠ dx<br />
m ⎝ ml<br />
...(i)<br />
Since acceleration of piston is restoring and is<br />
directly proportional to displacement dx, therefore, it<br />
performs SHM.<br />
Comparing equation (i) with Restoring acceleration<br />
= ω 2 . (displacement)<br />
Kl<br />
+ γPS<br />
Angular frequency, ω =<br />
Ans.<br />
ml<br />
5. A steady beam of α-particles travelling with kinetic<br />
energy E = 83.5 ke V carries a current of I = 0.2 µA.<br />
(i) If this beam strikes a plane surface at an angle<br />
θ = 30º with normal to the surface, how many<br />
α-particles strike the surface in t = 4 second ?<br />
(ii) How many α-particles are there in length l = 20 cm<br />
of the beam?<br />
(iii) Calculate power of the source used to accelerate<br />
these α-particles from rest.<br />
(Mass of α-particle = 6.68 × 10 –27 kg)<br />
Sol. Since, current is rate of flow of charge through a<br />
section, therefore, a current I = 0.2µA means that a<br />
charge 0.2 µC is flowing per second.<br />
Charge of an α-particle is q = 2e = 3.2 × 10 –19 C<br />
∴ Rate of flow of α-particles, n<br />
= q<br />
I = 6.25 × 10<br />
11<br />
per second<br />
∴ Number of α-particles striking against a surface<br />
in t = 4 second<br />
= n × t = 6.25 × 10 11 × 4 = 2.5 × 10 12 Ans.(i)<br />
(Not : these is no significance of angle θ for<br />
calculation of number of α-particles striking the<br />
surface.)<br />
Kinetic energy of each α-particle is E = 83.5 Ke V<br />
or E = (83.5 × 10 3 ) (1.6 × 10 –19 ) J<br />
But E = 2<br />
1 mv<br />
2<br />
where m = 6.68 × 10 –27 kg<br />
∴ Velocity of α-particles is v = 2 × 10 6 ms –1 .<br />
It means a beam of length v = 2 × 10 6 m crosses a<br />
section in one second. But number of α-particles<br />
passing through a section in one second in<br />
n = 6.25 × 10 11<br />
∴ Number of α-particles in unit length of the<br />
beam = v<br />
n = 3.125 × 10<br />
5<br />
per m.<br />
∴ Number of α-particle in length l of the beam<br />
n<br />
= l<br />
v<br />
= 6.25 × 10 4 Ans.(ii)<br />
Let potential difference of the source be V volt.<br />
Kinetic energy of α-particle accelerated by this<br />
source,<br />
E = qV or V = q<br />
E = 41.75 kV<br />
Power supplied by the source to accelerate<br />
α-particles,<br />
P = VI = 8.35 × 10 –3 watt Ans.(iii)<br />
GLOBAL WARMING IS REAL<br />
The arctic ice is receding and global warming is no<br />
longer a theory but a reality. Scientists predict that<br />
by the year 2100, the average surface temperature<br />
will jump up by 6 degrees Fahrenheit. Nighttime<br />
temperatures will be higher and there will be hotter<br />
days.<br />
Since air temperature is a powerful component of<br />
climate, there will be unavoidable climate changes<br />
in the future. Some climate changes involve<br />
extreme weather disturbances such as more severe<br />
hurricanes and longer droughts. There will be an<br />
increased precipitation of snow and rain during<br />
winter. The faster melting of snow during the spring<br />
will result in flooding. All these climate changes are<br />
predicted based on the assumption that changes will<br />
be relatively gradual.<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 24 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
PHYSICS FUNDAMENTAL FOR IIT-JEE<br />
Calorimetry, K.T.G., Heat transfer<br />
KEY CONCEPTS & PROBLEM SOLVING STRATEGY<br />
Calorimetry :<br />
The specific heat capacity of a material is the amount<br />
of heat required to raise the temperature of 1 kg of it<br />
by 1 K. This leads to the relation<br />
Q = ms θ<br />
where Q = heat supplied, m = mass, θ = rise in<br />
temperature.<br />
The relative specific heat capacity of a material is the<br />
ratio of its specific heat capacity to the specific heat<br />
capacity of water (4200 J kg –1 K –1 ).<br />
Heat capacity or thermal capacity of a body is the<br />
amount of heat required to raise its temperature by 1<br />
K. [Unit : J K –1 ]<br />
Thus heat capacity = Q/θ = ms<br />
dθ 1 dQ<br />
Also = ×<br />
dt ms dt<br />
i.e., the rate of heating (or cooling) of a body depends<br />
inversely on its heat capacity.<br />
The water equivalent of a body is that mass of water<br />
which has the same heat capacity as the body itself.<br />
[Unit : g or kg] This is given by<br />
m×s<br />
W =<br />
s w<br />
where m = mass of body, s = specific heat capacity of<br />
the body, s w = specific heat capacity of water.<br />
Principle of Calorimetry : The heat lost by one<br />
system = the heat gained by another system. Or, the<br />
net heat lost or gainsed by an isolated system is zero.<br />
It system with masses m 1 , m 2 , ...., specific heat<br />
capacities s 1 , s 2 , ...., and initial temperatures θ 1 , θ 2 , ....<br />
are mixed and attain an equilibrium temperature θ<br />
then<br />
θ =<br />
Σmsθ<br />
, for equal masses θ =<br />
Σms´<br />
Σsθ<br />
Σs<br />
Newton's law of cooling :<br />
The rate of loss of heat from a body in an<br />
environment of constant temperature is proportional<br />
to the difference between its temperature and that of<br />
the surroundings.<br />
If θ = temperature of the surroundings then<br />
dθ<br />
– ms = C´(θ – θ0 )<br />
dt<br />
where C´ is a constant that depends on the nature and<br />
extent of the surface exposed. Simplifying<br />
dθ C<br />
= –C(θ – θ0 ) where C = = constant<br />
dt<br />
mś<br />
Kinetic theory of gases :<br />
The pressure of an ideal gas is given by p = 3<br />
1 µnC<br />
2<br />
where µ = mass of each molecule, n = number of<br />
molecules per unit volume and C is the root square<br />
speed of molecules.<br />
p = 3<br />
1 ρC<br />
2<br />
or pV = 3<br />
1 mC<br />
2<br />
where ρ is the density of the gas and m = mass of the<br />
gas.<br />
Root Mean Square Speed of Molecules :<br />
This is defined as<br />
2<br />
2<br />
2<br />
C1 + C2<br />
+ C3<br />
+ ... + CN<br />
C =<br />
N<br />
where N = total number of molecules. It can be<br />
obtained through these relations<br />
C =<br />
3p<br />
ρ<br />
=<br />
3RT<br />
M<br />
Total Energy of an ideal gas (E) :<br />
This is equal to the sum of the kinetic energies of all<br />
the molecules. It is assumed that the molecules do not<br />
have any potential energy. This follows from the<br />
assumption that these molecules do not exert any<br />
force on each other.<br />
1<br />
E = mC 2 3 m 3<br />
= RT = pV<br />
2 2 M 2<br />
Thus, the energy per unit mass of gas = 2<br />
1 C<br />
2<br />
The energy per unit volume = 2<br />
3 p<br />
The energy per mole = 2<br />
3 pV = 2<br />
3 RT<br />
2<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 25 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
Perfect gas equation :<br />
From the kinetic theory of gases the equation of an<br />
ideal gas is<br />
pV = RT for a mole<br />
and<br />
pV = M<br />
m RT for any mass m<br />
Avogadro number (N) and Boltzmann constant (k) :<br />
The number of entities in a mole of a substance is<br />
called the Avogadro number. Its value is<br />
6.023 × 10 23 mol –1 .<br />
The value of the universal gas constant per molecular<br />
is called Boltzmann constant (k). Its value is<br />
1.38 × 10 –23 J K –1 .<br />
Degrees of Freedom : Principle of equipartition of<br />
energy :<br />
The number of ways in which energy may be stored<br />
by a system is called its degrees of freedom.<br />
Principle of Equipartition of Energy : This<br />
principle states that the total energy of a gas in<br />
thermal equilibrium is divided equally among its<br />
degrees of freedom and that the energy per degree of<br />
freedom is kT/2 where T is the temperature of the<br />
gas. For a monoatomic atom the number of degrees<br />
of freedom is 3, for a diatomic atom it is 5, for a<br />
polyatomic atom it is 6.<br />
Hence the energy of a mole of a monoatomic gas is<br />
⎛ 1 ⎞ 3<br />
µ = N ⎜3 × kT ⎟ = RT<br />
⎝ 2 ⎠ 2<br />
Which is the same as that given by the kinetic theory.<br />
For a mole of diatomic gas µ<br />
⎛ 1 ⎞ 5<br />
= N⎜5 × kT ⎟ = RT<br />
⎝ 2 ⎠ 2<br />
For a mole of polyatomic gas µ<br />
⎛ 1 ⎞<br />
= N⎜6 × kT ⎟ = 3RT<br />
⎝ 2 ⎠<br />
When the irrational degrees of freedom are also taken<br />
into account, the number of degrees of freedom<br />
= 6n – 6 for non-linear molecules<br />
= 6n – 5 for linear molecules<br />
where n = number of atoms in a molecule.<br />
Kinetic Temperature :<br />
The kinetic temperature of a moving particle is the<br />
temperature of an ideal gas in thermal equilibrium<br />
whose rms velocity equals the velocity of the given<br />
particle.<br />
Maxwellian distribution of velocities :<br />
In a perfect gas all the molecules do not have the<br />
same velocity, rather velocities are distributed among<br />
them. Maxwell enunciated a law of distribution of<br />
velocities among the molecules of a perfect gas.<br />
According to this law, the number of molecules with<br />
velocities between c and c + dc per unit volume is<br />
dn = 4πna 3 2<br />
bc<br />
e − c 2 dc where<br />
m m<br />
b = and a =<br />
2kT 2πkT<br />
and the number of molecules with the velocity c per<br />
unit volume is<br />
n c = 4πna 3 2<br />
bc<br />
e − c 2<br />
The plot of n c and c is shown in the figure. The<br />
velocity possessed by the maximum number of<br />
molecules is called the most probable velocity<br />
α = 2 kT / m<br />
The mean velocity<br />
c =<br />
α c C rms<br />
8 kT / mπ<br />
and v rms = 3 kT / mπ<br />
Conduction :<br />
The transfer of heat through solids occurs mainly by<br />
conduction, in which each particle passes on thermal<br />
energy to the neighboring particle but does not move<br />
from its position. Very little conduction occurs in<br />
liquids and gases.<br />
θ 1 θ 2<br />
Q<br />
d A<br />
Consider a slab of area A and thickness d, whose<br />
opposite faces are at temperature θ 1 and θ 2 (θ 1 > θ 2 ).<br />
Let Q heat be conducted through the slab in time t.<br />
⎛ θ1 − θ2<br />
⎞<br />
Then Q = λA ⎜ ⎟ t<br />
⎝ d ⎠<br />
where λ = thermal conductivity of the material.<br />
This has a fixed value for a particular material, being<br />
large for good conductors (e.g., Cu, Ag) and low for<br />
insulators (e.g., glass, wood).<br />
Heat Current : The quantity Q/t gives the heat flow<br />
per unit time, and is called the heat current.<br />
In the steady state, the heat current must be the same<br />
across every cross-section. This is a very useful<br />
principle, and can be applied also to layers or slabs in<br />
contact.<br />
Q dθ dθ θ<br />
= – λA where the quantity =<br />
1 − θ 2<br />
t dx<br />
dx d<br />
called the temperature gradient.<br />
Q<br />
is<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 26 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
Unit of λ : Different units are used,<br />
e.g., cal cm s ºC –1 , cal m –1 s –1 ºC –1 , jm´1 s –1 ºC –1 .<br />
Convection :<br />
It is a process by which heat is conveyed by the<br />
actual movement of particles. Particles closest to the<br />
source receive heat by conduction through the wall of<br />
the vessel. They rise up-wards and are replaced by<br />
colder particles from the sides. Thus, a circulation of<br />
particles is set up – hot particles constitute the<br />
upward current and cold particles, the side and<br />
downward current.<br />
The transfer of heat by convection occurs only in<br />
fluids, and is the main mode of heat transfer in them.<br />
Most fluids are very poor conductors.<br />
Radiation :<br />
Thermal Radiation : Thermal radiations are<br />
electromagnetic waves of long wavelengths.<br />
Black Body : Bodies which absorb the whole of the<br />
incident radiation and emit radiations of all<br />
wavelengths are called black bodies.<br />
It is difficult to realize a perfect black body in<br />
practice. However, a cavity whose interior walls are<br />
dull black does behave like a black body.<br />
Absorption : Every surface absorbs a part or all of<br />
the radiation falling on it. The degree of absorption<br />
depends on the nature and colour of the surface. Dull,<br />
black surfaces are the best absorbers. Polished, white<br />
surfaces absorb the least. The coefficient of<br />
absorption for a surface is<br />
radiation absorbed<br />
a λ =<br />
radiation incident<br />
The suffix λ denotes the wavelength of the radiation<br />
being considered, Clearly, a λ = 1 for a black body, for<br />
all values of λ.<br />
Emission : Each surface emits radiation (radiates)<br />
continuously. The emissive power (e λ ) is defined as<br />
the radiation emitted normally per second per unit<br />
solid angle per unit area, in the wave-length range λ<br />
and λ + dλ. Clearly, the emissive power of a black<br />
body (denoted by E λ ) is the maximum.<br />
Kirchhoff's Law : According to this law, for the<br />
same conditions of temperature and wavelength, the<br />
ratio e λ /a λ is the same for all surfaces and is equal to<br />
E λ . This simply means that good absorbers are good<br />
emitters. Hence, a black body is the best emitter, and<br />
a polished white body, the poorest emitter.<br />
Prevost's Theory of Exchanges : All bodies emit<br />
radiations irrespective of their temperatures. They<br />
emit radiations to their environments and receive<br />
radiations from their environments simultaneously. In<br />
the equilibrium state the exchange between a body<br />
and the environment of energy continues in equal<br />
amounts.<br />
Stefan-Boltzmann Law : If a black body at an<br />
absolute temperature T be surrounded by another<br />
black body at an absolute temperature T 0 , the rate of<br />
loss of radiant energy per unit area is<br />
E = σ(T 4 – T 4 0 )<br />
where σ is a constant called Stefan constant and its<br />
value is 5.6697 × 10 –8 W m –2 K –4<br />
The total energy radiated by a black body at an<br />
absolute temperature T is given by<br />
E = σT 4 × surface area × time<br />
Note : Remember that rate of generation of heat by<br />
electricity is given by H = I 2 V 2<br />
R or or VI Js –1 or W.<br />
R<br />
Solved Examples<br />
1. An earthenware vessel loses 1 g of water per second<br />
due to evaporation. The water equivalent of the<br />
vessel is 0.5 kg and the vessel contains 9.5 kg of<br />
water. Find the time required for the water in the<br />
vessel to cool to 28ºC from 30ºC. Neglect radiation<br />
losses. Latent heat of vaporization of water in this<br />
range of temperature is 540 cal g –1 .<br />
Sol. Here water at the surface is evaporated at the cost of<br />
the water in the vessel losing heat.<br />
Heat lost by the water in the vessel<br />
= (9.5 + 0.5) × 1000 × (30 – 20) = 10 5 cal<br />
Let t be the required time in seconds.<br />
Heat gained by the water at the surface<br />
= (t × 10 –3 ) × 540 × 10 3<br />
(Q L = 540 cal g –1 = 540 × 10 3 cal kg –1 )<br />
∴ 10 5 = 540t or t = 185 s = 3 min 5s<br />
2. 15 gm of nitrogen is enclosed in a vessel at<br />
temperature T = 300 K. Find the amount of heat<br />
required to double the root mean square velocity of<br />
these molecules.<br />
Sol. The kinetic energy of each molecule with mass m is<br />
given by<br />
1 m<br />
2 3<br />
v rms = kT ...(1)<br />
2 2<br />
If we want to increase the r.m.s. speed to η times,<br />
then the temperature has to be raised to T´. Then,<br />
1 2 3 1<br />
mv rms = kT´ or mη<br />
2 2 3<br />
v rms = kT´<br />
2 2 2 2 ...(2)<br />
From eqs. (1) and (2), T´ = η 2 T ...(3)<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 27 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
The internal energy of n molecules at temperature T<br />
is given by<br />
Similarly,<br />
U = 2<br />
5 nRT<br />
U´ = 2<br />
5 nRT´<br />
∴ Change in internal energy ∆U = 2<br />
5 nR[T´ – T]<br />
or ∆U = 2<br />
5 nRT[η 2 – 1]<br />
= 2<br />
5<br />
= 2<br />
5<br />
⎛ m ⎞<br />
⎜ ⎟ RT[η 2 – 1]<br />
⎝ M ⎠<br />
⎛ 15 ⎞<br />
⎜ ⎟ (8.31) (300) [4 – 1] = 10 4 J<br />
⎝ 28 ⎠<br />
3. 10 gm of oxygen at a pressure 3 × 10 5 N/m 2 and<br />
temperature 10ºC is heated at constant pressure and<br />
after heating it occupies a volume of 10 litres (a) find<br />
the amount of heat received by the gas and (b) the<br />
energy of thermal motion of gas molecules before<br />
heating.<br />
Sol. (a) The states of the gas before and after heating are<br />
PV 1 = µ<br />
M RT1 and PV 2 = µ<br />
M RT2<br />
Solving these equations for T 2 , we have<br />
−3<br />
5<br />
µV P<br />
T 2 = 2 32×<br />
(10×<br />
10 )(3×<br />
10 )<br />
= = 1156 K<br />
−3<br />
3<br />
MR (10×<br />
10 )(8.31×<br />
10 )<br />
Now T 2 – T 1 = 1156 – 283 = 873 K<br />
The amount of heat received by the gas is given by<br />
∆Q = µ<br />
M<br />
CP (T 2 – T 1 )<br />
3<br />
× −<br />
(10 10 )29.08×<br />
10 × 873<br />
=<br />
32<br />
= 7.9 × 10 3 J<br />
(b) The energy of the gas before heating<br />
M i<br />
E 1 = × × RT 1<br />
µ 2<br />
where i = number of degrees of freedom<br />
= 5 (for oxygen)<br />
−3<br />
−3<br />
(10×<br />
10 )5×<br />
(8.31×<br />
10 )(283)<br />
=<br />
2×<br />
32<br />
= 1.8 × 10 3 J<br />
4. A slab of stone of area 3600 sq cm and thickness 10<br />
cm is exposed on the lower surface of steam 100ºC.<br />
A block of ice at 0ºC rests on upper surface of the<br />
slab. In one hour 4800 gm of ice is melted. Calculate<br />
the thermal conductivity of the stone.<br />
3<br />
Sol. The quantity of heat Q passing across the stone is<br />
given by<br />
KA(T1 − T2<br />
)t<br />
Q =<br />
d<br />
Here A = 3600 sq. cm = 0.36 m 2<br />
d = 10 cm = 0.10 m, (T 1 – T 2 ) = 100 – 0 = 100ºC and<br />
t = 1 hour = 3600 sec.<br />
K × 0.36×<br />
100×<br />
3600<br />
∴ Q =<br />
kilo-calories ...(1)<br />
0.10<br />
Now heat gained by the ice in one hour<br />
= mass of the ice × latent heat of ice<br />
= 4.8 × 80 kilo calories ...(2)<br />
From eqs. (1) and (2)<br />
K × 0.36×<br />
100×<br />
3600<br />
4.8 × 80 =<br />
0.10<br />
4.8×<br />
80×<br />
0.10<br />
or K =<br />
0.36×<br />
100×<br />
3600<br />
= 3 × 10 –4 kilo cal m –1 (ºC) –1 s –1<br />
5. A flat bottomed metal tank of water is dragged along<br />
a horizontal floor at the rate of 20m/sec. The tank is<br />
of mass 20 kg and contains 1000 kg of water and all<br />
the heat produced in the dragging is conducted to the<br />
water through the bottom plate of the tank. If the<br />
bottom plate has an effective area of conduction 1 m 2<br />
and the thickness 5 cm and the temperature of water<br />
in the tank remains constant at 50ºC, calculate the<br />
temperature of the bottom surface of the tank, given<br />
the coefficient of friction between the tank and the<br />
floor is 0.343 and K for the material of the tank is 25<br />
cal m –1 s –1 K –1 .<br />
Sol. Frictional force = µ m g<br />
= 0.343 × (1000 + 20) × 9.81 = 3432 N<br />
The rate of dragging, i.e., the distance travelled in<br />
one second = 20 m.<br />
∴ Work done per second<br />
= (3432 × 20) Nm/sec.<br />
This work done appears as heat at the bottom plate of<br />
the tank. Hence<br />
3432× 20<br />
H =<br />
cal/sec<br />
4.18<br />
KA(T1 − T2<br />
)<br />
But H =<br />
(Q t = 1 sec)<br />
d<br />
3432× 20 25×<br />
1×<br />
(T1 − T2<br />
)<br />
Now<br />
=<br />
4.18 0.05<br />
3432×<br />
20×<br />
0.05<br />
∴ T 1 – T 2 =<br />
= 32.84<br />
4.18×<br />
25×<br />
1<br />
Temp. of bottom surface T 1 = 50 + 32.84<br />
= 82.84ºC<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 28 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
PHYSICS FUNDAMENTAL FOR IIT-JEE<br />
Atomic Structure, X-Ray & Radio Activity<br />
KEY CONCEPTS & PROBLEM SOLVING STRATEGY<br />
Atomic Structure :<br />
According to Neil Bohr's hypothesis is the angular<br />
momentum of an electron is quantised.<br />
⎛ h ⎞ h<br />
mvr = n ⎜ ⎟ or L = n<br />
⎝ 2π ⎠ 2π<br />
2πr = nλ<br />
h ⎛ c ⎞ z<br />
v n = Zn = ⎜ ⎟ × ms<br />
–1<br />
2πmr<br />
⎝137<br />
⎠ n<br />
n = ∞<br />
n = 7<br />
n = 6<br />
n = 5<br />
n = 4<br />
⎛<br />
2<br />
r n = ⎜<br />
h<br />
2<br />
⎝ 4π<br />
mke<br />
2<br />
⎞<br />
⎟<br />
⎠<br />
n 2<br />
Z<br />
⎛ ⎞<br />
f n = ⎜<br />
ke 2 ⎟<br />
1 6.58×<br />
× = ⎝ hr ⎠ n n10<br />
n 2<br />
= 0.529 Å where k =<br />
Z<br />
15<br />
Hz<br />
1<br />
4πε<br />
1 ke 2 Z − ke 2<br />
ke 2<br />
K.E. = ; P.E. = × Z; T.E. = – × Z<br />
2 r<br />
r<br />
2r<br />
n = 3<br />
n = 2<br />
2<br />
−13.6Z<br />
T.E. = ev/atom where –13.6<br />
2<br />
n<br />
= Ionisation energy<br />
+P.E.<br />
⇒ +T.E. = = – K.E.<br />
2<br />
Note : If dielectric medium is present then ε r has to<br />
be taken into consideration.<br />
v 1 = = v =<br />
c λ<br />
⎡<br />
= RZ 2 1 1<br />
⎥ ⎥ ⎤<br />
⎢ −<br />
2 22<br />
⎢⎣<br />
n1 n ⎦<br />
K β<br />
K γ<br />
K δ<br />
L γ<br />
L β<br />
4 2<br />
me z ⎡ 1 1<br />
⎥ ⎥ ⎤<br />
⎢ −<br />
2 3 2 2<br />
8ε0<br />
h c ⎢⎣<br />
n1<br />
n 2 ⎦<br />
L α<br />
Balmer<br />
(Visible)<br />
p mv<br />
= = h h<br />
Paschen<br />
(I.R.)<br />
Pfund<br />
Brackett (I.R.)<br />
(I.R.)<br />
Limiting line of Lyman series<br />
n = 1<br />
Lyman Series<br />
(U.V. rays)<br />
–0.85 eV<br />
–1.5 eV<br />
–3.4 eV<br />
–13.6 eV<br />
0<br />
The maximum number of electrons that can be<br />
accommodated in an orbit is 2n 2 .<br />
X-rays :<br />
When fast moving electron strikes a hard metal,<br />
X-rays are produced. When the number of electrons<br />
striking the target metal increases, the intensity of X-<br />
rays increases. When the accelerating voltage/kinetic<br />
energy of electron increases λ min decreases. X-rays<br />
have the following properties :<br />
(a) Radiations of short wavelength (0.01 Å – 10Å);<br />
high pentrating power; having a speed of 3 × 10 8 m/s<br />
in vacuum.<br />
Intensity<br />
Continuous spectrum<br />
(Varies & depends on<br />
accelerating voltage)<br />
λ min<br />
hc<br />
(b) λ min = = eV<br />
K β<br />
K α<br />
L γ<br />
hc<br />
K. E<br />
Characteristic spectrum<br />
(fixed for a target material)<br />
L β<br />
L α<br />
=<br />
λ<br />
12400 Å<br />
V<br />
1<br />
(c) = R(Z – b)<br />
2 ⎡ 1 ⎤<br />
λ<br />
⎢1<br />
− ⎥<br />
⎣ n 2<br />
⎦<br />
b = 1 for k-line transfer of electron<br />
(d) Moseley law ν = a(z – b)<br />
R = R 0 A 1/3 where R 0 = 1.2 × 10 –15 m<br />
R = radius of nucleus of mass number A.<br />
* Nucleus density is of the order of 10 17 kg/m 3<br />
Isomers are nuclides which have identical atomic<br />
number and mass number but differ in their energy<br />
states.<br />
Nuclear binding energy ∆mc 2<br />
=<br />
Nucleon<br />
A<br />
where ∆m = mass defect<br />
2<br />
[Zmp<br />
+ (A − Z)mn<br />
− M]c<br />
=<br />
A<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 29 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
* The binding energy per nucleon is small for small<br />
nuclei.<br />
* For 2 < A < 20, there are well defined maxima<br />
which indicate that these nuclei are more stable.<br />
* For 30 < A < 120 the average B.E./A is 8.5 MeV /<br />
nucleon with a peak value of 8.8 MeV for Iron.<br />
* For A > 120, there is a gradual decreases in<br />
B.E./nucleon.<br />
* More the B.E./A, more is the stability.<br />
Radioactivity :<br />
β particles are electrons emitted from the nucleus.<br />
(n → p + β)<br />
(a) N = N 0 e –λt<br />
(b)<br />
−dN<br />
dt<br />
⎛ 1 ⎞<br />
(c) N = N 0 ⎜ ⎟⎠<br />
⎝ 2<br />
⎛ 1 ⎞<br />
⇒ A = A 0 ⎜ ⎟⎠<br />
⎝ 2<br />
(d) T 1/2 =<br />
(e) τ = λ<br />
1<br />
dN<br />
= λN where = activity level<br />
dt<br />
n<br />
n<br />
0.693<br />
λ<br />
(f) τ = 1.4 T 1/2<br />
(g) t =<br />
⎛ 1 ⎞ T 1/ 2<br />
= N 0 ⎜ ⎟⎠<br />
⎝ 2<br />
2.303 N<br />
log 0<br />
10 =<br />
λ N<br />
t<br />
where A = activity level<br />
2.303 A<br />
log 0 10<br />
λ A<br />
2.303 m<br />
= log 0<br />
λ m<br />
(h) If a radioactive element decays by simultaneous<br />
−dN<br />
emission of two particle then = λ 1 N + λ 2 N<br />
dt<br />
The following parameters remain conserved during a<br />
nuclear reaction<br />
(a) linear momentum<br />
(b) Angular momentum<br />
(c) Number of nucleons<br />
(d) Charge<br />
(e) The energy released in a nuclear reaction<br />
X + P → Y + Z + Q<br />
Q = [m x + m p ) – (m y + m z )]c 2 = ∆m × c 2<br />
Q = ∆m × 931 MeV<br />
(f) In a nuclear fusion reaction small nuclei fuse to<br />
give big nuclei whereas in a nuclear fusion reaction a<br />
big nuclei breaks down.<br />
Thermal neutrons produce fission in fissile nuclei.<br />
Fast moving neutrons, when collide with atoms of<br />
comparable masses, transfer their kinetic energy to<br />
colliding particle and slow down.<br />
According to Doppler's effect of light<br />
Power, P = t<br />
E =<br />
η =<br />
out put<br />
In put<br />
nhν =<br />
t<br />
nhc<br />
λt<br />
∆ λ<br />
λ<br />
Solved Examples<br />
=<br />
c<br />
v<br />
1. The energy of an excited hydrogen atom is –3.4 eV.<br />
Calculate the angular momentum of the electron<br />
according to Bohr theory.<br />
Sol. The energy of the electron in the n th orbit is<br />
2<br />
n<br />
E n = –<br />
13.6<br />
Here, – = –3.4<br />
13.6<br />
eV<br />
2<br />
n<br />
or n = 2<br />
nh 2×<br />
6.63×<br />
10<br />
Angular momentum = =<br />
2π 2×<br />
3. 14<br />
= 2.11 × 10 –34 Js.<br />
−34<br />
2. The wavelength of the first member of the Balmer<br />
series in the hydrogen spectrum is 6563 Å. Calculate<br />
the wavelength of the first member of the Lyman<br />
series.<br />
Sol. For the first member of the Balmer series<br />
1 ⎡ 1 1 ⎤ 5R<br />
= R<br />
λ<br />
⎢ − ⎥<br />
⎣ 2 2<br />
3 2<br />
=<br />
⎦ 36<br />
For the first member of the Lyman series<br />
1<br />
λ ´<br />
= R ⎡ 1 1 ⎤<br />
⎢ − ⎥<br />
⎣1<br />
2<br />
2 2 ⎦<br />
=<br />
3R<br />
4<br />
Dividing Eq. (1) by Eq. (2)<br />
λ´ 5×<br />
4 5<br />
= =<br />
λ 36×<br />
3 27<br />
or λ´ = 27<br />
5 λ = 27<br />
5 × 6563 = 1215 Å<br />
...(1)<br />
...(2)<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 30 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
3. Hydrogen atom in its ground state is excited by<br />
means of a monochromatic radiation of wavelength<br />
970.6 Å. How many different wavelengths are<br />
possible in the resulting emission spectrum ? Find the<br />
longest wavelength amongst these.<br />
Sol. Energy the radiation quantum<br />
−34<br />
hc 6.6×<br />
10 × 3×<br />
10<br />
E = hv = = λ<br />
−10<br />
−19<br />
970.6×<br />
10 × 1.6×<br />
10<br />
= 12.75 eV<br />
Energy of the excited sate<br />
E n = – 13.6 + 12.75 = – 0.85 eV<br />
13.6<br />
Now, we know that E n = –<br />
2<br />
n<br />
or n 2 13.6 −13.6<br />
= – = = 16<br />
E n − 0.85<br />
or n = 4<br />
The number of possible transition in going to the<br />
ground state and hence the number of different<br />
wavelengths in the spectrum will be six as shown in<br />
the figure.<br />
n<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
The longest wavelength corresponds to minimum<br />
energy difference, i.e., for the transition 4 → 3.<br />
Now E 3 = –<br />
hc<br />
λ<br />
max<br />
13.6<br />
2<br />
3<br />
= E 4 – E 3<br />
= – 1.51 eV<br />
−34<br />
6.6×<br />
10 × 3×<br />
10<br />
or λ max =<br />
−19<br />
(1.51−<br />
0.85) × 1.6×<br />
10<br />
= 18.75 × 10 –7 m = 18750 Å<br />
4. X-rays are produced in an X-ray tube by electrons<br />
accelerated through a potential difference of 50.0 kV.<br />
An electron makes three collisions in the target<br />
before coming to rest and loses half its kinetic energy<br />
in each of the first two collisions. Determine the<br />
wavelengths of the resulting photons. Neglect the<br />
recoil of the heavy target atoms.<br />
8<br />
8<br />
Sol. Initial kinetic energy of the electron = 50.0 keV<br />
Energy of the photon produced in the first collision,<br />
E 1 = 50.0 – 25.0 = 25.0 keV<br />
Wavelength of this photon<br />
−34<br />
hc 6.6×<br />
10 × 3×<br />
10<br />
λ 1 = =<br />
−19<br />
3<br />
E 1 1.6×<br />
10 × 12.5×<br />
10<br />
= 0.99 × 10 –10 m<br />
= 0.99 Å<br />
Kinetic energy of the electron after third collision = 0<br />
Energy of the photon produced in the third collision ,<br />
E 3 = 12.5 – 0 = 12.5 keV<br />
This is same as E 2 . Therefore, wavelength of this<br />
photon, λ 3 = λ 2 = 0.99 Å<br />
5. In an experiment on two radioactive isotopes of an<br />
elements (which do not decay into each other), their<br />
mass ratio at a given instant was found to be 3. The<br />
rapidly decaying isotopes has larger mass and an<br />
activity of 1.0 µCi initially. The half lives of the two<br />
isotopes are known to be 12 hours and 16 hours.<br />
What would be the activity of each isotope and their<br />
mass ratio after two days ?<br />
Sol. We have, after two days, i.e., 48 hours,<br />
N 1 =<br />
4<br />
0⎛<br />
1 ⎞<br />
N1<br />
⎜ ⎟<br />
⎝ 2 ⎠<br />
3<br />
=<br />
0⎛<br />
1 ⎞<br />
N 2 = N 2⎜<br />
⎟ =<br />
⎝ 2 ⎠<br />
Mass ratio =<br />
0<br />
N 1 /16<br />
0<br />
N 2 /8<br />
0<br />
N 1 =<br />
1<br />
0<br />
N 2 N 2<br />
0 0<br />
Now, A 1 = λ 1 N 1 = 1.0 µCi<br />
After two days,<br />
But<br />
or<br />
N 8 3× 8 3<br />
. = = 16 162 2<br />
0<br />
A 1 = λ 1 N 1 = λ 1 N 1 /16 =<br />
0<br />
A 2 = λ 2 N 2 = λ 2 N 2 /8<br />
λ<br />
λ<br />
2<br />
1<br />
=<br />
T 1 = 16<br />
T<br />
2<br />
λ 2 = 4<br />
3<br />
λ1<br />
⎛ 3<br />
A 2 = ⎜<br />
⎝ 4<br />
λ 1<br />
12 = 4<br />
3<br />
⎞ ⎛ 1 0 ⎞ 1<br />
⎟ × ⎜ N 1 ⎟ ×<br />
⎠ ⎝ 3 ⎠ 8<br />
1 0 1 0<br />
= λ1 N 1 = A 1<br />
32 32<br />
= (1/32) µCi<br />
8<br />
0<br />
A 1 /16 = (1/16)µCi<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 31 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
KEY CONCEPT<br />
Organic<br />
Chemistry<br />
Fundamentals<br />
PURIFICATION OF<br />
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY<br />
Qualitative Analysis :<br />
Qualitative analysis of an organic compound involves<br />
the detection of various elements present in it. The<br />
elements commonly present in organic compounds<br />
are carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, halogens,<br />
sulphur and sometimes phosphorus.<br />
Detection of carbon and Hydrogen :<br />
Principle. Carbon and hydrogen are detected by<br />
strongly heating the organic compound with cupric<br />
oxide, (CuO). The carbon present in the organic<br />
compound is oxidised to carbon dioxide and<br />
hydrogen is oxidised to water. Carbon dioxide is<br />
tested by lime water test, whereas water is tested by<br />
anhydrous copper sulphate test.<br />
Mixture of orgainc compoud<br />
and dry copper oxide (CuO)<br />
Anhydrous<br />
copper sulphate<br />
(white)<br />
Guard tube<br />
containing sodalime<br />
Cotton plug<br />
Lime water<br />
Reactions :<br />
C + 2CuO ⎯→ CO 2 + 2Cu<br />
in the compound<br />
2H + CuO ⎯→ H 2 O + Cu<br />
in the compound<br />
CO 2 + Ca(OH) 2 ⎯→ CaCO 3 + H 2 O<br />
limewater milky<br />
5H 2 O + CuSO 4 (anhyd) ⎯→ CuSO 4 .5H 2 O<br />
white<br />
blue<br />
Process : The given organic compound is mixed with<br />
dry cupric oxide (CuO) and heated in a hard glass<br />
tube. The products of the reaction are passed over<br />
(white) anhydrous copper sulphate and then bubbled<br />
through limewater. The copper sulphate turns blue<br />
(due to the formation of CuSO 4 .5H 2 O) by water<br />
vapour, showing that the compound contains<br />
hydrogen. The limewater is turned milky by CO 2 ,<br />
showing that the compound contains carbon.<br />
Detection of Nitrogen, Sulphur and Halogens :<br />
Nitrogen, sulphur and halogens in any organic<br />
compound are detected by Lassaigne's test.<br />
Preparation of Lassaigne's Extract (or sodium extract):<br />
A small piece of sodium is gently heated in an<br />
ignition tube till it melts. The ignition tube is<br />
removed from the flame, about 50–60 mg of the<br />
organic compound added and the tube heated<br />
strongly for 2–3 minutes to fuse the material inside it.<br />
After cooling , the tube is carefully broken in a china<br />
dish containing about 20–30 mL of distilled water.<br />
The fused material along with the pieces of ignition<br />
tube are crushed with the help of a glass rod and the<br />
contents of the china dish are boiled for a few<br />
minutes. The sodium salts formed in the above<br />
reactions (i.e., NaCN, Na 2 S, NaX or NaSCN)<br />
dissolve in water. Excess of sodium, if any, reacts<br />
with water to give sodium hydroxide. This alkaline<br />
solution is called Lassaigne's extract or sodium<br />
extract. The solution is then filtered to remove the<br />
insoluble materials and the filtrate is used for making<br />
the tests for nitrogen, sulphur and halogens.<br />
Reactions : An organic compound containing C, H,<br />
N, S, halogens when fused with sodium metal gives<br />
the following reactions.<br />
C + N + Na ⎯⎯→<br />
NaCN<br />
in organic compound<br />
sodium cyanide<br />
X(Cl, Br, I) + Na ⎯ fusion ⎯⎯→NaX(X=Cl,Br, I)<br />
from organic compound<br />
sodium halide<br />
⎯ fusion<br />
S + 2Na ⎯⎯→<br />
Na 2 S<br />
from organic compound<br />
sodium sulphide<br />
If nitrogen and sulphur both are present in any<br />
organic compound, sodium thiocyanate (NaSCN) is<br />
formed during fusion which in the presence of excess<br />
sodium, forms sodium cyanide and sodium sulphide.<br />
⎯ fusion<br />
Na + C + N + S ⎯⎯<br />
→ NaCNS<br />
in organic compound sodium thiocyanate<br />
Detection of Nitrogen :<br />
Take a small quantity of the sodium extract in a test<br />
tube. If not alkaline, make it alkaline by adding 2–3<br />
drops of sodium hydroxide (NaOH) solution. To this<br />
solution, add 1 mL of freshly prepared solution of<br />
ferrous sulphate. Heat the mixture of the two<br />
solutions to boiling and then acidify it with dilute<br />
sulphuric acid. The appearance of prussion blue or<br />
green colouration or precipitate confirms the<br />
presence of nitrogen in the given organic compound.<br />
⎯ fusion<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 32 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
Chemistry of the test : The following reactions<br />
describe the chemistry of the tests of nitrogen. The<br />
carbon and nitrogen present in the organic compound<br />
on fusion with sodium metal give sodium cyanide<br />
(NaCN). NaCN being ionic salt dissolves in water.<br />
So, the sodium extract contains sodium cyanide.<br />
Sodium cyanide on reaction with ferrous sulphate<br />
gives sodium ferrocyanide. On heating, some of the<br />
ferrous salt is oxidised to the ferric salt and this reacts<br />
with sodium ferrocyanide to form ferric-ferrocyanide.<br />
6 NaCN + FeSO 4 ⎯→ Na 4 [Fe(CN) 6 ] + Na 2 SO 4<br />
sodium ferrocyanide<br />
3Na 4 [Fe(CN) 6 ] + 2Fe 2 (SO 4 ) 3<br />
formed during boiling of the solution<br />
⎯→ Fe 4 [Fe(CN) 6 ] 3 + 6Na 2 SO 4<br />
prussian blue<br />
When nitrogen and sulphur both are present in any<br />
organic compound, sodium thiocyanate is formed<br />
during fusion. When extracted with water sodium<br />
thiocynate goes into the sodium extract and gives<br />
blood red colouration with ferric ions due to the<br />
formation of ferric thiocyanate<br />
Na + C + N + S NaCNS<br />
from organic Sod. thiocyanate<br />
3NaCNS + Fe 3+ ⎯→ Fe(CNS) 3 + 3Na +<br />
ferric thiocyanate<br />
(blood red)<br />
Detection of Sulphur :<br />
The presence of sulphur in any organic compound is<br />
detected by using sodium extract as follows :<br />
(a) Lead acetate test : Acidify a small portion of<br />
sodium extract with acetic acid and add lead acetate<br />
solution to it. A black precipitate of lead sulphide<br />
indicates the presence of sulphur.<br />
H<br />
(CH 3 COO) 2 Pb + Na 2 S ⎯ ⎯→<br />
+<br />
PbS + 2CH 3 COONa<br />
lead acetate in sodium black ppt<br />
extract<br />
(b) Sodium nitroprusside test : To a small quantity<br />
of sodium extract taken in a test tube, add 2-3 drops<br />
of sodium nitroprusside solution. A violet colour<br />
indicates the presence of sulphur. This colour fades<br />
away slowly on standing.<br />
Na 2 S + Na 2 [Fe(CN) 5 NO] ⎯→ Na 4 [Fe(CN) 5 NOS]<br />
sodium nitroprusside violet or purple colour<br />
Detection of Halogens :<br />
The presence of halogens in any organic compound is<br />
detected by using sodium extract (Lassaigne's<br />
extract) by silver nitrate test.<br />
(a) Silver nitrate test : Sodium extract<br />
(or Lassaigne's extract) is boiled with dilute nitric<br />
acid to decompose sodium cyanide or sodium<br />
sulphide (if present) to hydrogen cyanide and<br />
hydrogen sulphide gases, respectively. This solution<br />
is cooled and silver nitrate solution added. A white<br />
precipitate soluble in ammonia shows chlorine, a<br />
yellowish precipitate sparingly soluble in ammonia<br />
indicates bromine, and a yellow precipitate insoluble<br />
in ammonia shows the presence of iodine in the<br />
given organic compound.<br />
NaCl(aq) + AgNO 3 (aq) ⎯→ AgCl(s) + NaNO 3 (aq)<br />
white precipitate<br />
(soluble in ammonia)<br />
NaBr(aq) + AgNO 3 (aq) ⎯→ AgBr(s) + NaNO 3 (aq)<br />
light yellow ppt.<br />
(sparingly soluble in ammonia)<br />
NaI(aq) + AgNO 3 (aq) ⎯→ AgI(s) + NaNO 3 (aq)<br />
yellow precipitate<br />
(insoluble in ammonia)<br />
(b) CS 2 layer test for detecting bromine and iodine :<br />
Boil a small quantity of sodium extract with dilute<br />
HNO 3 for 1–2 min and cool the solution. To this<br />
solution, add a few drops of carbon disulphide (CS 2 )<br />
and 1–2 mL fresh chlorine water, and shake.<br />
Appearance of orange colour in the CS 2 layer<br />
confirms the presence of bromine, whereas that of a<br />
violet/purple colouration confirms the presence of<br />
iodine in the compound.<br />
2NaBr(aq) + Cl 2<br />
in sodium extract<br />
CS<br />
⎯⎯→<br />
2<br />
2NaI(aq) + Cl 2<br />
in sodium extract<br />
CS<br />
2NaCl(aq) + Br 2<br />
dissolves in CS 2 to<br />
give orange colour.<br />
⎯⎯→<br />
2 2NaCl(aq) + I 2<br />
dissolves in CS 2<br />
to give purple/violet colour<br />
Detection of Phosphorus :<br />
The organic compound is fused with sodium<br />
peroxide. The fused mass is then extracted with<br />
water. The aqueous solution so obtained is boiled<br />
with concentrated nitric acid, and ammonium<br />
molybedate solution is added to it.<br />
A yellow solution or precipitate indicates the<br />
presence of phosphorus in the organic compound.<br />
The yellow precipitate is of ammonium<br />
phosphomolybedate (NH 4 ) 3 [PMo 12 O 40 ] or<br />
(NH 4 ) 3 PO 4 .12MoO 3 .<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 33 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
KEY CONCEPT<br />
Inorganic<br />
Chemistry<br />
Fundamentals<br />
BORON FAMILY &<br />
CARBON FAMILY<br />
Boron Trihalides :<br />
The trihalides of boron are electron deficient<br />
compounds having a planar structure as shown. They<br />
act as Lewis acids because of incomplete octet.<br />
BF +<br />
3<br />
Lewis acid<br />
BF +<br />
3<br />
Lewis acid<br />
X<br />
Lewis base<br />
X<br />
B<br />
120º<br />
Planar structure of<br />
boron trihalides<br />
: NH 3 →<br />
: F<br />
−<br />
Lewis base<br />
→<br />
3B<br />
Addition<br />
product<br />
X<br />
F ← NH 3<br />
BF −<br />
Fluorobora 4 te ion<br />
The acid strength of trihalides decreases as :<br />
BF 3 < BCl 3 < BBr 3 < BI 3<br />
Explanation :<br />
This order of acid strength is reverse of what may<br />
normally be expected on the basis of<br />
electronegativity of halogens. Since F is most<br />
electronegative, hence BF 3 should be most electron<br />
deficient and thus should be strongest acid. The<br />
anomalous behaviour is explained on the basis of<br />
tendency of halogen atom to back-donate its electrons<br />
to boron atom. For example, in BF 3 one of the<br />
2p-orbital of F atom having lone pair overlaps<br />
sidewise with the empty 2p-orbital of boron atom to<br />
form pπ-pπ back bonding. This is also known as back<br />
donation. Further, due to back-π donation of three<br />
surrounding fluorine atoms. BF 3 can be represented<br />
as a resonance hybrid of following three structures.<br />
+<br />
F<br />
F<br />
B – = F + B – F<br />
F<br />
– F B – — F<br />
F<br />
F<br />
F + ≡ B – — F<br />
F<br />
Resonating forms of BF 3 Probable hybrid<br />
structure<br />
As a result of this back donation, the electron<br />
deficiency of boron gets compensated and its Lewis<br />
acid character decreases.<br />
Now, the tendency for back donation is maximum in<br />
the case of fluorine due to its small size and more<br />
interelectronic repulsions, therefore, it is the least<br />
acidic. The tendency of back bonding falls as we<br />
move from BF 3 to BCl 3 and BCl 3 to BBr 3 due to<br />
increase in the size of halogen atoms consequently,<br />
the acidic character increase accordingly.<br />
F<br />
F<br />
B<br />
π<br />
π<br />
Empty<br />
2p-orbital<br />
2p-orbital with lone pair<br />
pπ-pπ back bonding<br />
Acidic nature of H 3 BO 3 or B(OH) 3 :<br />
Since B(OH) 3 only partially reacts with water to form<br />
H 3 O + and [B(OH) 4 ] – , it behaves as a weak acid. Thus<br />
H 3 BO 3 or (B(OH) 3 ) cannot be titrated satisfactorily<br />
with NaOH, as a sharp end point is not obtained. If<br />
certain organic polyhydroxy compounds such as<br />
glycerol, mannitol or sugars are added to the titration<br />
mixture, then B(OH) 3 behaves as a strong monobasic<br />
acid. It can now be titrated with NaOH, and the end<br />
point is detected using phenolphthalein as indicator<br />
(indicator changes at pH 8.3 – 10.0).<br />
2B(OH) 3 + 2NaOH<br />
F<br />
Na[B(OH) 4 ] +<br />
NaBO +<br />
2 2H 2O<br />
sodium metaborate<br />
The added compound must be a cis-diol, to enhance<br />
the acidic properties in this way. (This means that it<br />
has OH groups on adjacent carbon atoms in the cis<br />
configuration.) The cis-diol forms very stable<br />
complexes with the [B(OH) 4 ] – formed by the forward<br />
reaction above, thus effectively removing it from<br />
solution. The reaction is reversible. Thus removal of<br />
one of the products at the right hand side of the<br />
equation upsets the balance, and the reaction<br />
proceeds completely to the right. Thus all the B(OH) 3<br />
reacts with NaOH : in effect it acts as a strong acid in<br />
the presence of the cis-diol.<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 34 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
– C – OH<br />
+<br />
– C – OH<br />
HO<br />
HO<br />
B<br />
OH<br />
OH<br />
–<br />
–2H 2 O<br />
–2H 2 O<br />
– C – O<br />
– C – O<br />
B<br />
– C – O<br />
– C – O<br />
OH<br />
OH<br />
B<br />
–<br />
HO – C –<br />
+<br />
HO – C –<br />
O – C –<br />
O – C –<br />
Borax :<br />
The most common metaborate is borax<br />
Na 2 [B 4 O 5 (OH) 4 ] . 8H 2 O. It is a useful primary<br />
standard for titrating against acids.<br />
(Na 2 [B 4 O 5 (OH) 4 ] . 8H 2 O) + 2HCl →<br />
2NaCl + 4H 3 BO 3 + 5H 2 O<br />
One of the products H 3 BO 3 is itself a weak acid. Thus<br />
the indicator used to detect the end point of this<br />
reaction must be one that is unaffected by H 3 BO 3 .<br />
Methyl orange is normally used, which changes in<br />
the pH range 3.1 – 4.4.<br />
One mole of borax reacts with two moles of acid.<br />
This is because when borax is dissolved in water both<br />
B(OH) 3 and [B(OH) 4 ] – are formed, but only the<br />
[B(OH) 4 ] – reacts with HCl.<br />
[B 4 O 5 (OH) 4 ] 2– + 5H 2 O 2B(OH) 3 + 2[B(OH) 4 ] –<br />
2[B(OH) 4 ] – + 2H 3 O + → 2B(OH) 3 + 4H 2 O<br />
The last reaction will titrate at pH 9.2, so the<br />
indicator must have pK a < 8. Borax is also used as a<br />
buffer since its aqueous solution contains equal<br />
amounts of weak acid and its salt.<br />
Structures of the Boranes :<br />
The bonding and structures of the boranes are of<br />
great interest. They are different from all other<br />
hydrides. There are not enough valency electrons to<br />
form conventional two-electron bonds between all of<br />
the adjacent pair of atoms, and so these compounds<br />
are termed as electron dificient.<br />
In diborane there are 12 valency electrons, three from<br />
each B atom and six from the H atoms. Electron<br />
diffraction results indicate the structure shown in fig.<br />
H H 1.33Å H<br />
1.19Å<br />
B B 1.19Å<br />
H H 1.33Å H<br />
The two bridging H atoms are in a plane<br />
perpendicular to the rest of the molecules and prevent<br />
rotation between the two B atoms. Specific heat<br />
measurements confirm that rotation is hindered. Four<br />
of the H atoms are in a different environment from<br />
the other two. This is confirmed by Raman spectra<br />
and by the fact that diborane cannot be methylated<br />
–<br />
beyond Me 4 B 2 H 2 without breaking the molecule into<br />
BMe 3 .<br />
The terminal B – H distance are the same as the bond<br />
lengths measured in non-electron-deficient<br />
compounds. These are assumed to be normal<br />
covalent bonds, with two electrons shared between<br />
two atoms. We can describe these bonds as twocentre<br />
two-electron bonds (2c-2e).<br />
Thus the electron deficiency must be associated with<br />
the bridge groups. The nature of the bonds in the<br />
hydrogen bridges is now will established. Obviously<br />
they are abnormal bonds as the two bridges involve<br />
only one electron from each boron atom and one<br />
from each hydrogen atom, making a total of four<br />
electrons. An sp 3 hybrid orbital from each boron<br />
atom overlaps with the 1s orbital of the hydrogen.<br />
This gives a delocalized molecular orbital covering<br />
all three nuclei, containing one pair of electrons and<br />
making up one of the bridges. This is a three centre<br />
two-electron bond (3c-2e). A second three-centre<br />
bond is also formed.<br />
H<br />
H<br />
H<br />
H<br />
B<br />
B<br />
H<br />
H<br />
H<br />
H<br />
B<br />
B<br />
Overlap of approximately sp 2 hybrid orbitals from B with<br />
an s orbital from H to give a banana-shaped three-centre<br />
two-electron bond.<br />
The higher boranes have an open cage structure. Both<br />
normal and multi-centre bonds are required to explain<br />
these structures.<br />
Terminal B–H bonds. These are normal covalent<br />
bonds, that is two centre two-electron (2c-2e)<br />
bonds.<br />
B – B bonds. These are also normal 2c-2e bonds.<br />
Three-centre bridge bonds including B ... H ... B<br />
as in diborane. These are 3c-2e bonds.<br />
H<br />
H<br />
Three-centre bridge bonds including B....B.....B,<br />
similar to the hydrogen bridge. These are called<br />
H<br />
H<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 35 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
'open boron bridge bonds' and are of the type<br />
3c-2e.<br />
Closed 3c-2e bonds between three B atoms.<br />
B<br />
B<br />
B<br />
Silicones :<br />
These are organosilicon polymers containing Si – O – Si<br />
linkages. These are formed by the hydrolysis of alkyl<br />
or aryl substituded chlorosilanes and their subsequent<br />
polymerisation. The alkyl or aryl substitued<br />
chlorosilanes are prepared by the reaction of<br />
Grignard reagent and silicon tetrachloride.<br />
RMgCl + SiCl 4 ⎯→ R – SiCl 3 + MgCl 2<br />
Grignard reagent<br />
2RMgCl + SiCl 4 ⎯→ R 2 SiCl 2 + 2MgCl 2<br />
3RMgCl + SiCl 4 ⎯→ R 3 SiCl + 3MgCl 2<br />
R stands for – CH 3 , –C 2 H 5 or –C 6 H 5 groups<br />
Hydrolysis of substituted chlorosilanes yield<br />
corresponding silanols which udergo polymerisation.<br />
R<br />
R<br />
Si<br />
Cl H OH<br />
Cl H + –2HCl<br />
R<br />
Si OH<br />
OH R OH<br />
Dialky silandiol<br />
Polymerisation of dialkyl silandiol yields linear<br />
thermoplastic polymer.<br />
R<br />
HO – Si – OH + H O – Si – OH<br />
R<br />
R<br />
R<br />
R<br />
HO – Si – O – Si – OH<br />
R R<br />
Polymerisation continues on both the ends and thus<br />
chain increases in length.<br />
RSiCl 3 on hydrolysis gives a cross linked silicone.<br />
The formation can be explained in three steps :<br />
Cl<br />
OH<br />
3H<br />
(i) R – Si – Cl 2 O<br />
R – Si – OH<br />
–3HCl<br />
Cl<br />
OH<br />
R<br />
R<br />
R<br />
(ii) HO – Si – OH + H O – Si – OH + H O – Si – OH<br />
OH<br />
OH<br />
R<br />
R<br />
HO – Si – O – Si – O – Si – OH<br />
OH<br />
R<br />
OH<br />
OH<br />
R<br />
OH<br />
R R R<br />
(iii) HO – Si – O – Si – O – Si – OH<br />
–3H 2 O<br />
OH OH OH<br />
H O H O H O<br />
HO – Si – O – Si – O – Si – OH<br />
R<br />
R<br />
R<br />
– O – Si – O – Si – O – Si – O –<br />
O<br />
R<br />
R<br />
O<br />
R<br />
O<br />
– O – Si – O – Si – O – Si – O –<br />
R R R<br />
Cross linked silicone<br />
Cyclic (ring) silicones are formed when water is<br />
eliminated from the terminal –OH group of linear<br />
silicones.<br />
R R<br />
Si<br />
O O<br />
R<br />
R<br />
Si Si<br />
R<br />
R<br />
O<br />
R 3 SiCl on hydrolysis forms only a dimer<br />
R 3 Si OH + OH Si R 3<br />
R 3 Si – O – Si R 3<br />
SCIENCE TIPS<br />
• A porcelain funnel used for filtration by suction is<br />
known as<br />
Bucher Funnel<br />
• What is diazomethane ?<br />
–<br />
[ 2 = +<br />
=<br />
2 2<br />
CH N N or CH N ]<br />
• A drying chamber, containing chemicals such as<br />
concentrated sulphuric acid or silica gel is known as<br />
Desiccator<br />
• Reforming of a gasoline fraction to increase<br />
branching in presence of AlCl 3 is known as<br />
Isomerization<br />
• A condenser consisting of glass tube surrounded by<br />
another glass tube through which cooling water<br />
flows is known as<br />
Liebig condenser<br />
• What is<br />
• Hot wire ammeter<br />
• What quantity has the<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 36 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
UNDERSTANDING<br />
Inorganic Chemistry<br />
1. (a) When Mn(OH) 2 is made by adding an alkali to a<br />
solution containing Mn 2+ ions, the precipitate quickly<br />
darkens, and eventually goes black. What might be<br />
the chemical giving the black colour, and how is it<br />
made ?<br />
(b) Dimercury (I) iodide, Hg 2 I 2 is a greenish colour<br />
and is precipitated if iodide ions are added to a<br />
solution of dimercury (I) sulphate, Hg 2 SO 4 . Likewise<br />
the red mercury (II) iodide, HgI 2 , is precipitated from<br />
a solution of mercury (II) sulphate, HgSO 4 . However,<br />
both precipitates dissolve in excess iodide solution.<br />
What might be the reason for this ?<br />
Sol. (a) The black colour is due to the manganese (IV)<br />
oxide, MnO 2 . It is made by the Mn(OH) 2 being<br />
oxidised by oxygen in the air :<br />
Mn(OH) 2 ⎯→ MnO + H 2 O<br />
MnO + ½O 2 ⎯→ MnO 2<br />
air black<br />
2–<br />
(b) It is due to formation of HgI 4 (a soluble<br />
complex) in both the cases with HgI 2 :<br />
HgI 2 + 2I – 2–<br />
→ HgI 4<br />
But in Hg 2 I 2 , first there is oxidation of Hg(I) to<br />
Hg(II) and then complex formation takes place; it is<br />
by following disproportionation reaction :<br />
2<br />
Hg + 2 + 4I – 2<br />
⎯→ HgI + 4 + Hg<br />
0<br />
+ 1<br />
+ 2<br />
2. Calculate mol of Ca(OH) 2 required to carry out<br />
following conversion taking one mol in each case :<br />
COOH<br />
(a) into COO<br />
Ca<br />
COOH COO<br />
(b) H 3 PO 4 into CaHPO 4<br />
(c) NH 4 Cl into NH 3<br />
(d) NaHCO 3 into CaCO 3<br />
COOH<br />
Sol. (a) is a dibasic acid<br />
COOH<br />
COOH<br />
COOH + Ca(OH) COO<br />
2<br />
Ca<br />
COO<br />
1 mo l 1 mo l<br />
Ca(OH) 2 required = 1 mol<br />
(b) H 3 PO 4 + Ca(OH) 2 ⎯→ CaHPO 4 + 2H 2 O<br />
1 mol of H 3 PO 4 ≡ 2H + neutralised by 1 mol of<br />
Ca(OH) 2<br />
Ca(OH) 2 required = 1 mol<br />
(c) 2NH 4 Cl + Ca(OH) 2 ⎯→ CaCl 2 + 2NH 3 + 2H 2 O<br />
2 mol NH 4 Cl ≡ 1 mol Ca(OH) 2<br />
1 mol NH 4 Cl ≡ 0.5 mol Ca(OH) 2<br />
(d) 2NaHCO 3 + Ca(OH) 2 ⎯→ Na 2 CO 3 + CaCO 3 +<br />
2H 2 O<br />
2 mol NaHCO 3 ≡ 1 mol Ca(OH) 2<br />
1 mol NaHCO 3 ≡ 0.5 mol Ca(OH) 2<br />
3. A colourless salt (A), soluble in water, gives a<br />
mixture of three gases (B), (C) and (D) along with<br />
water vapours. Gas (B) is blue towards litmus paper,<br />
gas (C) red and gas (D) is neutral. Gas (B) is also<br />
obtained when (A) is heated with NaOH and gives<br />
brown ppt. with K 2 HgI 4 . Solution thus obtained gives<br />
white ppt. (E) with CaCl 2 solution in presence of<br />
−<br />
CH 3 COOH. Precipatete (E) decolorises MnO 4 /H + .<br />
Gas (C) turns lime water milky while gas (D) burns<br />
with blue flame and is fatal when inhaled. Identify<br />
(A) to (D) and explain chemical reactions.<br />
Sol. Gas (B) gives brown ppt. with K 2 HgI 4<br />
+<br />
⇒ gas (B) is NH 3 ⇒ gas (A) has NH 4<br />
(C) turns lime water milky<br />
⇒ gas (C) can be SO 2 or CO 2<br />
Gas (D) is also obtained along with (C). Gas (D)<br />
burns with blue flame and is fatal when inhaled<br />
⇒ gas (D) is CO ⇒ gas (C) is CO 2<br />
2–<br />
⇒ (A) has C 2 O 4<br />
It is confirmed by the fact that CaCl 2 gives white ppt.<br />
CaC 2 O 4 (E) which decolourises MnO – 4 /H +<br />
⇒ (A) is (NH 4 ) 2 C 2 O 4<br />
Explanation :<br />
(NH 4 ) 2 C 2 O 4 ⎯⎯→<br />
∆ 2NH 3 + CO 2 + CO + H 2 O<br />
(A) (B) (C) (D)<br />
(B) is blue towards litmus (basic)<br />
(C) is red toward litmus (acidic)<br />
(D) is neutral<br />
(NH 4 ) 2 C 2 O 4 +2NaOH ⎯⎯→<br />
∆ Na 2 C 2 O 4 + 2NH3 +2H 2 O<br />
(B)<br />
Na 2 C 2 O 4 + CaCl 2 ⎯→ CaC 2 O 4 ↓ + 2NaCl<br />
White ppt. (E)<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 37 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
Hg<br />
NH 3 + K 2 HgI 4 ⎯→ O NH 2 I<br />
Hg<br />
brown ppt<br />
(Iodide of Million’s base)<br />
2MnO – 4 +16H + +5C 2 O 2– 4 → 10CO 2 +2Mn 2+ + H 2 O<br />
violet<br />
colourless<br />
4. A solution of a salt (A) when treated with calculated<br />
quantity of sodium hydroxide gave a green coloured<br />
ppt (B), which dissolve in excess of NaOH. (B) acts<br />
as a weak base and loses water on heating to give a<br />
green powder (C). The green powder is used as<br />
refractory material. When (C) is fused with an alkali<br />
in presence of air or oxidising agent, a yellow<br />
coloured solution (D) is obtained. Identify the<br />
compounds from (A) to (D) -<br />
Sol. The compound (A) is chromic salt. The chemical<br />
reactions are as under -<br />
(i) With calculated quantity of sodium hydroxide -<br />
CrCl 3 + 3NaOH ⎯→ Cr(OH) 3 + 3NaCl<br />
green ppt (B)<br />
(ii) In excess of sodium hydroxide, soluble NaCrO 2 is<br />
formed<br />
Cr(OH) 3 + NaOH ⎯→ NaCrO 2 + 2H 2 O<br />
(sod. chromite)<br />
(iii) Since Cr(OH) 3 contains -OH group, so it will act<br />
as a base. On heating it will lose water to give Cr 2 O 3<br />
powder (C)<br />
2Cr(OH) 3 ⎯→ Cr 2 O 3 + 3H 2 O<br />
(C)<br />
(iv) On fusing Cr 2 O 3 with an alkali in presence of<br />
oxygen or oxidising agent, a yellow soluble chromate<br />
will be formed -<br />
2Cr 2 O 3 + 8NaOH + 3O 2 ⎯→ 4Na 2 CrO 4 + 4H 2 O<br />
yellow soln. (D)<br />
5. Two moles of an anhydrous ester (A) are condensed<br />
in presence of sodium ethoxide to give a β-keto ester<br />
(B) and ethanol. On heating in an acidic solution<br />
compound (B) gives ethanol and a β-keto acid (C).<br />
(C) on decarboxylation gives (D) of molecular<br />
formula C 3 H 6 O. Compound (D) reacts with sodamide<br />
to give a sodium salt (E), which on heating with CH 3 I<br />
gives (F), C 4 H 8 O, which reacts with phenyl hydrazine<br />
but not with Fehling reagent. (F) on heating with I 2<br />
and NaOH gives yellow precipitate of CHI 3 and<br />
sodium propionate. Compound (D) also gives<br />
iodoform, but sodium salt of acetic acid. The sodium<br />
salt of acetic acid on acidification gives acetic acid<br />
which on heating with C 2 H 5 OH in presence of conc.<br />
H 2 SO 4 gives the original ester (A). What are (A) to<br />
(F) ?<br />
Sol. (i) Acetic acid on heating with C 2 H 5 OH gives<br />
original compound (A).<br />
CH 3 COOH + C 2 H 5 OH<br />
⎯ H ⎯ 2 SO ⎯<br />
4<br />
∆<br />
→<br />
CH<br />
3COOC2H5<br />
(A)<br />
+ H 2 O<br />
(ii) CH 3 COOC 2 H 5 (A) on heating with C 2 H 5 ONa<br />
undergoes Claisen condensation to give (B), which is<br />
aceto acetic ester.<br />
CH 3 CO OC 2 H 5 + H CH 2 COOC 2 H 5<br />
(A)<br />
C 2H 5ONa<br />
Reflux<br />
+ C 2 H 5 OH + CH 3 COCH 2 COOC 2 H 5<br />
(B)<br />
(iii) (B) on heating in acidic solution gives (C) and<br />
ethyl alcohol.<br />
CH + HOH ⎯→<br />
3COCH<br />
2COOC2H5<br />
(B)<br />
2<br />
(C)<br />
H<br />
⎯ +<br />
CH 3COCH<br />
COOH + C 2 H 5 OH<br />
(iv) (C) on decarboxylation gives acetone (D).<br />
CH 3COCH<br />
COOH<br />
2<br />
(C)<br />
∆<br />
⎯ ⎯→<br />
−CO 2<br />
CH 3COCH 3<br />
(D)<br />
(v) (D) reacts with NaNH 2 to form sodium salt (E),<br />
which on heating with CH 3 I gives butanone (F).<br />
CH 3COCH 3 + NaNH 2<br />
(D)<br />
∆<br />
⎯ ⎯→<br />
−NH 3<br />
CH<br />
3COCH<br />
2Na<br />
(E)<br />
CH 3⎯ I ⎯ ⎯<br />
–NaI → CH 3COCH<br />
2CH3<br />
(F)<br />
(vi) CH 3COCH<br />
2CH3<br />
+ 3I 2 + 4NaOH ⎯→<br />
(vii)<br />
(F)<br />
⎯ ∆<br />
CHI 3 + CH 3 CH 2 COONa + 3NaI + 3H 2 O<br />
CH 3COCH 3 + 3I 2 + 4NaOH ⎯⎯→<br />
∆<br />
(D)<br />
CHI 3 + CH 3 COONa + 3NaI + 3H 2 O<br />
CH 3 COONa<br />
⎯ HCl ⎯→<br />
Thus, (A) CH 3 COOC 2 H 5<br />
(B) CH 3 COCH 2 COOC 2 H 5<br />
(C) CH 3 COCH 2 COOH<br />
(D) CH 3 COCH 3<br />
(E) CH 3 COCH 2 Na<br />
(F) CH 3 COCH 2 CH 3<br />
CH 3 COOH + NaCl<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 38 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 39 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
`tà{xÅtà|vtÄ V{tÄÄxÇzxá<br />
11<br />
Set<br />
This section is designed to give IIT JEE aspirants a thorough grinding & exposure to variety<br />
of possible twists and turns of problems in mathematics that would be very helpful in facing<br />
IIT JEE. Each and every problem is well thought of in order to strengthen the concepts and<br />
we hope that this section would prove a rich resource for practicing challenging problems and<br />
enhancing the preparation level of IIT JEE aspirants.<br />
By : Shailendra Maheshwari<br />
Solutions will be published in next issue<br />
Joint Director Academics, <strong>Career</strong> <strong>Point</strong>, Kota<br />
1. For complex numbers z 1 = x 1 + iy 1 and z 2 = x 2 + iy 2<br />
we write z 1 ∩ z 2 , if x 1 ≤ x 2 and y 1 ≤ y 2 . The for all<br />
1−<br />
z<br />
complex numbers z with 1 ∩ z, we have ∩ 0,<br />
1+<br />
z<br />
Justify the result.<br />
2. AP and BQ are fixed parallel tangents to a circle, and<br />
a tangent at any point C cuts them at P and Q<br />
respectively. Show that CP.CQ is independent of the<br />
position of C on the circle.<br />
3. Let f(x) = ax 2 + bx + c & g(x) = cx 2 + bx + a, such<br />
that |f(0)| ≤ 1, |f(1)| ≤ 1 and |f(–1)| ≤ 1. Prove that<br />
|f(x)| ≤ 5/4 and |g(x)| ≤ 2<br />
4. A straight line is drawn throguh the origin<br />
and parallel to the tangent to the curve<br />
x +<br />
a<br />
a<br />
2 −<br />
y<br />
2<br />
⎛<br />
= ln<br />
⎜ a +<br />
⎜<br />
⎝<br />
2<br />
2<br />
a − y<br />
y<br />
⎞<br />
⎟<br />
⎟<br />
at an arbitrary<br />
⎠<br />
point M. Show that the locus of the points P of<br />
intersection of this straight line and the straight line<br />
parallel to the x-axis and passing through the point M<br />
is a circle.<br />
5. Show that ∑<br />
r=<br />
n<br />
0<br />
⎧ 1<br />
n<br />
r Cr<br />
⎪ ,<br />
( −2)<br />
=<br />
r+<br />
2<br />
⎨<br />
n + 1<br />
C 1<br />
r ⎪ ,<br />
⎩n<br />
+ 2<br />
If n is even<br />
If n is odd<br />
⎛ x + y ⎞ 2 + f ( x)<br />
+ f ( y)<br />
7. If f ⎜ ⎟ =<br />
⎝ 3 ⎠ 3<br />
for all real x and y. If f ´(2) = 2, then f(2) is -<br />
Passage :<br />
Let Z denotes the set of integers. Let p be a prime<br />
number and let z 1 ≡ {0, 1}. Let f : z → z and<br />
g : z → z 1 are two functions defined as follows :<br />
f(n) = p n ; if n ∈ z and<br />
g(n) = 1; if n is a perfect square<br />
= 0, otherwise.<br />
8. g(f(x)) is -<br />
(A) many one into<br />
(B) many one onto<br />
(C) one one onto<br />
(D) one one into<br />
9. f(g(x)) = p has -<br />
(A) no real root<br />
(B) at least one real root<br />
(C) infinity many roots<br />
(D) exactly one real root<br />
10. g(f(x)) is –<br />
(A) non periodic function<br />
(B) odd function<br />
(C) even function<br />
(D) None of these<br />
6. Let I n =<br />
∫<br />
of I n–2 .<br />
1<br />
x n<br />
0<br />
tan<br />
−1<br />
x dx , then expression I n in terms<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 40 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
MATHEMATICAL CHALLENGES<br />
SOLUTION FOR FEBRUARY ISSUE (SET # 10)<br />
1. g(x) = sin x ; 0 ≤ x < π/2<br />
1 ; π/2 ≤ x ≤ π<br />
sin 2 x/2 ; π < x<br />
lim g(x) = lim g(x) = g(π/2) = 1<br />
−<br />
x→π<br />
2<br />
lim g(x) =<br />
−<br />
x→π<br />
+<br />
x→π<br />
2<br />
lim g(x) = g(π) = 1<br />
+<br />
x→π<br />
g´(π–) = g´(π +) = 0<br />
and g´(π/2–) = g´(π/2+) = 0<br />
Hence g(x) is continuous and differentiable in (0,∞)<br />
2.<br />
sin x sin(sin x)<br />
<<br />
x sin x<br />
sin θ<br />
Let f(θ) = ;<br />
θ<br />
0 < θ < π/2<br />
f ´(θ) =<br />
θcosθ − sin θ<br />
2<br />
θ<br />
cosθ.(<br />
θ − tan θ)<br />
=<br />
2<br />
θ<br />
< 0 as tan θ > θ<br />
so f(θ) ↓<br />
so f(x) < f(sinx) as sin x < x<br />
3. (i) 6 6.5<br />
C 4 =<br />
2<br />
= 15<br />
(ii) coeff. of x 4 in (1 – x) –6<br />
= 4 + 6 – 1 C 6 – 1 = 9 9.8.7.6<br />
C 5 = = 126<br />
4.3.2<br />
(iii) select 3 different flavours : 6 C 3 ways<br />
choose (at least one from each) 4 cones :<br />
4 – 1 C 3 – 1 = 3 C 2 = 3 ways<br />
so required ways = 6 6.5.4<br />
C 3 × 3 = × 3 = 60<br />
3.2<br />
(iv) Select 2 different flavours : 6 C 2 ways<br />
choose (at least one from each) 4 cones ;<br />
4 – 1 C 2 – 1 = 3 C 1 = 3<br />
so required ways (either 2 or 3 different flavours)<br />
= 60 + 6 6.5<br />
C 2 3 = 60 +<br />
2<br />
× 3 = 105<br />
4. Let A at origin & P.V. of B & C are<br />
b & c .<br />
⎛ b c ⎞<br />
So line AD ⇒ r = t<br />
⎜ +<br />
⎟<br />
⎝ | b | | c | ⎠<br />
& line BC ⇒ r = b + ∆ ( b – c )<br />
solve them together to find pt. D<br />
⎛ b c ⎞<br />
t<br />
⎜ +<br />
⎟ = b + s ( b – c )<br />
⎝ | b | | c | ⎠<br />
E B D C<br />
t<br />
= 1 + s<br />
| b |<br />
...(1)<br />
t<br />
= –s<br />
| c |<br />
...(2)<br />
so<br />
t t | b || c |<br />
= 1 – ⇒ t =<br />
| b | | c | | b | + | c |<br />
use it in line AD .<br />
pt D :<br />
| b || c | ⎛ b c ⎞ b | c | + c | b |<br />
. ⎜ ⎟<br />
| b | + | c |<br />
+<br />
=<br />
⎝ | b | | c | ⎠ | b | + | c |<br />
which divides BC in ratio of |c| : |b|<br />
similary use eq. of external angle bisector line AE<br />
⎛ b c ⎞<br />
⇒ r = p ⎜ ⎟<br />
−<br />
⎝ | b | | c | ⎠<br />
solve it with BC to find pt. E.<br />
5. Consider<br />
e ix (1 + e ix ) n = e ix [1 + n C 1 e ix + n C 2 e i2x + .... + n C n e inx ]<br />
⎛ n+ 2 ⎞<br />
i⎜<br />
x ⎟<br />
⎝ 2 ⎠<br />
e . 2cos n x<br />
2<br />
....+ n i(n+ 1)x<br />
C n e<br />
Compare real parts & get (a)<br />
Compare imaginary. parts & get (b)<br />
A<br />
= e ix + n C 1 e i2x + n C 2 e i3x +...<br />
6. Let E i = the event that originator will not receive a<br />
letter in the ith stage.<br />
Originator sands letters to two persons so in 1st stage<br />
he will not get letter.<br />
Prob. that letter sent by 1st received is not received<br />
n−2<br />
C2<br />
( n − 2)( n − 3) n − 3<br />
by originator is =<br />
=<br />
n−1<br />
C1<br />
( n −1)(<br />
n − 2) n −1<br />
similarly prob. that letter sent by 2nd receipiant is not<br />
n − 3<br />
received by originator is<br />
n −1<br />
so P(E 2 ) = prob. that originator not received letter in<br />
2<br />
2 nd ⎛ n − 3 ⎞<br />
stage is = ⎜ ⎟⎠ .<br />
⎝ n −1<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 41 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
similarly P(E 3 ) = prob. that originator not receive<br />
letter sent by the four person getting letters from two<br />
recipients is<br />
2<br />
4<br />
2<br />
⎛ n − 3 ⎞ ⎛ n − 3 ⎞ ⎛ n − 3 ⎞ ⎛ n − 3 ⎞<br />
⎜ ⎟ . ⎜ ⎟ . ⎜ ⎟ . ⎜ ⎟ =<br />
⎛ n − 3 ⎞ ⎛ n − 3 ⎞<br />
⎜ ⎟⎠ = ⎜ ⎟⎠<br />
⎝ n −1<br />
⎠ ⎝ n −1<br />
⎠ ⎝ n −1<br />
⎠ ⎝ n −1<br />
⎠ ⎝ n −1<br />
⎝ n −1<br />
3<br />
8<br />
2<br />
⎛ n − 3 ⎞ ⎛ n − 3 ⎞<br />
Similarly, P(E 4 ) = ⎜ ⎟⎠ = ⎜ ⎟⎠<br />
⎝ n −1<br />
⎝ n −1<br />
–1<br />
2<br />
⎛ n − 3 ⎞<br />
k<br />
Similarly, P(E k ) = ⎜ ⎟<br />
⎝ n −1<br />
⎠<br />
So the required prob. is<br />
P(E) = prob. the originator not receive letter in 1st k<br />
stages<br />
= P(E 1 ) . P(E 2 ) . ........ P(E k )<br />
2 3 k−1<br />
2+<br />
2 + 2 + ....2<br />
⎛ n − 3 ⎞<br />
= ⎜ ⎟<br />
⎝ n −1<br />
⎠<br />
⎛ n − ⎞<br />
= ⎜ ⎟<br />
⎝ n −1<br />
⎠<br />
7. y = f(x) =<br />
∫<br />
x<br />
k−1<br />
2 −1<br />
3 2.<br />
2 − 1<br />
x<br />
zx−z<br />
0<br />
e<br />
⎛ n − 3 ⎞<br />
= ⎜ ⎟<br />
⎝ n −1<br />
⎠<br />
2<br />
dz =<br />
∫<br />
0<br />
x<br />
k<br />
(2 −2)<br />
2<br />
−z<br />
e zx . e dz<br />
2<br />
−z<br />
. dz + 1 = 1 x<br />
–<br />
zx −z<br />
∫<br />
e ( −2ze<br />
2<br />
0<br />
y´ =<br />
∫<br />
e zx e<br />
) dz + 1<br />
0<br />
2<br />
= – 1 ⎡ 2<br />
x<br />
z zx x<br />
⎤<br />
⎢ −<br />
−z<br />
zx<br />
( e . e ) 0 ⎥<br />
⎣<br />
∫<br />
xe<br />
2<br />
1<br />
. e dz + 1 = xy + 1<br />
2<br />
0 ⎦ 2<br />
dy 1 – xy = 1<br />
dx 2<br />
− x dx<br />
I.F. = e ∫ / 2<br />
=<br />
e −x<br />
2<br />
/ 4<br />
2<br />
x / 4<br />
Sol is y . e − =<br />
∫ − 2<br />
x<br />
e<br />
/ 4 dx =<br />
∫<br />
e<br />
y =<br />
e<br />
2<br />
x / 4<br />
∫<br />
x 2<br />
−z<br />
/ 4<br />
0<br />
e<br />
dz.<br />
x 2<br />
−z<br />
/ 4<br />
8. ∫ sin n θ sec θ dθ = ∫ sin (n –1 + 1) θ sec θ dθ<br />
= ∫ sin (n – 1)θ + cos (n – 1)θ sin θ sec θ ) dθ<br />
= ∫ sin (n – 1)θ + [ sin (n – 1)θ cos θ<br />
– sin (n – 2)θ sec θ ] dθ<br />
= ∫ (2 sin (n – 1)θ – sin (n – 2)θ sec θ ) dθ<br />
2cos( n −1)<br />
θ<br />
= –<br />
– ∫ sin (n – 2)θ secθ dθ<br />
n −1<br />
1<br />
=<br />
∫ π 2 sin 8θ − sin 2θ<br />
dθ<br />
2 0 cos θ<br />
⎡<br />
π / 2<br />
1 ⎛ 2 ⎞<br />
= ⎢⎜−<br />
θ⎟<br />
− θ θ θ<br />
⎢⎣<br />
⎝ ⎠<br />
∫ π 2<br />
cos7<br />
sin 6 sec d<br />
2 7<br />
0<br />
0<br />
⎤<br />
−<br />
∫ π 2<br />
sin 2θsec<br />
θd<br />
θ⎥<br />
0<br />
⎦<br />
1 ⎡ 2 2 2 π<br />
⎢ − − θ − θ θ θ<br />
⎣<br />
∫ π / 2<br />
/ 2<br />
(cos3 ) 0 sin 2 sec d<br />
2 7 5 3<br />
0<br />
⎤<br />
−<br />
∫ π 2<br />
sin 2θsecθdθ<br />
0<br />
⎥<br />
⎦<br />
0<br />
dz<br />
1 1 1 – + – ∫ π / 2<br />
sin 2θsecθd<br />
7<br />
θ<br />
5 3 0<br />
= 29 + π /<br />
) 2<br />
181<br />
2(cosθ 0<br />
– 105 ∫<br />
0 dθ<br />
= – 105<br />
9. 9x 2 – 24xy + 16y 2 – 18x – 101y + 19 = 0<br />
(3x – 4y) 2 = 18x + 101y – 19.<br />
Let the vertex of the parabola be A(α, β). Shift origin<br />
to A and y-axis along the tangent at vertex (3x – 4y + l).<br />
So the axis of parabola be 4x + 3y + m = 0 (along x<br />
axis) If L.R. of parabola be a then it’s equation is<br />
2<br />
⎛ 3x<br />
− 4y<br />
+ l ⎞ ⎛ 4x<br />
+ 3y<br />
+ m ⎞<br />
⎜ ⎟ = a ⎜<br />
⎟<br />
⎝ 5 ⎠ ⎝ 5 ⎠<br />
(3x – 4y + l) 2 – 5a(4x + 3y + m) = 0<br />
9x 2 – 24xy + 16y 2 + (6l – 20a)x + (–8l – 15a)y<br />
+ (l 2 – 5am) = 0<br />
comp. it with given equation.<br />
6l – 20a = –18<br />
⇒ 24l – 80a = –72 ...(1)<br />
–8l –15a = –101<br />
⇒ –24l – 45a = –303 ...(2)<br />
From (1) & (2)<br />
⇒ 125a = –375 ⇒ a = 3<br />
10. circle : (x – 1) 2 + (y – 1) 2 = 1<br />
⇒ x 2 + y 2 – 2x – 2y + 1 = 0<br />
(0,1)B<br />
D<br />
A(1,0)<br />
Let the line be y = mx<br />
1<br />
Altitude of ∆ =<br />
2<br />
1 + m<br />
For DE length : solve line with circle.<br />
x 2 + m 2 x 2 – 2x – 2mx + 1 = 0<br />
(1 + m 2 )x 2 – 2(1 + m)x + 1 = 0<br />
2<br />
|x 1 – x 2 | = ( x1 + x2<br />
) − 4x1x2<br />
=<br />
4(1 + m)<br />
(1 + m<br />
2<br />
)<br />
2<br />
2<br />
E<br />
1<br />
− 4<br />
1 + m<br />
|DE| = x 2<br />
1 + 1 |x 1 – x 2 | = 2 2m<br />
2<br />
1 + m<br />
2<br />
2<br />
= 2m<br />
2<br />
1 + m<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 42 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
Students' Forum<br />
Expert’s Solution for Question asked by IIT-JEE Aspirants<br />
MATHS<br />
1. Given a point P on the circumference of the circle<br />
|z| = 1, and vertices A 1 , A 2 , ......, A n of an inscribed<br />
regular polygon of n sides. Prove using complex<br />
numbers that<br />
(PA 1 ) 2 + (PA 2 ) 2 + ......... + (PA n ) 2 is a constant.<br />
Sol. Without loss of generality we can take P as<br />
1 + 0i.<br />
i.e., P ≡ C is 0<br />
A 3<br />
θ n<br />
A 2<br />
A 1<br />
θ 2<br />
θ1<br />
A n<br />
Let A r ≡ C is θ r , r = 1, 2, ......, n.<br />
PA r = |Cis θ r – Cis 0| = |(cosθ r – 1) + i(sinθ r )|<br />
PA 2 r = (cos θ r – 1) 2 + (sinθ r ) 2<br />
= 2 – 2cos θ r<br />
n<br />
2<br />
⇒ ∑ ( PA r ) = 2n – 2<br />
r=<br />
1<br />
∑ cos θr<br />
r=<br />
1<br />
n<br />
⎡<br />
n<br />
⎤<br />
Now, ∑ cos θr<br />
= Re ⎢∑Cisθr<br />
⎥<br />
r=<br />
1<br />
⎢⎣<br />
r=<br />
1 ⎥⎦<br />
iθ<br />
= Re [<br />
1 iθ2<br />
iθ<br />
e + e + ....... + e<br />
n<br />
]<br />
⎡ ⎛<br />
n<br />
⎞⎤<br />
⎢ ⎜ ⎛<br />
2π<br />
i ⎞<br />
iθ<br />
⎟⎥<br />
⎢<br />
e<br />
1<br />
⎜1−<br />
⎜e<br />
n ⎟<br />
⎟⎥<br />
⎢ ⎜<br />
⎜ ⎟<br />
⎟⎥<br />
= Re<br />
⎝ ⎝ ⎠ ⎠<br />
⎢<br />
2π<br />
⎥<br />
⎢<br />
i ⎥<br />
⎢ 1−<br />
e<br />
n<br />
⎥<br />
⎢<br />
⎥<br />
⎣<br />
⎦<br />
Q θ 2 – θ 1 = θ 3 – θ 2 = ..... = θ n – θ n–1 =<br />
⎡<br />
iθ<br />
⎤<br />
= Re<br />
⎢e<br />
1<br />
(1 −1)<br />
⎥<br />
⎢ π ⎥<br />
= 0<br />
2<br />
i<br />
⎢⎣<br />
1−<br />
e<br />
n ⎥⎦<br />
n<br />
Hence, ∑<br />
=<br />
r 1<br />
2<br />
n<br />
P<br />
( PA r ) = 2n = constant.<br />
2π<br />
n<br />
2. Find the point inside a triangle from which the sum<br />
of the squares of distance to the three side is<br />
minimum. Find also the minimum value of the sum<br />
of squares of distance.<br />
Sol. If a, b, c are the lengths of the sides of the ∆ and x, y,<br />
z are length of perpendicular from the points on the<br />
sides BC, CA and AB respectively, we have to<br />
minimise : ∆ = x 2 + y 2 + z 2<br />
we have, 2<br />
1 ax + 2<br />
1 by + 2<br />
1 cz = ∆<br />
⇒ ax + by + cz = 2∆<br />
A<br />
z<br />
y<br />
x<br />
B<br />
C<br />
where ∆ is the area of ∆ABC.<br />
We have the identity :<br />
⇒ (x 2 + y 2 + z 2 ) (a 2 + b 2 + c 2 ) – (ax + by + cz) 2<br />
= (ax – by) 2 + (by – cz) 2 + (cz – ax) 2<br />
⇒ (x 2 + y 2 + z 2 )(a 2 + b 2 + c 2 ) ≥ (ax + by + cz) 2<br />
⇒ (x 2 + y 2 + z 2 ) (a 2 + b 2 + c 2 ≥ 4∆ 2<br />
2<br />
⇒ x 2 + y 2 + z 2 4∆<br />
≥<br />
2 2 2<br />
a + b + c<br />
Equality holds only when<br />
x y z ax + by + cz 2∆<br />
= = = =<br />
a b c<br />
2 2 2 2 2 2<br />
a + b + c a + b + c<br />
∴ The minimum value of ∆ is ;<br />
2<br />
4∆<br />
4( s − a)(<br />
s − b)(<br />
s − c)<br />
s<br />
=<br />
2 2 2<br />
2 2 2<br />
a + b + c a + b + c<br />
3. Let a 1 , a 2 , ......, a n be real constant, x be a real variable<br />
and f (x) = cos(a 1 + x) + 2<br />
1 cos(a2 + x) + 4<br />
1 cos(a3 + x)<br />
1<br />
+...... + cos(a<br />
n−1<br />
n + x). Given that f (x 1 ) = f (x 2 ) = 0,<br />
2<br />
prove that (x 2 – x 1 ) = mπ for integer m.<br />
Sol. f (x) may be written as,<br />
n<br />
1<br />
f (x) = ∑ cos(ak + x)<br />
k −1<br />
k = 1<br />
2<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 43 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
n<br />
1<br />
= ∑<br />
k = 1<br />
2<br />
k −1<br />
⎛<br />
= cos x . ⎜<br />
⎜<br />
⎝<br />
n<br />
∑<br />
k = 1<br />
{cosa k . cos x – sin a k . sin x}<br />
cos<br />
2<br />
a k<br />
k −1<br />
⎞ ⎛<br />
⎟ – sin x ⎜<br />
⎟ ⎜<br />
⎠ ⎝<br />
n<br />
∑<br />
k = 1<br />
= A cos x – B sin x, where A = ∑<br />
k =<br />
n<br />
sin a<br />
B = ∑<br />
k<br />
k −1<br />
k = 1<br />
2<br />
since f (x 1 ) = f (x 2 ) = 0<br />
⇒ A cos x 1 – B sin x 1 = 0<br />
and A cos x 2 – B sin x 2 = 0<br />
A<br />
⇒ tan x 1 = B<br />
⇒ tan x 2 = B<br />
A<br />
⇒ tan x 1 = tan x 2<br />
⇒ (x 2 – x 1 ) = mπ<br />
n<br />
sin<br />
1<br />
2<br />
a k<br />
k −1<br />
cos<br />
2<br />
⎞<br />
⎟<br />
⎟<br />
⎠<br />
a k<br />
k −1<br />
and<br />
4. If (a, b, c) is a point on the plane 3x + 2y + z = 7, then<br />
find the least value of a 2 + b 2 + c 2 , using vector<br />
methods.<br />
Sol. Let → A = a î + b ĵ + c kˆ<br />
⇒ → B = 3 î + 2 ĵ + kˆ<br />
⇒<br />
→ →<br />
(A.B)<br />
2<br />
3a + 2b + c ≤<br />
≤ | → A| 2 | → B| 2<br />
(7) 2 ≤ (a 2 + b 2 + c 2 ) (14)<br />
2<br />
2<br />
a + b + c 14<br />
{Q 3a + 2b + c = 7, point lies on the plane}<br />
a 2 + b 2 + c 2 49 7<br />
≥ = 14 2<br />
5. If parameters p, r, q are in H.P. and d be the length of<br />
perpendicular from origin to any member of family<br />
of lines xr(p + q – 2pq) – 2pq(y – 5r) – 3pqr = 0 then<br />
7<br />
show that |d| ≤ .<br />
2<br />
Sol. Given family of line is<br />
xr(p + q – 2pq) – 2pq(y – 5r) – 3pqr = 0<br />
dividing by pqr, we get<br />
⎡ 1 1 ⎤ ⎡ y ⎤<br />
x ⎢ + − 2⎥ – 2<br />
⎣ q p<br />
⎢ − 5⎥ – 3 = 0<br />
⎦ ⎣ r ⎦<br />
⎛ 2 ⎞ ⎛ y ⎞<br />
x ⎜ − 2⎟ – 2 ⎜ − 5⎟ – 3 = 0<br />
⎝ r ⎠ ⎝ r ⎠<br />
2<br />
(7 – 2x) + r<br />
2 (x – y) = 0<br />
⇒ Given family of line passes through fixed point<br />
(7/2, 7/2)..<br />
equation of line in normal form x cos α + y sin α = p<br />
⎛ 7 7 ⎞<br />
passes through ⎜ , ⎟<br />
⎝ 2 2 ⎠<br />
2d<br />
⇒ cos α + sin α =<br />
7<br />
but – 2 ≤ cos α + sin α ≤ 2<br />
2d 7<br />
≤ 2 ⇒ |d| ≤<br />
7<br />
2<br />
6. There are n straight lines in a plane such that n 1 of<br />
them are parallel in one direction, n 2 are parallel in<br />
different direction and so on, n k are parallel in<br />
another direction such that n 1 + n 2 + ... + n k = n. Also<br />
no three of the given lines meet at a point. Prove that<br />
the total number of points of intersection is<br />
⎡<br />
k<br />
1<br />
⎤<br />
⎢n<br />
2 2<br />
– ∑n r ⎥<br />
2 ⎢⎣<br />
r=<br />
1 ⎥⎦<br />
Sol. If no two of n given lines are parallel and no three of<br />
them meet at a point, then the total number of points<br />
of intersection is n C 2 . But it is given that there are k<br />
sets of n 1 , n 2 , n 3 , ... , n k parallel lines such that no line<br />
in one set is parallel to a line in any other set. Also,<br />
lines of one set do not intersect with each other.<br />
Therefore, lines of one set do not provide any point<br />
of intersection. Hence,<br />
Total number of points of intersection<br />
= n n<br />
C 2 – (<br />
2<br />
)<br />
1 n<br />
n<br />
C + C + +<br />
k<br />
C<br />
2 2 ...<br />
n(n –1) ⎧<br />
⎫<br />
= – ⎨<br />
n 1( n 1 –1)<br />
+<br />
n 2(<br />
n 2 –1) ( –1)<br />
+ ... +<br />
n k n k<br />
⎬<br />
2 ⎩ 2 2<br />
2 ⎭<br />
n(n –1) 1<br />
= – 2 {(n1 + n 2 2 + ... + n 2 k ) – (n 1 + n 2 + ... + n k )}<br />
2 2<br />
n(n –1) 1<br />
= –<br />
2 {(n1 + n 2 2 + ... + n 2 k ) – n}<br />
2 2<br />
2<br />
n<br />
1<br />
= – 2 (n1 + n 2 2 + ... + n 2 k )<br />
2 2<br />
1 ⎡<br />
k<br />
⎤<br />
= ⎢n<br />
2 2<br />
– ⎥<br />
2<br />
∑ n r<br />
⎢⎣<br />
r=<br />
1 ⎥⎦<br />
2<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 44 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
MATHS<br />
DEFINITE INTEGRALS &<br />
AREA UNDER CURVES<br />
Mathematics Fundamentals<br />
Properties 1 :<br />
If<br />
∫<br />
f (x)<br />
dx = F(x), then<br />
∫ b a<br />
f ( x)<br />
dx = F(b) – F(a), b ≥ a<br />
Where F(x) is one of the antiderivatives of the<br />
function f(x), i.e. F´(x) = f(x) (a ≤ x ≤ b).<br />
Remark : When evaluating integrals with the help of<br />
the above formula, the students should keep in mind<br />
the condition for its legitimate use. This formula is<br />
used to compute the definite integral of a function<br />
continuous on the interval [a, b] only when the<br />
equality F´(x) = f(x) is fulfilled in the whole interval<br />
[a, b], where F(x) is antiderivative of the function<br />
f(x). In particular, the antiderivative must be a<br />
function continuous on the whole interval [a, b]. A<br />
discontinuous function used as an antiderivative will<br />
lead to wrong result.<br />
If F(x) =<br />
∫ x<br />
f ( t)<br />
dt, t ≥ a, then F´(x) = f(x)<br />
a<br />
Properties of Definite Integrals :<br />
or<br />
If f(x) ≥ 0 on the interval [a, b], then<br />
∫ b a<br />
∫ b a<br />
∫ a<br />
b<br />
∫ b a<br />
∫ a<br />
0<br />
∫ b<br />
a<br />
∫ −<br />
aa<br />
2<br />
∫ a<br />
0<br />
f ( x)<br />
dx =<br />
∫ b f ( t)<br />
dt<br />
a<br />
f ( x)<br />
dx = –<br />
∫ b a<br />
f ( x)<br />
dx =<br />
∫ c a<br />
f ( x)<br />
dx<br />
f ( x)<br />
dx +<br />
∫ b<br />
c<br />
a<br />
f ( x)<br />
dx =<br />
∫<br />
f ( a − x)<br />
dx<br />
0<br />
b<br />
f (x) dx =<br />
∫<br />
f ( a + b − x)<br />
dx<br />
a<br />
⎧<br />
⎪2 f ( x)<br />
dx = ⎨ ∫<br />
b f (x)dx<br />
a<br />
⎪⎩ 0<br />
⎧<br />
⎪2 f ( x)<br />
dx = ⎨ ∫<br />
b f (x)dx<br />
a<br />
⎪⎩ 0<br />
f ( x)<br />
dx ≥ 0<br />
f ( x)<br />
dx, a < c < b<br />
if f(–x) = f(x)<br />
if f(–x) = –f (x)<br />
if f(2a – x)<br />
if f(2a – x)<br />
= f(x)<br />
= –f (x)<br />
Every continuous function defined on [a, b] is<br />
integrable over [a, b].<br />
Every monotonic function defined on [a, b] is<br />
integrable over [a, b]<br />
If f(x) is a continuous function defined on [a, b], then<br />
there exists c ∈ (a, b)such that<br />
∫ b a<br />
f ( x)<br />
dx = f(c) . (b – a)<br />
1<br />
The number f(c) =<br />
( b − a)<br />
∫ b f ( x)<br />
dx is called the<br />
a<br />
mean value of the function f(x) on the interval [a, b].<br />
If f is continous on [a, b], then the integral function g<br />
defined by g(x) =<br />
∫ x<br />
f ( t)<br />
dt for x ∈ [a, b] is derivable<br />
a<br />
on [a, b] and g´(x) = f(x) for all x ∈ [a, b].<br />
If m and M are the smallest and greatest values of a<br />
function f(x) on an interval [a, b], then<br />
m(b – a) ≤<br />
∫ b a<br />
f ( x)<br />
dx ≤ M(b – a)<br />
If the function φ(x) and ψ(x) are defined on [a, b] and<br />
differentiable at a point x ∈ (a, b) and f(t) is<br />
continuous for φ(a) ≤ t ≤ ψ(b), then<br />
d ⎛<br />
⎞<br />
⎜<br />
⎟<br />
dx ⎝∫ ψ ( x)<br />
f ( t)<br />
dt = f(ψ(x)) ψ´(x) – f(φ(x)) φ´(x)<br />
φ(<br />
x)<br />
⎠<br />
∫ b a<br />
f ( x)<br />
dx ≤<br />
∫ b | f ( x)<br />
| dx<br />
a<br />
If f 2 (x) and g 2 (x) are integrable on [a, b], then<br />
∫ b a<br />
⎛<br />
f ( x)<br />
g(<br />
x)<br />
dx ≤ ⎜<br />
⎝<br />
∫ b a<br />
f<br />
2<br />
⎞<br />
( x)<br />
dx⎟ ⎠<br />
1/ 2<br />
⎛<br />
⎜<br />
⎝<br />
∫ b a<br />
2 ⎞<br />
g ( x)<br />
dx⎟ ⎠<br />
1/ 2<br />
Change of variables : If the function f(x) is<br />
continuous on [a, b] and the function x = φ(t) is<br />
continuously differentiable on the interval [t 1 , t 2 ] and<br />
a = φ(t 1 ), b = φ(t 2 ), then<br />
∫ b a<br />
t2<br />
t1<br />
f ( x)<br />
dx =<br />
∫<br />
f ( φ(<br />
t<br />
)) φ´(t) dt<br />
Let a function f(x, α) be continuous for a ≤ x ≤ b and<br />
c ≤ α ≤ d. Then for any α ∈ [c, d], if<br />
b<br />
b<br />
I(α) =<br />
∫<br />
f ( x,<br />
α)<br />
dx, then I´(α) =<br />
∫<br />
f ´( x,<br />
α)<br />
dx,<br />
a<br />
a<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 45 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
Where I´(α) is the derivative of I(α) w.r.t. α and<br />
f ´(x, α) is the derivative of f(x, α) w.r.t. α, kepping x<br />
constant.<br />
Integrals with Infinite Limits :<br />
If a function f(x) is continuous for a ≤ x < ∞, then by<br />
definition<br />
∫ ∞ b<br />
f ( x)<br />
dx = lim<br />
a<br />
b→∞∫<br />
f ( x)<br />
dx ....(i)<br />
a<br />
If there exists a finite limit on the right hand side of<br />
(i), then the improper integrals is said to be<br />
convergent; otherwise it is divergent.<br />
Geometrically, the improper integral (i) for f(x) > 0,<br />
is the area of the figure bounded by the graph of the<br />
function y = f(x), the straight line x = a and the x-axis.<br />
Similarly,<br />
∫ ∞ −<br />
b<br />
∫ ∞ −∞<br />
( dx = lim<br />
a→−∞∫<br />
f x)<br />
properties :<br />
∫ a<br />
0<br />
and<br />
∫<br />
∫ π / 2<br />
0<br />
a<br />
f (x) dx =<br />
∫ −∞<br />
b<br />
a<br />
f ( x)<br />
dx and<br />
f ( x)<br />
dx +<br />
∫ ∞ a<br />
f ( x)<br />
dx<br />
1<br />
x f ( x)<br />
dx = a 2 ∫ a x f ( x)<br />
if f(a – x) = f(x)<br />
a<br />
f ( x)<br />
f ( x)<br />
+ f ( a − x<br />
0 )<br />
0<br />
dx = 2<br />
a<br />
logsin<br />
x dx =<br />
∫ π / 2<br />
logcos<br />
x dx<br />
0<br />
= – 2<br />
π log 2 = 2<br />
π log 2<br />
1<br />
⎛ 1 ⎞<br />
Γ(n + 1) = n Γ (n), Γ(1) = 1, Γ ⎜ ⎟ = π<br />
⎝ 2 ⎠<br />
If m and n are non-negative integers, then<br />
∫ π / 2<br />
0<br />
sin<br />
m<br />
x cos<br />
n<br />
⎛ m + 1⎞<br />
⎛ n + 1⎞<br />
Γ⎜<br />
⎟Γ⎜<br />
⎟<br />
x dx =<br />
⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠<br />
⎛ m + n + 2 ⎞<br />
2Γ⎜<br />
⎟<br />
⎝ 2 ⎠<br />
Reduction Formulae of some Define Integrals :<br />
∫ ∞<br />
0<br />
∫ ∞<br />
0<br />
∫ ∞<br />
0<br />
−ax<br />
e cos bx dx =<br />
−ax<br />
e sin bx dx =<br />
−ax<br />
e x n dx =<br />
If I n =<br />
∫ π / 2<br />
0<br />
sin<br />
n<br />
a<br />
n!<br />
n+ 1<br />
x dx<br />
a<br />
a<br />
2<br />
2<br />
a<br />
+ b<br />
b<br />
+ b<br />
, then<br />
2<br />
2<br />
⎧ n −1<br />
n − 3 n − 5 2<br />
⎪ . . .....<br />
I n = n n − 2 n − 4 3<br />
⎨<br />
n −1<br />
n − 3 n − 5 1 π<br />
⎪ . . ..... .<br />
⎩ n n − 2 n − 4 2 2<br />
If I n =<br />
∫ π / 2<br />
0<br />
cos<br />
n<br />
x dx , then<br />
⎧ n −1<br />
n − 3 n − 5 2<br />
⎪ . . .....<br />
I m = n n − 2 n − 4 3<br />
⎨<br />
n −1<br />
n − 3 n − 5 1 π<br />
⎪ . . ..... .<br />
⎩ n n − 2 n − 4 2 2<br />
( when n is odd)<br />
( when n is even)<br />
( when n is odd)<br />
( when n is even)<br />
Leibnitz's Rule :<br />
If f(x) is continuous and u(x), v(x) are differentiable<br />
functions in the interval [a, b], then<br />
d<br />
dx<br />
∫<br />
v(<br />
x)<br />
u(<br />
x)<br />
f ( t)<br />
dt<br />
d d<br />
= f{v(x)} v(x) – f{u(x) u(x)<br />
dx<br />
dx<br />
Summation of Series by Integration :<br />
n<br />
∑ − 1<br />
lim<br />
n→∞<br />
r=<br />
0<br />
⎛ r ⎞ 1<br />
f ⎜ ⎟ . =<br />
⎝ n ⎠ n ∫ 1 f ( x)<br />
dx<br />
0<br />
Some Important Results :<br />
n<br />
∑ − 1<br />
r=<br />
0<br />
n<br />
∑ − 1<br />
r=<br />
0<br />
2<br />
1<br />
sin( α + r β)<br />
=<br />
cos( α + r β)<br />
=<br />
2<br />
1 1 1 π<br />
–<br />
2 +<br />
2 – .... =<br />
2 3 12<br />
1 1 +<br />
2 +<br />
2 + .... =<br />
2 31<br />
6<br />
2<br />
1<br />
⎧ 1 ⎫ ⎛ 1 ⎞<br />
sin⎨α + ( n −1)<br />
β⎬sin⎜<br />
nβ⎟<br />
⎩ 2 ⎭ ⎝ 2 ⎠<br />
⎛ 1 ⎞<br />
sin⎜<br />
β⎟<br />
⎝ 2 ⎠<br />
⎧ 1 ⎫ ⎛ 1 ⎞<br />
cos⎨α + ( n −1)<br />
β⎬sin⎜<br />
nβ⎟<br />
⎩ 2 ⎭ ⎝ 2 ⎠<br />
⎛ 1 ⎞<br />
sin⎜<br />
β⎟<br />
⎝ 2 ⎠<br />
Area under Curves :<br />
Area bounded by the curve y = f(x), the x-axis and the<br />
ordinates x = a, x = b<br />
=<br />
∫ b y dx =<br />
a ∫ b a<br />
Y<br />
f ( x)<br />
dx<br />
2<br />
π<br />
y = f (x)<br />
y<br />
x = b<br />
O δx X<br />
Area bounded by the curve x = f(y), the y-axis and the<br />
abscissae y = a, y = b<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 46 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
=<br />
∫ b x dy =<br />
a ∫ b f ( y)<br />
dy<br />
a<br />
Y<br />
δy<br />
y = b<br />
x<br />
y = a<br />
x = f (y)<br />
O<br />
X<br />
The area of the region bounded by y 1 = f 1 (x), y 2 = f 2 (x)<br />
and the ordinates x = a and x = b is given by<br />
=<br />
∫ b f 2 ( x)<br />
dx –<br />
a ∫ b f 1(<br />
x)<br />
dx<br />
a<br />
Y<br />
A<br />
x = a<br />
x = b<br />
O<br />
X<br />
where f 2 (x) is y 2 of the upper curve and f 1 (x) is y 1 of<br />
the lower curve, i.e. the required area<br />
b<br />
=<br />
∫<br />
[ f 2 ( x)<br />
− f1(<br />
x)]<br />
dx =<br />
∫<br />
( y 2 − y1)<br />
dx<br />
a<br />
b<br />
a<br />
f(x) ≤ 0 for all x in a ≤ x ≤ b, then area bounded by<br />
x-axis, the curve y = f(x) and the ordinates x = a, x = b<br />
is given by<br />
B<br />
Black Holes-The Most Efficient<br />
Engines in the Universe<br />
The scientists have just found the most energyefficient<br />
engines in the universe. Black holes,<br />
whirling super dense centres of galaxies that suck in<br />
nearly everything. Jets of energy spurting out of older<br />
ultra-efficient black holes also seem to be playing a<br />
crucial role as zoning police in large galaxies<br />
preventing to many stars from sprouting. This<br />
explains why there are fewer burgeoning galaxies<br />
chock full of stars than previously expected.<br />
For the first time, the scientists have measured both<br />
the mas of hot gas that is being sucked into nine older<br />
black holes and the unseen super speedy jets of high<br />
energy particles split out, which essentially form a<br />
cosmic engine. Then they determined a rate of how<br />
efficient these older black hole engines are and were<br />
awe-struck. These black holes are 25 times more<br />
efficient than anything man has built, with nuclear<br />
power being the most efficient of man-made efforts,<br />
said the research's lead author, Professor Steve Allen<br />
of Stanford University.<br />
The galaxies in which these black holes live are<br />
bigger than the Milky way, which is the Earth's<br />
galaxy and are 50 million to 400 million light-years<br />
away.<br />
= –<br />
∫ b a<br />
f ( x)<br />
dx<br />
Y<br />
O<br />
D<br />
C<br />
X<br />
A<br />
If f(x) ≥ 0 for a ≤ x ≤ c and f(x) ≤ 0 for c ≤ x ≤ b, then<br />
area bounded by y = f(x), x-axis and the ordinates<br />
x = a, x = b is given by<br />
=<br />
∫ c f ( x)<br />
dx +<br />
a ∫ b<br />
− f ( x)<br />
dx =<br />
c ∫ c f ( x)<br />
dx –<br />
a ∫ b<br />
f (x)dx<br />
O<br />
x = a<br />
B<br />
A<br />
f (x)≥0<br />
C<br />
M<br />
f (x)≤0<br />
N<br />
x = b<br />
B<br />
c<br />
Black holes are the most fuel-efficient engines in<br />
the universe.<br />
The results were surprising because the types of black<br />
holes studied were older, less powerful and generally<br />
considered boring, scientists said. But they ended up<br />
being more efficient than originally thought, possibly<br />
as efficient as their younger, brighter and more potent<br />
black hole siblings called quasars. One way the<br />
scientists measured the efficiency of black holes was<br />
by looking at the jets of high energy spewed out.<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 47 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
MATHS<br />
PROBABILITY<br />
Mathematics Fundamentals<br />
Some Definitions :<br />
Experiment : A operation which can produce some<br />
well defined outcomes is known as an experiment.<br />
Random experiment : If in each trail of an<br />
experiment conducted under identical conditions, the<br />
outcome is not unique, then such an experiment is<br />
called a random experiment.<br />
Sample space : The set of all possible outcomes in an<br />
experiment is called a sample space. For example, in a<br />
throw of dice, the sample space is {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}.<br />
Each element of a sample space is called a sample<br />
point.<br />
Event :<br />
An event is a subset of a sample space.<br />
Simple event : An event containing only a single<br />
sample point is called an elementary or simple event.<br />
Events other than elementary are called composite or<br />
compound or mixed events.<br />
For example, in a single toss of coin, the event of<br />
getting a head is a simple event.<br />
Here S = {H, T} and E = {H}<br />
In a simultaneous toss of two coins, the event of<br />
getting at least one head is a compound event.<br />
Here S = {HH, HT, TH, TT} and E = {HH, HT, TH}<br />
Equally likely events : The given events are said to<br />
be equally likely, if none of them is expected to occur<br />
in preference to the other.<br />
Mutually exclusive events : If two or more events<br />
have no point in common, the events are said to be<br />
mutually exclusive. Thus E 1 and E 2 are mutually<br />
exclusive in E 1 ∩ E 2 = φ.<br />
The events which are not mutually exclusive are<br />
known as compatible events.<br />
Exhaustive events : A set of events is said to be<br />
totally exhaustive (simply exhaustive), if no event out<br />
side this set occurs and at least one of these event<br />
must happen as a result of an experiment.<br />
Independent and dependent events : If there are<br />
events in which the occurrence of one does not<br />
depend upon the occurrence of the other, such events<br />
are known as independent events. On the other hand,<br />
if occurrence of one depend upon other, such events<br />
are known as dependent events.<br />
Probability :<br />
In a random experiment, let S be the sample space<br />
and E ⊆ S, then E is an event.<br />
The probability of occurrence of event E is defined as<br />
=<br />
P(E) =<br />
number of distinct elements in E<br />
number of distinct element in S<br />
n(E)<br />
= n(S)<br />
number of outocomes favourable to occurrence of<br />
number of all possible outcomes<br />
Notations :<br />
Let A and B be two events, then<br />
A ∪ B or A + B stands for the occurrence of at<br />
least one of A and B.<br />
A ∩ B or AB stands for the simultaneous<br />
occurrence of A and B.<br />
A´ ∩ B´ stands for the non-occurrence of both A<br />
and B.<br />
A ⊆ B stands for "the occurrence of A implies<br />
occurrence of B".<br />
Random variable :<br />
A random variable is a real valued function whose<br />
domain is the sample space of a random experiment.<br />
Bay’s rule :<br />
Let (H j ) be mutually exclusive events such that<br />
n<br />
P(H j ) > 0 for j = 1, 2, ..... n and S = U . Let A<br />
j=1<br />
H j<br />
be an events with P(A) > 0, then for j = 1, 2, .... , n<br />
⎛ H ⎞<br />
P⎜<br />
j P(H j)P(A / H j)<br />
⎟<br />
=<br />
n<br />
⎝ A ⎠ ∑ P(H ) P(A / H )<br />
k=<br />
1<br />
k<br />
Binomial Distribution :<br />
If the probability of happening of an event in a single<br />
trial of an experiment be p, then the probability of<br />
happening of that event r times in n trials will be<br />
n C r p r (1 – p) n – r .<br />
Some important results :<br />
Number of cases favourable to event A<br />
(A) P(A) =<br />
Total number of cases<br />
n(A)<br />
= n(S)<br />
k<br />
E<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 48 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
P( A) =<br />
Number of cases not favourable to event A<br />
Total number of cases<br />
n(A)<br />
= n(S)<br />
(B) Odd in favour and odds against an event : As a<br />
result of an experiment if “a” of the outcomes are<br />
favourable to an event E and b of the outcomes are<br />
against it, then we say that odds are a to b in favour<br />
of E or odds are b to a against E.<br />
Thus odds in favour of an event E<br />
Number of favourablecases a<br />
=<br />
=<br />
Number of unfavourable cases b<br />
Similarly, odds against an event E<br />
Number of unfavourable cases b<br />
=<br />
=<br />
Number of favorablecases a<br />
Note :<br />
If odds in favour of an event are a : b, then the<br />
probability of the occurrence of that event is<br />
a<br />
and the probability of non-occurrence of<br />
a + b<br />
b<br />
that event is<br />
a + b<br />
. a<br />
a + b<br />
If odds against an event are a : b, then the<br />
probability of the occurrence of that event is<br />
b<br />
and the probability of non-occurrence of<br />
a + b<br />
a<br />
that event is<br />
a + b<br />
.<br />
(C) P(A) + P( A ) = 1<br />
0 ≤ P(A) ≤ 1<br />
P(φ) = 0<br />
P(S) = 1<br />
If S = {A 1 , A 2 , ..... A n }, then<br />
P(A 1 ) + P(A 2 ) + .... + P(A n ) = 1<br />
If the probability of happening of an event in one<br />
trial be p, then the probability of successive<br />
happening of that event in r trials is p r .<br />
(D) If A and B are mutually exclusive events, then<br />
P(A ∪ B) = P(A) + P(B) or<br />
P(A + B) = P(A) + P(B)<br />
If A and B are any two events, then<br />
P(A ∪ B) = P(A) + P(B) – P(A ∩ B) or<br />
P(A + B) = P(A) + P(B) – P(AB)<br />
If A and B are two independent events, then<br />
P(A ∩ B) = P(A) . P(B) or<br />
P(AB) = P(A) . P(B)<br />
If the probabilities of happening of n independent<br />
events be p 1 , p 2 , ...... , p n respectively, then<br />
(i) Probability of happening none of them<br />
= (1 – p 1 ) (1 – p 2 ) ........ (1 – p n )<br />
(ii) Probability of happening at least one of them<br />
= 1 – (1 – p 1 ) (1 – p 2 ) ....... (1 – p n )<br />
(iii) Probability of happening of first event and not<br />
happening of the remaining<br />
= p 1 (1 – p 2 ) (1 – p 3 ) ....... (1 – p n )<br />
If A and B are any two events, then<br />
⎛ B ⎞<br />
P(A ∩ B) = P(A) . P ⎜ ⎟ or<br />
⎝ A ⎠<br />
⎛ B ⎞<br />
P(AB) = P(A) . P ⎜ ⎟<br />
⎝ A ⎠<br />
⎛ B ⎞<br />
Where P ⎜ ⎟ is known as conditional probability<br />
⎝ A ⎠<br />
means probability of B when A has occurred.<br />
Difference between mutually exclusiveness and<br />
independence : Mutually exclusiveness is used<br />
when the events are taken from the same<br />
experiment and independence is used when the<br />
events are taken from the same experiments.<br />
(E) P(A A ) = 0<br />
P(AB) + P( AB ) = 1<br />
P( A B) = P(B) – P(AB)<br />
P(A B ) = P(A) – P(AB)<br />
P(A + B) = P(A B ) + P( A B) + P(AB)<br />
Some important remark about coins, dice and playing<br />
cards :<br />
Coins : A coin has a head side and a tail side. If<br />
an experiment consists of more than a coin, then<br />
coins are considered to be distinct if not otherwise<br />
stated.<br />
Dice : A die (cubical) has six faces marked 1, 2,<br />
3, 4, 5, 6. We may have tetrahedral (having four<br />
faces 1, 2, 3, 4,) or pentagonal (having five faces<br />
1, 2, 3, 4, 5) die. As in the case of coins, If we<br />
have more than one die, then all dice are<br />
considered to be distinct if not otherwise stated.<br />
Playing cards : A pack of playing cards usually<br />
has 52 cards. There are 4 suits (Spade, Heart,<br />
Diamond and Club) each having 13 cards. There<br />
are two colours red (Heart and Diamond) and<br />
black (Spade and Club) each having 26 cards.<br />
In thirteen cards of each suit, there are 3 face cards or<br />
coart card namely king, queen and jack. So there are<br />
in all 12 face cards (4 kings, 4 queens and 4 jacks).<br />
Also there are 16 honour cards, 4 of each suit namely<br />
ace, king, queen and jack.<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 49 MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
MOCK TEST FOR IIT-JEE<br />
PAPER - I<br />
Time : 3 Hours Total Marks : 240<br />
Instructions :<br />
• This question paper contains 69 questions in Chemistry (23), Mathematics (23) & Physics (23).<br />
• In section -I (7 Ques. SCQ Type) of each paper +3 marks will be given for correct answer & –1 mark for wrong<br />
answer.<br />
• In section -II (4 Ques. MCQ Type) of each paper +4 marks will be given for correct answer no negative marking<br />
for wrong answer.<br />
• In section -III contains 2 groups of questions [Pass. 1 (2 Ques.) + Pass. 2 (3 Ques.) = 5 Ques.] of each paper +3<br />
marks will be given for each correct answer & –1 mark for wrong answer.<br />
• In section -IV contain (7 Ques. of Numerical Response with single-digit Ans.) of each paper +4 marks will be<br />
given for correct answer & No Negative marking for wrong answer.<br />
CHEMISTRY<br />
SECTION – I<br />
Straight Objective Type<br />
Questions 1 to 7 are multiple choice questions. Each<br />
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of<br />
which ONLY ONE is correct. Mark your response in<br />
OMR sheet against the question number of that<br />
question. + 3 marks will be given for each correct<br />
answer and – 1 mark for each wrong answer.<br />
1. Arrange the following compounds according to<br />
decreasing order of combustion -<br />
CH 3<br />
OH<br />
OH<br />
(C)<br />
(D)<br />
3. Assign double bond configurations to the following–<br />
COOH<br />
C<br />
NC<br />
CH<br />
C = C<br />
2 OH<br />
NH 2 –CH 2<br />
CN<br />
(A) E (B) Z (C) E.E. (D) Z, Z<br />
4. Product (P) in the following reaction is -<br />
O<br />
⊕<br />
H / H 2 O<br />
(P)<br />
CH 3<br />
OH<br />
CH 2 –OH<br />
2.<br />
I<br />
III<br />
(A) II > IV > I > III<br />
(C) I > II > III > IV<br />
O<br />
⊕<br />
H<br />
form) among the following is -<br />
(A)<br />
OH<br />
II<br />
IV<br />
CH 3<br />
CH 3<br />
CH 3<br />
(B) I > IV > III > II<br />
(D) IV > I > III > II<br />
(B)<br />
major tautomer (enol<br />
OH<br />
(A)<br />
OH<br />
CH 3 HO CH 3<br />
OH<br />
OH<br />
(C)<br />
(D)<br />
O<br />
OH CH 3<br />
CH 3 CH 3<br />
5. V 1 mL of NaOH of normality X and V 2 mL of<br />
Ba(OH) 2 of normality Y are mixed together. the<br />
mixture is completely neutralised by 100 mL of 0.1<br />
N HCl. If V 1 / V 2 = 4<br />
1 and Y<br />
X = 4, what fraction of<br />
the acid is neutralized by Ba(OH) 2 :<br />
(A) 0.5 (B) 0.25 (C) 0.33 (D) 0.67<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 50<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
6. Equal moles of CO, B 2 H 6 , H 2 and CH 4 are placed in<br />
a container. If a hole was made in container, after 5<br />
minute partial pressure of gases in container would<br />
be :<br />
(at wt. of C, O, B and H are 12, 16, 11 and 1<br />
respectively)<br />
(A) P CO > P > P > P<br />
(A) Cr 3+ (B) Mn 2+ (C) Fe 3+ (D) Cu 2+ I II III<br />
IV<br />
11. Which of the following metals become passive when<br />
dropped into conc. HNO 3 ?<br />
(A) Cu (B) Fe (C) Cr (D) Al<br />
SECTION – III<br />
Comprehension Type<br />
B 2 H 6 H 2 CH 4<br />
(B) P CO = P B 2 H 6<br />
> P CH 4<br />
> P<br />
This section contains 2 paragraphs; passage- I has 2<br />
H 2<br />
multiple choice questions (No. 12 & 13) and passage- II<br />
(C) P CO > P B 2 H 6<br />
= P H 2<br />
> P CH 4<br />
has 3 multiple (No. 14 to 16). Each question has 4<br />
choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE<br />
(D) P B 2 H 6<br />
> P H 2<br />
> P CH 4<br />
> P CO<br />
is correct. Mark your response in OMR sheet against<br />
the question number of that question. +3 marks will be<br />
given for each correct answer and –1 mark for each<br />
wrong answer.<br />
Paragraph # 1 (Ques. 12 to 13)<br />
De-Broglie proposed dual nature for electron by<br />
h<br />
putting his famous equation λ = . Later on<br />
SECTION – II<br />
mu<br />
Multiple Correct Answers Type<br />
Heisenburg proposed uncertainty principle as ∆p.∆x ³<br />
h ⎛ h ⎞<br />
⎜h<br />
= ⎟ . On the contrary particle nature of<br />
2 ⎝ 2 π ⎠<br />
electron was established on the basis of photoelectric<br />
effect. When a photon strikes the metal surface,, it<br />
gives up its energy to the electron. Part of this energy<br />
(say W) is used by the electrons of escape from the<br />
metal and the remaining imparts the kinetic energy<br />
(½ mu 2 ) to the photoelectron. The potential applied<br />
may be named as -<br />
on the surface to reduce the velocity of photoelectron<br />
to zero is known as stopping potential.<br />
(A) 3– ethyl, 2-methyl oxirane<br />
12. With what velocity must an electron travel so that its<br />
(B) 1, 2 – epoxy – 2 – methyl butane<br />
momentum is equal to that of photon of wavelength<br />
(C) 1, 2 – oxa pentane<br />
of λ = 5200 Å :<br />
(D) 2 – methyl –1, 2– butoxide<br />
(A) 800 m s –1 (B) 1400 m s –1<br />
(C) 400 m s –1 (D) 200 m s –1<br />
⊕<br />
13. The wavelength of helium atom whose speed is equal<br />
(A)<br />
H<br />
MgBr + HCOCl ⎯⎯→<br />
to its rms speed at 27ºC :<br />
(A) 7.29 × 10 –11 m (B) 4.28 × 10 –10 m<br />
(excess)<br />
(C) 5.31 × 10 –11 m (D) 6.28 × 10 –11 m<br />
O<br />
⊕<br />
H<br />
(B) Ph–Mg–Br + CH 3 —C—Cl → ⎯⎯→<br />
Paragraph # 2 (Ques. 14 to 16)<br />
(excess)<br />
From following sets of compounds give answer of<br />
⊕<br />
H<br />
(C) CH 3 –Mg–Br + (CH 3 CO 2 )O → ⎯⎯→<br />
following question<br />
O O<br />
O<br />
O<br />
(excess)<br />
O<br />
O<br />
⊕<br />
Set – A<br />
H<br />
(D) CH 3 –Mg – Br + Cl–C–OC 2 H 5 → ⎯⎯→<br />
O O<br />
(excess)<br />
I<br />
II III<br />
IV<br />
O<br />
Set – B<br />
7. The dipole moment of HBr is 2.6 × 10 –30 c–m and<br />
the interatomic spacing is 1.41Å. The percentage of<br />
ionic character in HBr is :<br />
(A) 10.5 (B) 11.5 (C) 12.5 (D) 13.5<br />
Questions 8 to 11 are multiple choice questions. Each<br />
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of<br />
which MULTIPLE (ONE OR MORE) is correct. Mark<br />
your response in OMR sheet against the question<br />
number of that question. + 4 marks will be given for<br />
each correct answer and no negative marks.<br />
8. The compound C2 H 5<br />
CH 3<br />
O<br />
9. In which of the following reactions 3º alcohol will<br />
be obtained as a product -<br />
10. Which of the following species has same number of<br />
unpaired electron ?<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 51<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
Set – C<br />
O<br />
O<br />
O<br />
I<br />
O<br />
O<br />
O<br />
III<br />
IV<br />
14. Correct statement regarding set A -<br />
(A) I is stronger acid than III<br />
(B) II is stronger acid then I<br />
(C) III & IV are equal acidic strength<br />
(D) IV is weaker acidic then I<br />
O<br />
O<br />
15. Correct statement regarding set B -<br />
(A) I & II compound show both resonance and<br />
hyperconjugation<br />
(B) III compound show five hyperconjugation<br />
structure<br />
(C) IV is more stable than II<br />
(D) II is more stable than I<br />
16. Correct statement regarding set C -<br />
(A) II is stronger acid than I<br />
(B) I is stronger acid than IV<br />
(C) II and III are equal acidic<br />
(D) In IV acid anion is not stablises by resonance<br />
II<br />
O<br />
O<br />
SECTION – IV<br />
Numerical Response Type<br />
This section contains 7 questions (Q.17 to 23). +4 marks<br />
will be awarded for each correct answer and no<br />
negative marking for wrong answer. The answer to<br />
each question is a single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to<br />
9. The bubble corresponding to the correct answer is to<br />
be darkened in the OMR.<br />
17. How many of the following compound contain chiral<br />
atom.<br />
CH 3<br />
CH 3<br />
(i)<br />
N (ii) ⊕ N<br />
H T<br />
Ph C 2 H 5<br />
D<br />
CH 2 =CH–CH 2<br />
CH 3 O H<br />
O<br />
(iii)<br />
(iv) CH 3 S CH 3<br />
(v)<br />
H<br />
O<br />
P<br />
T<br />
(vi)<br />
D<br />
CH 3<br />
H<br />
Si<br />
D<br />
H<br />
CH 3<br />
CH 3 Ge<br />
(vii) D C CH 3<br />
(viii)<br />
Ph<br />
H<br />
C 2 H<br />
CH 3<br />
5<br />
14<br />
18. In the following reaction double bond equivalent of<br />
D is –<br />
OH<br />
OH<br />
dil.HNO 3 (1) Sn / HCl<br />
A + B<br />
(2)NaNO 2 / HCl<br />
More Less<br />
volatile volatile<br />
C<br />
(mild-basic)<br />
condition<br />
19. How many groups are o/p director in electrophilic<br />
aromatic substitution reaction –<br />
(i) — NH 2<br />
(ii) — CHO<br />
(iii) — COOH (iv) —OMe<br />
(v) —O—C—Me (iv) — Et<br />
O<br />
(vii) —C—NH—Me<br />
O<br />
(ix) —N = O (x) —N = NH<br />
(viii) – SO 3 H<br />
20. How many compound which is given below is<br />
isomer of D-glucose.<br />
D-Mannose, D – Fructose, D-Idose,<br />
D-Galactose, D-Arabinose, D-Ribose<br />
21. What is oxidation state of sulphur in Caro's acid?<br />
22. How many π-bonds are present in Marhall's acid?<br />
23. How many P —O—P bonds are present in P 4 O 8 ?<br />
MATHEMATICS<br />
SECTION – I<br />
Straight Objective Type<br />
Questions 1 to 7 are multiple choice questions. Each<br />
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of<br />
which ONLY ONE is correct. Mark your response in<br />
OMR sheet against the question number of that<br />
question. + 3 marks will be given for each correct<br />
answer and – 1 mark for each wrong answer.<br />
1. Let f (x) =<br />
sin π x<br />
x<br />
x<br />
3<br />
1<br />
2x<br />
3x<br />
2<br />
4<br />
D<br />
1<br />
1 , f (x) be an odd function<br />
1<br />
and its odd value is equal to g(x), then<br />
f (1) g(1) is -<br />
(A) –1 (B) – 4 (C) – 5 (D) 1<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 52<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
2.<br />
sin3α<br />
< 0 if α lies in<br />
cos2α<br />
(A) (13π/48, 14π/48)<br />
(B) (14π/48, 18π/48)<br />
(C) (18π/48, 23π/48)<br />
(D) any of these intervals<br />
(C) f (x) is an increasing function in the interval<br />
– ∞ < x ≤ 0 and decreasing in the interval<br />
0 ≤ x < ∞<br />
(D) f (x) is a decreasing function in the interval<br />
– ∞ < x ≤ 0 and increasing in the interval<br />
0 ≤ x < ∞<br />
3. If x 1 , x 2 , x 3 , x 4 are roots of the equation<br />
x 4 – x 3 sin 2β + x 2 cos 2β – x cos β – sin β = 0, then<br />
4.<br />
4<br />
∑<br />
i=<br />
1<br />
tan<br />
−1<br />
(A) π – β<br />
(C) π/2 – β<br />
−<br />
π<br />
x→ 2<br />
x i is equal to<br />
(B) π – 2β<br />
(D) π/2 – 2β<br />
Lim [1 + (cos x) cos x ] 2 is equal to<br />
(A) Does not exist (B) 1<br />
(C) e (D) 4<br />
5. If f (x) = log x (ln (x)), then f '(x) at x = e is<br />
(A) 0 (B) 1<br />
(C) e (D) 1/e<br />
6. If the function f (x) = |x 2 + a |x| + b| has exactly three<br />
points of non-differentiability, then which of the<br />
following may hold<br />
(A) b = 0, a < 0 (B) b < 0, a ∈ R<br />
(C) b > 0, a ∈ R (D) b < 0, a ∈ R –<br />
7. The inequality log 2 (x) < sin –1 (sin(5)) holds if x ∈<br />
(A) (0, 2 5–2π ) (B) (2 5–2π , ∞)<br />
(C) (2 2π–5 , ∞) (D) (0, 2 2π–5 )<br />
SECTION – II<br />
Multiple Correct Answers Type<br />
Questions 8 to 11 are multiple choice questions. Each<br />
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of<br />
which MULTIPLE (ONE OR MORE) is correct. Mark<br />
your response in OMR sheet against the question<br />
number of that question. + 4 marks will be given for<br />
each correct answer and no negative marks.<br />
8. 2 tan –1 (–3) is equal to<br />
(A) – cos –1 (–4/5) (B) – π + cos –1 (4/5)<br />
(C) – π/2 + tan –1 (–4/3) (D) cot –1 (4/3)<br />
9. Let [x] denotes the greatest integer less than or equal<br />
to x. If f (x) = [x sin πx], then f (x) is<br />
(A) continuous at x = 0<br />
(B) continuous in (–1, 0)<br />
(C) differentiable at x = 1<br />
(D) differentiable at (–1, 1)<br />
⎛<br />
2<br />
x ⎞<br />
10. Let f be the function f (x) = cos x – ⎜ ⎟<br />
1 − , then<br />
⎝ 2 ⎠<br />
(A) f (x) is an increasing function in (0, π/2)<br />
(B) f (x) is a decreasing function in (–∞, ∞)<br />
2<br />
11. If u = a cos θ + b sin θ +<br />
(A) max. u 2 =<br />
2<br />
2<br />
2<br />
a<br />
a + b<br />
(B) max. u 2 = 2 a + b<br />
(C) min. u 2 = 2(a + b) 2<br />
(D) min u 2 = (a + b) 2<br />
2<br />
2<br />
2<br />
2<br />
2<br />
sin<br />
2<br />
θ + b<br />
2<br />
cos<br />
2<br />
θ , then<br />
SECTION – III<br />
Comprehension Type<br />
This section contains 2 paragraphs; passage- I has 3<br />
multiple choice questions (No. 12 to 14) and passage- II<br />
has 2 multiple (No. 15 & 16). Each question has 4<br />
choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE<br />
is correct. Mark your response in OMR sheet against<br />
the question number of that question. +3 marks will be<br />
given for each correct answer and –1 mark for each<br />
wrong answer.<br />
Passage # 1 (Ques. 12 to 14)<br />
f (x) = sin {cot –1 (x + 1)} – cos (tan –1 x)<br />
a = cos tan –1 sin cot –1 x<br />
b = cos (2 cos –1 x + sin –1 x)<br />
12. The value of x for which f (x) = 0 is -<br />
(A) – 1/2 (B) 0<br />
(C) 1/2 (D) 1<br />
13. If f (x) = 0, then a 2 is equal to -<br />
(A) 1/2 (B) 2/3<br />
(C) 5/9 (D) 9/5<br />
14. If a 2 = 26/51, then b 2 is equal to -<br />
(A) 1/25 (B) 24/25<br />
(C) 25/26 (D) 50/51<br />
Passage # 2 (Ques. 15 & 16)<br />
v(<br />
x)<br />
dy<br />
If y =<br />
∫<br />
f ( t)<br />
dt, let us define in different<br />
u(<br />
x)<br />
dx<br />
dy<br />
manner = v'(x) f (v(x)) – u'(x) f (u(x)) and the<br />
dx<br />
equation of tangent at (a, b) is.<br />
(y – b) =<br />
⎛ dy ⎞<br />
⎜ ⎟⎠<br />
⎝ dx<br />
( a,<br />
b)<br />
(x – a)<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 53<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
x<br />
15. If y =<br />
∫ 2 2<br />
t dt , then equation of the tangent at<br />
x<br />
x = 1 is -<br />
(A) y = x + 1 (B) x + y = 1<br />
(C) y = x – 1<br />
(D) y = x<br />
16 If f (x) =<br />
∫ x t<br />
e<br />
1<br />
2<br />
/ 2<br />
(1 – t 2 )dt, then<br />
at x = 1 is -<br />
(A) 0 (B) 1<br />
(C) 2 (D) – 1<br />
d f (x),<br />
dx<br />
SECTION – IV<br />
Numerical Response Type<br />
This section contains 7 questions (Q.17 to 23). +4 marks<br />
will be awarded for each correct answer and no<br />
negative marking for wrong answer. The answer to<br />
each question is a single-digit integer, ranging from 0<br />
to 9. The bubble corresponding to the correct answer is<br />
to be darkened in the OMR.<br />
17. The number of elements in the range of<br />
⎡2<br />
⎤<br />
f (x) = [x] + [2x] + ⎢ x⎥ + [3x] + [4x] + [5x]<br />
⎣3<br />
⎦<br />
for 0 ≤ x < 3 is m + 21. Then the value of m is -<br />
18.<br />
⎡ ⎛ 1 ⎞⎛<br />
1 ⎞⎤<br />
⎢(<br />
h + 1) ⎜h<br />
+ ⎟⎜h<br />
+ ⎟⎥<br />
2<br />
h<br />
Lim h −<br />
2<br />
⎢ ⎝ 2 ⎠⎝<br />
2 ⎠⎥<br />
h→∞ ⎢<br />
⎛ 1 ⎞<br />
h<br />
⎥<br />
⎢<br />
..................... ⎜ + ⎟<br />
h−1<br />
⎥<br />
⎣<br />
⎝ 2 ⎠⎦<br />
find the value of S.<br />
h<br />
= e S , then<br />
19. The number of polynomials of the form<br />
x 3 + ax 2 + bx + c which are divisible by x 2 + 1, where<br />
a, b, c ∈ {1, 2, 3, ….. 10} must be 2k. Value of k will<br />
be.<br />
20. If e y d y<br />
+ xy = e, then at x = 0 is e –λ , then<br />
2<br />
dx<br />
numerical quantity λ should be equal to……….<br />
21. If a circle S (x, y) = 0 touches at the point (2, 3) of the<br />
line x + y = 5 and S (1, 2) = 0, then<br />
( 2 × Radius) of such circle is.<br />
2 2<br />
x y<br />
22. A line through P(λ, 3) meets the ellipse + 16 9<br />
2<br />
= 1<br />
at A and D meets the x-axis and y-axis at B and C<br />
respectively, so that PA.PD = PB.PC, then | λ | is<br />
greater than or equal to ……<br />
23. If | → a | = 3, | → b | = 4, | → c | = 5 and → a ⊥ ( → b + → c ), → b ⊥<br />
( → c + → a ), → c ⊥ ( → a + → b ), then | → a + → b + → c | is……<br />
PHYSICS<br />
SECTION – I<br />
Straight Objective Type<br />
Questions 1 to 7 are multiple choice questions. Each<br />
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of<br />
which ONLY ONE is correct. Mark your response in<br />
OMR sheet against the question number of that<br />
question. + 3 marks will be given for each correct<br />
answer and – 1 mark for each wrong answer.<br />
1. A block of mass 'm 1 ' attached to the free end of a spring<br />
of force constant 'k' is mounted on a smooth horizontal<br />
surface as shown in figure. The block execute S.H.M.<br />
with amplitude A and frequency 'f '. If an object of<br />
mass 'm 2 ' is put on it, when the block was passing<br />
through mean position and both move together, then the<br />
new amplitude of oscillation is -<br />
smooth<br />
m 2<br />
m 1<br />
m1<br />
(A) A (B) A<br />
m<br />
(C) A<br />
2<br />
m1<br />
(m + m<br />
1<br />
2<br />
)<br />
(D) A<br />
m2<br />
(m + m<br />
2. Two smooth, identical billiard balls A and B collide<br />
with B at rest and A in motion as shown. If speed of<br />
A is 'v' before collision and coefficient of restitution<br />
for the collision is 'e', the speed of B after collision<br />
will be-<br />
B<br />
(A) v cos θ<br />
( 1−<br />
e)vcosθ<br />
(C)<br />
2<br />
v<br />
θ<br />
A<br />
(B) ev cosθ<br />
( 1+<br />
e)vcosθ<br />
(D)<br />
2<br />
3. The moment of inertia of a flat annular ring is having<br />
mass M, inner radius 'a' and outer radius 'b' about the<br />
perpendicular axis through the centre is-<br />
(A) M (b 2 – a 2 ) (B) M/2 (b 2 – a 2 )<br />
(C) M/2 (b 2 + a 2 ) (D) M/2 (b – a)<br />
1<br />
2<br />
)<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 54<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
4. A solid sphere of mass 2 kg is pulled by a constant<br />
force acting at its centre on a rough surface having<br />
co-efficient of friction 0.5. The maximum value of F<br />
so that the sphere rolls without slipping is-<br />
9. A metallic conductor of irregular cross section is as<br />
shown in figure A constant potential difference is<br />
applied across the ends (A) and (B). Then-<br />
F<br />
A<br />
P<br />
Q<br />
B<br />
(A) 70 N<br />
(C) 40 N<br />
(B) 25 N<br />
(D) 35 N<br />
5. A tunnel is dug across the diameter of Earth. A ball<br />
is released from the surface of Earth into the tunnel.<br />
The velocity of ball when it is at a distance R/2 from<br />
centre of Earth is (where R = radius of earth and M =<br />
mass of Earth)<br />
(A)<br />
(C)<br />
3GM<br />
4R<br />
GM<br />
2R<br />
(B)<br />
(D)<br />
2GM<br />
3R<br />
2GM<br />
R<br />
6. The work done to break a spherical drop of radius R in<br />
n drops of equal size is proportional to-<br />
1<br />
1<br />
(A) − 1<br />
(B) − 1<br />
2/3<br />
1/3<br />
n<br />
n<br />
(C) n 1/3 –1 (D) n 4/3 – 1<br />
7. A rod of length L kept on a smooth horizontal<br />
surface is pulled along its length by a force F. The<br />
area of cross-section is A and Young's modulus is Y.<br />
The extension in the rod is-<br />
F<br />
FL<br />
(A) AY<br />
2FL<br />
(B) AY<br />
(C)<br />
FL<br />
2AY<br />
(D) zero<br />
SECTION – II<br />
Multiple Correct Answers Type<br />
Questions 8 to 11 are multiple choice questions. Each<br />
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of<br />
which MULTIPLE (ONE OR MORE) is correct. Mark<br />
your response in OMR sheet against the question<br />
number of that question. + 4 marks will be given for<br />
each correct answer and no negative marks.<br />
8. Under the action of a force, 2 kg body moves such<br />
that its position x as a function of time is given by x<br />
= 3<br />
t 3 , x is in meter and t in second-<br />
(A) body is acted by constant force<br />
(B) body is acted by a force which is proportional to<br />
time<br />
(C) body is acted by a force which is proportional to<br />
square of time<br />
(D) work done by the force in first 2 second is 16 J<br />
(A) Electric current at cross section P is equal to that<br />
of cross section Q<br />
(B) Electric field intensity at P is less than that at Q<br />
(C) The number of electrons crossing per unit area<br />
per unit time at cross section P is less than that at<br />
Q<br />
(D) The rate of heat generating per unit time at Q is<br />
greater than that of P<br />
10. The horizontal distance x and the vertical height y of<br />
a projectile at time t are given by<br />
x = at and y = bt 2 + ct, where a, b and c are constant.<br />
Then-<br />
(A) the speed of the projectile 1 second after it is<br />
fired is (a 2 + b 2 + c 2 ) 1/2<br />
(B) the angle with the horizontal at which the<br />
projectile is fired is tan –1 ⎡ c ⎤<br />
⎢ ⎥<br />
⎣a<br />
⎦<br />
(C) the acceleration due to gravity is –2b<br />
(D) the initial speed of the projectile is<br />
(a 2 + c 2 ) 1/2<br />
11. A block having mass m and charge q is connected by<br />
spring of force constant k. The block lies on a<br />
frictionless horizontal track and a uniform electric<br />
field E acts on system as shown. The block is<br />
released from rest when spring is unstretched (at x =<br />
0). Then-<br />
E<br />
q,m<br />
(A) maximum elongation in the spring is<br />
2qE<br />
k<br />
(B) at equilibrium position, elongation in the spring is<br />
(C) amplitude of oscillation of block is<br />
(D) amplitude of oscillation of block is<br />
qE<br />
k<br />
2qE<br />
k<br />
qE<br />
k<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 55<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
SECTION – III<br />
Comprehension Type<br />
This section contains 2 paragraphs; passage- I has 3<br />
multiple choice questions (No. 12 & 14) and passage- II<br />
has 2 multiple (No. 15 to 16). Each question has 4<br />
choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE<br />
is correct. Mark your response in OMR sheet against<br />
the question number of that question. +3 marks will be<br />
given for each correct answer and –1 mark for each<br />
wrong answer.<br />
Passage # 1 (Ques. 12 & 14)<br />
Consider a circuit shown in figure, then<br />
23µF 7µF<br />
A<br />
12µF 5µF<br />
1µF<br />
10µF 1µF<br />
12V<br />
12. Equivalent capacitance of the circuit between A and<br />
B is-<br />
(A) 10 µF (B) 7.5 µF<br />
(C) 5 µF (D) 14 µF<br />
13. Charge stored by 5 µF capacitor is-<br />
(A) 20 µC (B) 70 µC<br />
(C) 10 µC<br />
(D) zero<br />
14. Energy stored by 10 µF capacitor is-<br />
(A) 20 µJ (B) 40 µC<br />
(C) 400 µJ (D) 245 µF<br />
Passage # 2 (Ques. 15 & 16)<br />
Potential energy of particle is given by<br />
U = 5 + (x – 1) 2 . Particle have kinetic energy at x =<br />
2m is 10 J. Then<br />
15. Total mechanical energy is-<br />
(A) 16 J (B) 26 J (C) 6 J (D) 5 J<br />
16. Minimum potential energy is-<br />
(A) 5 J (B) 10 J (C) 6 J (D) 9 J<br />
SECTION – IV<br />
Numerical Response Type<br />
This section contains 7 questions (Q.17 to 23). +4 marks<br />
will be awarded for each correct answer and no<br />
negative marking for wrong answer. The answer to<br />
each question is a single-digit integer, ranging from 0<br />
to 9. The bubble corresponding to the correct answer is<br />
to be darkened in the OMR.<br />
B<br />
17. Two simple pendulum have lengths l and 25l. At<br />
t = 0 they are in same phase, after how many<br />
oscillations of smaller pendulum will they be again<br />
in phase for first time ?<br />
18. In the resonance tube experiment, the first and<br />
second states of resonance are observed at<br />
20 cm and 66 cm. Find the value of end correction<br />
(in cm).<br />
19. The variation of pressure versus volume is shown in<br />
the figure. The gas is diatomic and the molar<br />
specific heat capacity for the process is found to be<br />
xR. Find the value of x.<br />
P<br />
20. Three identical rods are joined at point O as shown in<br />
the figure. In the steady state, find the ratio of<br />
thermal current through rod AO and OC.<br />
C<br />
20ºC<br />
100ºC<br />
A<br />
O<br />
V<br />
0ºC<br />
21. A rod of length 20 cm is placed along the optical axis<br />
of a concave mirror of focal length 30 cm. One end<br />
of the rod is at the centre of curvature and other end<br />
lies between F and C. Calculate the linear<br />
magnification of the rod.<br />
22. Figure shows a parabolic reflector in x-y plane given<br />
by y 2 = 8x. A ray of light traveling along the line y =<br />
a is incident on the reflector. Find where the ray<br />
intersects the x-axis after reflection.<br />
y-axis<br />
y 2 =8x<br />
line y = a<br />
P(0,a)<br />
incident ray<br />
x-axis<br />
23. A hydrogen like atom (atomic number Z) is in a<br />
higher excited state of quantum number n. This<br />
excited atom can make a transition to the first excited<br />
state by successively emitting two photons of<br />
energies 10.20 eV and 17.00 eV respectively.<br />
Alternatively, the atom from the same excited state<br />
can make a transition to the second excited state by<br />
successively emitting two photons of energies 4.25<br />
eV and 5.95 eV respectively. Determine the value of Z.<br />
(Ionisation energy of hydrogen atom is 13.6 eV).<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 56<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 57<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
MOCK TEST FOR IIT-JEE<br />
PAPER - II<br />
Time : 3 Hours Total Marks : 240<br />
Instructions :<br />
• This question paper contains 60 questions in Chemistry (20,) Mathematics (20) & Physics (20).<br />
• In section -I (8 Ques. SCQ Type) of each paper +3 marks will be given for correct answer & –1 mark for wrong answer.<br />
• In section -II (4 Ques. MCQ Type) of each paper +4 marks will be given for correct answer no negative marking<br />
for wrong answer.<br />
• In section -III (2 Ques. Column Matching Type) of each paper +8(2×4) marks will be given for correct answer.<br />
No Negative marking for wrong answer.<br />
• In section -IV contain (6 Ques. of Numerical Response with single-digit Ans.) of each paper +4 marks will be<br />
given for correct answer & No Negative marking for wrong answer.<br />
CHEMISTRY<br />
SECTION – I<br />
Straight Objective Type<br />
Questions 1 to 8 are multiple choice questions. Each<br />
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of<br />
which ONLY ONE is correct. Mark your response in<br />
OMR sheet against the question number of that<br />
question. + 3 marks will be given for each correct<br />
answer and – 1 mark for each wrong answer.<br />
1. In the enolisation of the given molecule the,<br />
H-atom involved is :<br />
O<br />
Ha<br />
Ha<br />
Hc c<br />
Hb<br />
(A) Ha (B) Hb (C) Hc (D) Hd<br />
2. The no. of position isomers for<br />
CH 3 —CH—CH 2 —C≡CH are (give answer<br />
CH 3<br />
including this structure) :<br />
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 0 (D) 3<br />
3. Rank the following alkyl halides in order of<br />
increasing SN 2 reactivity:<br />
Br<br />
Br<br />
Br<br />
I<br />
II<br />
(A) I < III < II (B) III < I < II<br />
(C) II < I < III (D) I < II < III<br />
III<br />
4. The two compounds given below are :<br />
D<br />
Cl<br />
H<br />
Br<br />
H Cl<br />
I<br />
(A) Identical<br />
(B) Diastereomers<br />
(C) Optically inactive<br />
(D) enantiomers<br />
5. The metals present in insulin, haemoglobin and<br />
vitamin B 12 are respectively :<br />
(A) Zn, Hg, Cr (B) Co, Fe, Zn<br />
(C) Mg, Fe, Co (D) Zn, Fe, Co<br />
6.<br />
I<br />
D<br />
Br<br />
(A) Fused with Na2CO3 (B) (H 2SO 4 + H 2O)<br />
Green solid<br />
Yellow<br />
Evaporisation<br />
solution<br />
(D) Yellow<br />
H<br />
H<br />
(CH 3 COO) 2 Pb<br />
(C)<br />
Orange<br />
Here, A, B, C and D are respectively :<br />
A B C D<br />
(A) FeSO 4 FeCO 3 Fe(OH) 3 PbCO 3<br />
(B) Cr 2 O 3 Na 2 CrO 4 Na 2 Cr 2 O 7 PbCrO 4<br />
(C) FeCl 2 FeSO 4 PbSO 4 Fe(OH) 3<br />
(D) FeSO 4 FeCl 3 Fe(OH) 3 PbCl 2<br />
7. The negative charge on As 2 S 3 sol is due to absorption<br />
of :<br />
(A) H¯<br />
(B) OH¯<br />
(C) O 2– (D) S 2–<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 58<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
8. pH of a mixture of 1M benzoic acid (pK a = 4.20) and<br />
1M sodium benzoate is 4.5 In 300 mL buffer, benzoic<br />
acid is (log 2 = 0.3) :<br />
(A) 200 mL<br />
(B) 150 mL<br />
(C) 100 mL<br />
(D) 50 mL<br />
SECTION – II<br />
Multiple Correct Answers Type<br />
Questions 9 to 12 are multiple choice questions. Each<br />
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of<br />
which MULTIPLE (ONE OR MORE) may be correct.<br />
Mark your response in OMR sheet against the question<br />
number of that question. +4 marks will be given for each<br />
correct answer and no negative marks for wrong answer.<br />
9. Which of the following pair have same IUPAC<br />
naming :<br />
Br<br />
COOCH 3 COOH<br />
(A)<br />
&<br />
Br<br />
COOH<br />
OCOCH 3<br />
I<br />
Br<br />
Br F Cl<br />
(B)<br />
&<br />
I Cl I I<br />
F<br />
(C) `<br />
&<br />
(D)<br />
F<br />
H 2 N<br />
OH<br />
Cl<br />
H 2 N<br />
&<br />
Cl<br />
10. Benzene can be nitration by :<br />
(A) NO 2 BF 4 (B) NO 2 ClO 4<br />
(C) conc. HNO 3 + H 2 SO 4 (D) Cl 2 / AlCl 3<br />
11. In which of the following salt bridge is not needed :<br />
(A) Pb(s) |PbSO 4(s) | H 2 SO 4 |PbO 2(s) |Pb (s)<br />
(B) Zn(s)|ZnSO 4 |CuSO 4 |Cu(s)<br />
(C) Cd(s)|CdO (s) |KOH (aq) |NiO 2(s) |Ni(s)<br />
(D) Fe (s) | FeO (s) |KOH (aq) |Ni 2 O 3(s) |Ni(s)<br />
F<br />
OH<br />
12. Which of the following is (are) true :<br />
(A) H 2 S + H 2 O H 3 O + + HS¯ ;<br />
K c acidity constant of H 2 S<br />
(B) AgCl + 2NH 3 Ag(NH 3 ) 2 Cl;<br />
K c is stability constant for Ag(NH 3 ) 2 Cl<br />
(C) H 2 O H + + OH¯ ;<br />
K c is equilibrium constant for dissociation of water<br />
+<br />
(D) RNH 2 + H 2 O RNH 3 + OH¯;<br />
SECTION – III<br />
Matrix Match Type<br />
This section contains 2 questions. Each question has<br />
four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column-I and<br />
five statements (P, Q, R, S and T) in Column-II. Any<br />
given statement in Column–I can have correct<br />
matching with One or More statement(s) given in<br />
Column II. For example, if for a given question,<br />
statement B matches with the statements given in Q<br />
and R, then for the particular question, against<br />
statement B, darken the bubbles corresponding to Q<br />
and R in the OMR. +8 marks will be given for each<br />
correct answer (i.e. +2 marks for each correct row) and<br />
no negative marking for each wrong answer.<br />
13. Match the column:<br />
Column -I<br />
Column-II<br />
(A) Electro chamical cell (P) ∆G = +ve<br />
(B) I st law of faraday (Q) ∆G = –ve<br />
(C) Electrolytic cell (R) w = z . i . t.<br />
(D) lead acid storage cell (S) salt bridge<br />
(T) rechargable cell<br />
14. Match the column:<br />
Column -I<br />
(A) lithium<br />
(B) Barium<br />
(C) calcium<br />
(D) magnesium<br />
Column-II<br />
(P) violet<br />
(Q) Brick red<br />
(R) Apple green<br />
(S) Crimson red<br />
(T) No flame colour<br />
SECTION – IV<br />
Numerical Response Type<br />
This section contains 6 questions (Q.15 to 20). The<br />
answer to each of the questions is a Single-digit integer,<br />
ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble corresponding to the<br />
correct answer is to be darkened in the OMR. +4<br />
marks will be given for each correct answer and no<br />
negative marking for each wrong answer.<br />
15. How many acidic group is present in given<br />
compound :<br />
⊕ NH 3 —CH—CH 2 —CH 2 —COOH<br />
COO<br />
Θ<br />
16. How many isomers of ‘X’ C 8 H 10 when reacts with<br />
hot KMnO 4 give only aromatic dicarboxylic acid ?<br />
How many isomers of 'Y' C 4 H 8 when reacts with hot<br />
alkaline KMnO 4 give carbondioxide sum of X + Y = ?<br />
K C is basicity constant for RNH 2<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 59<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
17. CH 3 —CH–CH—CH 3<br />
18.<br />
Br<br />
CH 3<br />
products<br />
Find total no. of products (including stereoisomer).<br />
‘X ’ is total number of hofmann<br />
N<br />
exhaustive methylation to remove nitrogen from<br />
given compound<br />
Alc.KOH<br />
‘Y’ is total number of possible<br />
Br ∆<br />
product (including stereoisomers) sum of X+ Y = ?<br />
19. If the density of Fe 2 O 3 and Al are 5.2 g/mL and 2.7 g<br />
/ mL respectively. Calculate the fuel value in kcal<br />
mL –1 of mixture according to thermite reaction -<br />
(If ∆H f Al 2 O 3 = – 399 Kcal / mol<br />
& ∆H f Fe 2 O 3 = – 199 Kcal / mol)<br />
dx<br />
20. For a reaction = K[H + ] n . If the pH of reaction<br />
dt<br />
medium changes from two to one, the rate becomes<br />
100 times of the value of at pH = 2. What is the order<br />
of reaction -<br />
MATHEMATICS<br />
SECTION – I<br />
Straight Objective Type<br />
Questions 1 to 8 are multiple choice questions. Each<br />
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of<br />
which ONLY ONE is correct. Mark your response in<br />
OMR sheet against the question number of that<br />
question. + 3 marks will be given for each correct<br />
answer and – 1 mark for each wrong answer.<br />
1. In a triangle, if the sum of two sides is x and their<br />
product is y such that (x + z) (x – z) = y, where z is<br />
the third side of the triangle, then the triangle is<br />
(A) equilateral (B) right angled<br />
(C) obtuse angled (D) none of these<br />
r1 r2<br />
r3<br />
2. In a triangle ABC, + + is equal to -<br />
bc ca ab<br />
1 1<br />
(A) − (B) 2R – r<br />
2R<br />
r<br />
(C) r – 2R<br />
−<br />
1<br />
(D)<br />
r<br />
1<br />
( a + b)sin<br />
θ A + B<br />
2R<br />
(B)<br />
= cos<br />
2 ab<br />
2<br />
3. If f (θ) = cos 2 θ + sin 4 θ. Then minimum value of f (θ) is -<br />
C 2H 5OH ‘X’ (SN1 + E 1 )<br />
Consider all products<br />
(A) 1/4 (B) 3/4 (C) 1 (D) 1/2<br />
4.<br />
3<br />
2 2 − (cos x + sin x)<br />
Let f (x) =<br />
, then Lim f (x) is<br />
1−<br />
sin(2x)<br />
π<br />
x→<br />
4<br />
equal to<br />
(A)<br />
1<br />
3<br />
(B) 2 (C) 1 (D)<br />
2<br />
2<br />
5.<br />
⎧<br />
2 2( x−1)<br />
x e<br />
; x ≤ 1<br />
Let f (x) = ⎨<br />
2<br />
⎩a<br />
cos(2x<br />
− 2) + bx ; x > 1<br />
f (x) will be differentiable at x = 1, if<br />
(A) a = – 1, b = 2 (B) a = 1, b = – 2<br />
(C) a = 1, b = 2 (D) None of these<br />
6 The angle between the tangents at any point P and<br />
the line joining P to origin O, where P is a point on<br />
the curve ln (x 2 + y 2 ) = c tan –1 y/x, c is a constant, is<br />
(A) constant<br />
(B) varies as tan –1 (x)<br />
(C) varies as tan –1 (y) (D) None of these<br />
7. Let f (x) = 2x 3 + ax 2 + bx – 3cos 2 x is an increasing<br />
function for all x ∈ R, then<br />
(A) a 2 – 6b – 18 > 0 (B) a 2 – 6b + 18 < 0<br />
(C) a 2 – 3b – 6 < 0 (D) a > 0, b > 0<br />
8. The function y = f(x) is represented parametrically by<br />
x = t 5 – 5t 3 – 20t + 7 and y = 4t 3 – 3t 2 – 18t + 3,<br />
(–2 < t < 2). The minimum of y = f(x) occurs at<br />
(A) t = – 1 (B) t = 0<br />
(C) t = 1/2 (D) t = 3/2<br />
SECTION – II<br />
Multiple Correct Answers Type<br />
Questions 9 to 12 are multiple choice questions. Each<br />
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of<br />
which MULTIPLE (ONE OR MORE) may be correct.<br />
Mark your response in OMR sheet against the question<br />
number of that question. +4 marks will be given for<br />
each correct answer and no negative marks for wrong<br />
answer.<br />
9. If in a triangle ABC, θ is the angle determined by cos<br />
θ = (a – b)/c, then<br />
( a + b)sin<br />
θ A − B<br />
(A)<br />
= cos<br />
2 ab<br />
2<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 60<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
(C)<br />
(D)<br />
c θ A − B<br />
= cos<br />
2sin<br />
ab 2<br />
c θ A + B<br />
= cos<br />
2sin<br />
ab 2<br />
10. Which of the following function are defined for all x<br />
(A) sin[x] + cos [x] ([x] denotes greatest integer ≤ x)<br />
(B) sec –1 (1 + sin 2 x)<br />
(C) tan (log x)<br />
(D)<br />
9<br />
+ cos x + cos2x<br />
8<br />
11. If x + |y| = 2y, then y as a function of x is<br />
(A) defined for all real x<br />
(B) continuous at x = 0<br />
(C) differentiable for all x<br />
(D) such that dy/dx = 1/3 for x < 0<br />
12. Two villages A and B are on the same side of a<br />
straight river. A pump set is to be installed by the<br />
river side at a point P. Then if the villages are<br />
situated at a distance c, then<br />
(where a =distance of village A from river side,<br />
b = distance of village B from river side,<br />
c = distance between villages.)<br />
(A) minimum value of PA + PB is<br />
(B) minimum value of PA + PB is<br />
c 2 + 2ab<br />
c 2 + 4ab<br />
2<br />
(C) minimum value of PA + PB is c + ab<br />
(D) The required location must lie on the imaginary<br />
line joining village A and image of village B in<br />
the river.<br />
SECTION – III<br />
Matrix Match Type<br />
This section contains 2 questions. Each question has<br />
four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column-I and<br />
five statements (P, Q, R, S and T) in Column-II. Any<br />
given statement in Column–I can have correct<br />
matching with One or More statement(s) given in<br />
Column II. For example, if for a given question,<br />
statement B matches with the statements given in Q<br />
and R, then for the particular question, against<br />
statement B, darken the bubbles corresponding to Q<br />
and R in the OMR. +8 marks will be given for each<br />
correct answer (i.e. +2 marks for each correct row) and<br />
no negative marking for each wrong answer.<br />
13. Match the column :<br />
Column –I<br />
⎧<br />
⎪<br />
sin 2 x<br />
(A) f (x) =<br />
,<br />
⎨ x<br />
⎪<br />
⎩ 0,<br />
x ≠ 0<br />
x = 0<br />
⎧<br />
3<br />
x − 2x,<br />
(B) f (x) = ⎨ 2<br />
⎩x<br />
− 2sin( x),<br />
⎧<br />
2<br />
4 − x ,<br />
(C) f (x) = ⎨ 2<br />
⎩ 5 − x ,<br />
⎧3<br />
− 2x<br />
,<br />
(D) f (x) = ⎨<br />
⎩7<br />
− 6x,<br />
x < 0<br />
x ≥ 0<br />
x < 1<br />
x ≥ 1<br />
x < 0<br />
x ≥ 0<br />
14. Match the column<br />
Column –I<br />
(A) If x 2 + y 2 = 1, then minimum<br />
value of x + y is<br />
(B) If maximum value of<br />
y = acos(x) – 3<br />
1 cos (3x)<br />
occurs, when x = 6<br />
π , then<br />
value of 'a' is<br />
(C) If f (x) = x – 2sin(x), 0 ≤ x ≤<br />
2π is increasing in interval<br />
(aπ, bπ) then, (a + b) is<br />
(D) If equation of tangent to the<br />
curve y = – e –x/2 , where it<br />
crosses the y-axis is<br />
x/p + y/q = 1, then p – q is<br />
Column-II<br />
(P) continuous<br />
(Q) Discontinuous<br />
(R) Differentiable<br />
(S)Non- differentiable<br />
(T) continuous &<br />
differentiable<br />
Column-II<br />
(P) – 3<br />
(Q) − 2<br />
(R) 3<br />
(S) 2<br />
(T) 1<br />
SECTION – IV<br />
Numerical Response Type<br />
This section contains 6 questions (Q.15 to 20). The<br />
answer to each of the questions is a Single-digit integer,<br />
ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble corresponding to the<br />
correct answer is to be darkened in the OMR. +4<br />
marks will be given for each correct answer and no<br />
negative marking for each wrong answer.<br />
15. An urn containing '14' green and '6' pink ball.<br />
K (< 14, 6) balls are drawn and laid a side, their<br />
colour being ignored. Then one more ball is drawn.<br />
Let P(E) be the probability that it is a green ball, then<br />
10 P(E) = ..............<br />
16. Two lines zi – z i + 2 = 0 and z(1+i) + z (1–i) + 2 = 0<br />
intersect at a point P. Find the sum of minimum and<br />
maximum modulus of complex number of a point on<br />
second line which is at a distance of 2 units from<br />
point P.<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 61<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
⎡3<br />
−2<br />
3 ⎤<br />
⎢ ⎥<br />
17. If A =<br />
⎢<br />
2 1 −1<br />
⎥<br />
. Solve the system of equations<br />
⎢⎣<br />
4 −3<br />
2 ⎥⎦<br />
⎡3<br />
0 3⎤<br />
⎡x⎤<br />
⎡8⎤<br />
⎡2y⎤<br />
⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥<br />
=<br />
⎢ ⎥<br />
+<br />
⎢ ⎥<br />
⎢<br />
2 1 0<br />
⎥ ⎢<br />
y<br />
⎥ ⎢<br />
1<br />
⎥ ⎢<br />
z<br />
⎥<br />
, then find the value of<br />
⎢⎣<br />
4 0 2⎥⎦<br />
⎢⎣<br />
z⎥⎦<br />
⎢⎣<br />
4⎥⎦<br />
⎢⎣<br />
3y⎥⎦<br />
y z<br />
x + +<br />
2 3<br />
18. If the planes x – cy – bz = 0, cx – y + az = 0 and<br />
bx + ay – z = 0 pass through a straight line, then find<br />
the value of a 2 + b 2 + c 2 + 2abc.<br />
19. If the solution of differential equation<br />
2<br />
x 2 d y dy<br />
+ 2x<br />
2 = 12y is y = Ax m + Bx –n then find the<br />
dx dx<br />
value of m + n, if m & n ∈ N.<br />
20. If f(x) = x +<br />
∫ 1 (xy 2 + x 2 y) f (y) dy, then<br />
0<br />
2<br />
Ax + Bx<br />
A+ B<br />
f(x) = ⇒ then the value of<br />
119<br />
260<br />
PHYSICS<br />
is -<br />
SECTION – I<br />
Straight Objective Type<br />
Questions 1 to 8 are multiple choice questions. Each<br />
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of<br />
which ONLY ONE is correct. Mark your response in<br />
OMR sheet against the question number of that<br />
question. + 3 marks will be given for each correct<br />
answer and – 1 mark for each wrong answer.<br />
1. A wooden plank of length 0.8 m and uniform crosssection<br />
is hinged at one end to the bottom of a tank as<br />
shown in figure. The tank is filled with water upto a<br />
height of 0.4 m. The specific gravity of the plank is<br />
0.5. Find the angle θ that the plank makes with the<br />
horizontal in the equilibrium position-<br />
(A) 3<br />
π<br />
h<br />
(B) 6<br />
π<br />
θ<br />
(C) 4<br />
π<br />
(D) 5<br />
π<br />
2. 5 gm of water of 30ºC and 5 gm of ice at –20ºC are<br />
mixed together in a calorimeter. Then temperature of<br />
the mixture will be (water equivalent of calorimeter is<br />
negligible, specific heat of ice is 0.5 cal/gmºC and<br />
latent heat of ice is 80 cal/gm)<br />
(A) 10ºC (B) 5ºC (C) zero (D) 25ºC<br />
3. Six resistors each of 5Ω are connected as shown in<br />
figure. Reading of ideal ammeter is-<br />
20V<br />
(A) 4A (B) 2A (C) 8A (D) 6A<br />
4. A particle is moving in parabolic path y = x 2 with<br />
constant speed 'u'. Then acceleration of the particle<br />
when it crosses origin, is-<br />
(A) u 2 (B) 2u 2<br />
(C) zero<br />
(D)<br />
5. The arc AB with centre C and infinitely long wire<br />
have linear charge density λ, are kept in the same<br />
plane as shown. The minimum amount of work to be<br />
done to move a point charge q 0 from point A to B<br />
through a circular path AB radius r is equal to-<br />
(A)<br />
(C)<br />
2<br />
λ<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
q0<br />
⎛ 3 ⎞<br />
loge⎜<br />
⎟<br />
2π∈<br />
⎝ 2 ⎠<br />
0<br />
q0λ<br />
2π∈<br />
0<br />
⎛ 2 ⎞<br />
loge⎜<br />
⎟<br />
⎝ 3 ⎠<br />
B<br />
u 2<br />
2<br />
2r C A<br />
r<br />
(B)<br />
(D)<br />
q0λ<br />
2π∈<br />
q<br />
0<br />
A<br />
0<br />
λ<br />
2π∈<br />
⎛ 3 ⎞<br />
loge⎜<br />
⎟<br />
⎝ 2 ⎠<br />
6. A circular ring of radius R with uniform positive<br />
charge density λ per unit length is located in the y-z<br />
plane with its centre at the origin O. A particle of<br />
charge –q 0 is released from x = 3 R on x-axis at t =<br />
0 then kinetic energy of particle when it passes<br />
through origin, is-<br />
(A)<br />
(C)<br />
λq<br />
2∈<br />
0<br />
0<br />
0<br />
q 0 λ<br />
∈<br />
(B)<br />
(D)<br />
q0λ<br />
3∈<br />
0<br />
q0λ<br />
4∈<br />
0<br />
0<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 62<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
7. A long current carrying wire is bent as shown. The<br />
magnetic field at O is-<br />
i<br />
(A) zero<br />
(B)<br />
90º<br />
O<br />
L<br />
2 0<br />
2µ i<br />
πL<br />
L<br />
(C)<br />
µ 0 i<br />
πL<br />
i<br />
(D)<br />
2µ<br />
0 i<br />
πL<br />
8. In a given series RLC circuit, average power<br />
dissipated in the circuit is-<br />
50Ω 500mH 100µC<br />
11. Figure shows a square loop being pulled out with a<br />
constant speed out of region of uniform magnetic<br />
field. The induced emf in the loop-<br />
B<br />
× × × ×<br />
× × × l ×<br />
×<br />
l<br />
× × ×<br />
v<br />
× × × ×<br />
l<br />
× × × l ×<br />
(A) first increases, then decreases<br />
(B) first decreases, then increases<br />
(C) has a maximum value Bv l 2<br />
(D) has a maximum value 2Bvl<br />
(A) 200 W<br />
(C) 400 W<br />
~<br />
⎛ π ⎞<br />
V = 200sin⎜100t<br />
+ ⎟<br />
⎝ 4 ⎠<br />
(B) 800 W<br />
(D) 100 W<br />
12. The current a certain circuit varies with time as<br />
shown. The peak value of current is i 0 . If i v and i m<br />
represent the virtual (rms) and mean value of current<br />
for a complete cycle respectively. Theni<br />
i 0<br />
SECTION – II<br />
Multiple Correct Answers Type<br />
Questions 9 to 12 are multiple choice questions. Each<br />
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of<br />
which MULTIPLE (ONE OR MORE) may be correct.<br />
Mark your response in OMR sheet against the question<br />
number of that question. +4 marks will be given for<br />
each correct answer and no negative marks for wrong<br />
answer.<br />
9. Missile is fired for maximum range at your town<br />
from a place in the enemy country at a distance 'x'<br />
from your town. The missile is first detected at its<br />
half-way point. Then-<br />
(A) the velocity with which the missile was projected<br />
is gx<br />
(B) you have a warning time of<br />
x<br />
2g<br />
(C) the speed of the missile when it was detected is<br />
gx<br />
2<br />
(D) the maximum height attained by the missile is 4<br />
x<br />
10. A particle A of mass 'm' and charge Q moves directly<br />
towards a fixed particle B, which has charge Q. The<br />
speed of A is 'v' when it is far away from B. The<br />
minimum separation between the particles is<br />
proportional to-<br />
(A) Q 2 (B) 1/v 2<br />
(C) 1/v (D) 1/m<br />
O T/2 T<br />
t<br />
2i<br />
(A) i m = 0<br />
i<br />
(B) i m = 0<br />
π<br />
2<br />
i<br />
(C) i rms = 0 i<br />
(D) i rms = 0<br />
3<br />
2<br />
SECTION – III<br />
Matrix Match Type<br />
This section contains 2 questions. Each question has<br />
four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column-I and<br />
five statements (P, Q, R, S and T) in Column-II. Any<br />
given statement in Column–I can have correct<br />
matching with One or More statement(s) given in<br />
Column II. For example, if for a given question,<br />
statement B matches with the statements given in Q<br />
and R, then for the particular question, against<br />
statement B, darken the bubbles corresponding to Q<br />
and R in the OMR. +8 marks will be given for each<br />
correct answer (i.e. +2 marks for each correct row) and<br />
no negative marking for each wrong answer.<br />
13. Consider the circuit showing in figure. There are<br />
three switches S 1 , S 2 , S 3 . Match the columns.<br />
3r<br />
S 1<br />
S 2<br />
C<br />
r<br />
V<br />
S 3<br />
2r<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 63<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
Column -I<br />
Column-II<br />
(A) If S 2 and S 3 are opened and S 1 is (P) CV/4<br />
closed then in steady state,<br />
charge on the capacitor is<br />
(B) If switch S 2 only is closed then (Q) 2CV/5<br />
maximum charge on the<br />
capacitor is<br />
(C) If switch S 3 only is closed then (R) CV/3<br />
maximum charge on the<br />
capacitor is<br />
(D) If all the switches are closed then (S) CV<br />
maximum charge on the<br />
capacitor is-<br />
(T) zero<br />
14. A particle is projected from ground with velocity 40<br />
m/s at an angle θ = 60º with vertical. Match the<br />
quantities given in Column I to the results in Column II<br />
(g = 10 m/s 2 )<br />
Column -I<br />
Column-II<br />
(A) Time to flight<br />
(P) 40 m<br />
(B) Range<br />
(Q) 80 meter<br />
when θ = 0º<br />
(C) Maximum height (R) 80 3 meter<br />
(D) Maximum possible height<br />
(S) 4 second<br />
(T) 17 second<br />
SECTION – IV<br />
Numerical Response Type<br />
This section contains 6 questions (Q.15 to 20). The<br />
answer to each of the questions is a Single-digit integer,<br />
ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble corresponding to the<br />
correct answer is to be darkened in the OMR. +4<br />
marks will be given for each correct answer and no<br />
negative marking for each wrong answer.<br />
15. In a space, equipotential surfaces are shown below.<br />
80V 60V 40V 20V<br />
30º 30º 30º 30º<br />
10cm 10cm 10cm<br />
then electric field in the space is n × 10 2 N/C. Find<br />
value of n.<br />
16. Two electric bulbs of power rating (200 V, 40 W) and<br />
(200 V, 50 W) are connected in series with the main<br />
supply as shown in figure. The voltage (V 0 ) of the<br />
main supply, so that 40 W bulb glows with full<br />
intensity is 60 n volt. Find value of n.<br />
40 W 50 W<br />
~<br />
V 0<br />
17. Two blocks A and B are connected by a massless<br />
string as shown in figure. Friction coefficient of the<br />
inclined plane is 0.5. The mass of block A is 5 kg. If<br />
minimum and maximum values of mass of the block<br />
B for which the block A remains in equilibrium are<br />
m 1 and m 2 then find the value of (m 2 – m 1 ) in kg.<br />
M=5kg<br />
A<br />
37º<br />
18. A split lens has two parts separated by 4 cm and focal<br />
length is f. An object is placed at a distance 3f/2<br />
from C as shown in figure. The distance the images<br />
formed by the two halves (in cm) is.<br />
O<br />
3f/2<br />
C<br />
f<br />
B<br />
4 cm<br />
19. A solid cylinder is rolling without slipping on a plank<br />
which also moving with speed 10 m/s on a horizontal<br />
surface as shown. The speed of centre of cylinder is<br />
20 m/s. The mass of cylinder is 2 kg. The kinetic<br />
energy of the cylinder when observed from ground is<br />
90 nJ. Then find value of n.<br />
20 m/s<br />
10 m/s<br />
20. The ratio of respective acceleration due to gravity at<br />
the surface of two planets having masses in the ratio<br />
'x' and density in the ratio 'y' is (xy 2 ) 1/n then find value<br />
of n.<br />
Cartoon Law of Physics<br />
Any body passing through solid matter will leave a<br />
perforation conforming to its perimeter.<br />
Also called the silhouette of passage, this<br />
phenomenon is the specialty of victims of directedpressure<br />
explosions and of reckless cowards who are<br />
so eager to escape that they exit directly through the<br />
wall of a house, leaving a cookie-cutout-perfect hole.<br />
The threat of skunks or matrimony often catalyzes<br />
this reaction.<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 64<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
MOCK TEST - AIEEE<br />
Time : 3 Hours Total Marks : 360<br />
Instructions :<br />
• There are three parts in question paper A, B, C consisting of chemistry, Physics & Mathematics having<br />
30 questions in each part of equal weightage. Each question is allotted four marks for each correct response.<br />
• 1/4 (one fourth) marks will be deducted for indicating incorrect response of each question. No deduction from the<br />
total score will be made if no response is indicated for an item in the answer sheet.<br />
CHEMISTRY (Part-A)<br />
1. Consider the following statements :<br />
I. Atomic hydrogen is obtained by passing hydrogen<br />
through an electric arc.<br />
II. Hydrogen gas will not reduce heated aluminium<br />
oxide<br />
III. Finely divided palladium adsorbs large volume<br />
of hydrogen gas<br />
IV. Pure nascent hydrogen is best obtained by<br />
reacting Na with C 2 H 5 OH<br />
Which of the above statements is/are correct ?<br />
(1) I alone (2) II alone<br />
(3) I, II and III (4) II, III and IV<br />
2. When ethanal reacts with CH 3 MgBr and C 2 H 5 OH/dry<br />
HCl, the product formed are -<br />
(1) ethyl alcohol and 2-Propanol<br />
(2) ethane and hemi-acetal<br />
(3) 2-propanol and acetal<br />
(4) propane and ethyl acetate<br />
3. How many moles of CH 3 I will react with one mole of<br />
the ethylamine to form a quarternary salt ?<br />
(1) 2 (2) 3 (3) 4 (4) 5<br />
4. 26.8 g of Na 2 SO 4 ⋅nH 2 O contains 12.6 g of water .<br />
The value of ‘n’ s<br />
(1) 1 (2) 10 (3) 6 (4) 7<br />
5. The concentration of oxalic acid is‘x’ mol litre –1 40<br />
mL of this solution reacts with 16 mL of 0.05 M<br />
acidified KMnO 4 . What is the pH of 'x' M oxalic acid<br />
solution (Assume that oxalic acid dissociates<br />
completely)<br />
(1) 1.3 (2) 1.699 (3) 0.05 (4) 2<br />
6. Which pair of species given below produce bakelite?<br />
(1) phenol, methanol<br />
(2) phenol, NaOH<br />
(3) phenol, urea<br />
(4) phenol, formaldehyde<br />
7. A drug that is antipyretic as well as analgesic is-<br />
(1) Chloroquin<br />
(2) Penicillin<br />
(3) Paracetamol<br />
(4) Chloropromazine hydrochloride<br />
8. Which of the following can possibly be used as<br />
analgesic without causing addiction and<br />
modifications ?<br />
(1) Morphine<br />
(2) N-Acetyl-para-aminophenol<br />
(3) Diazepam<br />
(4) Tetrahydrocatenol<br />
9. Na 2 HPO 4 is used to test -<br />
(1) Ca +2 (2) Ba +2<br />
(3) Ni +2 (4) Mg +2<br />
10. 1 mole of N 2 & 3 mole of H 2 filled in one litre bulb<br />
were allowed to reaction when the reaction attained<br />
equilibrium, two third of N 2 converted to NH 3 . If a<br />
hole is then made in the bulb, the mole ratio of the<br />
gases N 2 , H 2 & NH 3 effusing out initially would be<br />
respectively -<br />
(1) 1 : 3 : 4 (2) 28 : 2 : 17<br />
1 1 1 1 3 4<br />
(3) : : (4) : :<br />
28 2 17 28 2 17<br />
11. Which of the following is not a state function -<br />
(1) q + w (2) Q/T<br />
(3) E + PV (4) Q/W<br />
12. The relative rate of acid catalysed dehydration of<br />
following alcohols would be -<br />
CH 3<br />
{P} Ph – CH – CH – CH 3<br />
OH<br />
CH 3<br />
{Q} Ph – CH – CH 2 – CH 2 – OH<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 65<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
CH 3<br />
{R} Ph – C – CH 2 – CH 3<br />
OH<br />
CH 3<br />
{S} Ph – C – CH 2 – OH<br />
CH 3<br />
(1) R > P > Q > S (2) P > R > S > Q<br />
(3) R > S > P > Q (4) R > S > Q > P<br />
13. The ether O CH 2 when treated with<br />
HI produces –<br />
[I] CH 2 I [II] CH 2 – OH<br />
[III] I [IV] OH<br />
(1) I and III (2) Only II<br />
(3) I and IV (4) Only III<br />
14. 40% of a mixture of 0.2 mole of N 2 and 0.6 mole of<br />
H 2 react to give NH 3 according to the equation, N 2 (g)<br />
+ 3H 2 (g) 2NH 3 (g) at constant temperature and<br />
pressure. Then the ratio of the final volume to the<br />
initial volume of gases are :<br />
(1) 4 : 5 (2) 5 : 4 (3) 7 : 10 (4) 8 : 5<br />
15. ∆Gº for the reaction, X + Y Z is – 4.606 kcal. The<br />
equilibrium constant for the reaction at 227ºC is<br />
(1) 100 (2) 10 (3) 2 (4) 0.01<br />
16. According to Bronsted Lowry concept, the correct<br />
order of strength of bases follows the order :<br />
(1) CH 3 COO – > OH – > Cl –<br />
(2) OH – > CH 3 COO – > Cl –<br />
(3) CH 3 COO – > Cl – > OH –<br />
(4) OH – > Cl – > CH 3 COO –<br />
17. The element having the highest ionization energy has<br />
the outer shell configuration as -<br />
(1) ns 2 np 3 (2) ns 2 np 6<br />
(3) ns 2 (4) ns 2 np 5<br />
18. Which of the following processes is exothermic ?<br />
(1) EA of N (2) IE of O –<br />
(3) EA of Cl (4) IE of Cl<br />
19. Which of the following is not correct ?<br />
(1) XeO 3 has pyramidal shape<br />
(2) The hybrid state of Xe in XeF 4 is sp 3 d 2<br />
(3) In calcium carbide, between carbon atoms one<br />
sigma and two π-bonds are present<br />
(4) In silica(SiO 2 ), one Si atom is attached with two<br />
oxygen atoms<br />
20. Which of the following contains minimum number of<br />
lone pairs around Xe atom ?<br />
(1) XeF 4 (2) XeF 6<br />
(3) XeOF 2 (4) XeF 2<br />
21. The two isomers X and Y with the formula<br />
Cr(H 2 O) 5 CIBr 2 were taken for experiment on<br />
depression in freezing point. It was found that one<br />
mole of X gave depression corresponding to 2 moles<br />
of particles and one mole of Y gave depression due to<br />
3 moles of particles. The structural formulae of X and<br />
Y respectively are -<br />
(1) [Cr(H 2 O) 5 Cl]Br 2 ; [Cr(H 2 O) 4 Br 2 ]Cl⋅H 2 O<br />
(2) [Cr(H 2 O) 5 Cl]Br 2 ; [Cr(H 2 O) 3 CIBr 2 ] ⋅2 H 2 O<br />
(3) [Cr(H 2 O) 5 Br]BrCl; [Cr(H 2 O) 4 CIBr] Br ⋅H 2 O<br />
(4) [Cr(H 2 O) 4 Br 2 ]Cl⋅H 2 O; [Cr(H 2 O) 5 Cl]Br 2<br />
22 Rates of addition of Cl 2 /H 2 O of the following alkenes<br />
are<br />
O<br />
23.<br />
H 2 C=CH 2<br />
(P)<br />
CH 3 –CH 2 –HC=CH 2<br />
(R)<br />
H 2 C=CH–C–H<br />
(Q)<br />
CH 3<br />
CH 3 –C=CH 2<br />
(S)<br />
(1) S > R > P > Q (2) S > P > Q > R<br />
(3) P > Q > R > S (4) P > Q > S > R<br />
(i) Na/ NH 3(l) (i) O 3<br />
(A) Product<br />
(ii) C 2H 5OH (ii) H 2O-Zn<br />
Product will be -<br />
(1) CHO–CHO<br />
(2) CHO–CH 2 –CHO<br />
O O<br />
(3) CH 3 –C–C–CH 3<br />
(4) CHO–CHO & CHO–CH 2 –CHO<br />
24. In the reaction<br />
Br<br />
CH 3 –CH–CH 2 –Br<br />
(i) X mole NaNH2<br />
(ii) C 2H 5Br<br />
CH 3 –C≡C–C 2 H 5<br />
The value of [X] is<br />
(1) One (2) Two (3) Three (4) Four<br />
25. Relate the following compounds -<br />
F<br />
F<br />
F<br />
Br<br />
C<br />
C<br />
C<br />
Cl<br />
R Br<br />
Cl R<br />
R<br />
Cl<br />
Br<br />
C<br />
F<br />
Cl<br />
Br<br />
S<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 66<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
(1) Identical (2) Enantiomer<br />
∞<br />
n<br />
1<br />
(3) Diastereomers (4) Meso<br />
33. If S λ = ∑<br />
= λ<br />
r ∑( − 1) S λ =<br />
r 0<br />
λ= 1<br />
(1) 8a 2 2<br />
2<br />
a<br />
a<br />
(2) 108 (3) 208 (4) a 2 (1) 1 (2) 2<br />
3 3 (3) 4 (4) 8<br />
26. The correct order of acidic strength of following acid<br />
n( n −1)<br />
n( n +1)<br />
(1)<br />
(2)<br />
is -<br />
2<br />
2<br />
COOH COOH COOH COOH<br />
n( n + 2)<br />
(3)<br />
OH HO OH CH 3<br />
2<br />
(4) none of these<br />
k<br />
⎡ ⎛ 2π<br />
⎞ ⎛ 2π<br />
⎞⎤<br />
(I)<br />
(II) (III) OH<br />
⎢cos⎜<br />
⎟ − sin⎜<br />
⎟⎥<br />
(IV) 34. If ⎢ ⎝ 7 ⎠ ⎝ 7 ⎠ ⎡1<br />
0⎤<br />
⎥ =<br />
⎢ ⎛ 2π<br />
⎞ ⎛ 2π<br />
⎞<br />
⎢ ⎥ , Then the least<br />
⎥<br />
(1) II > I > III > IV (2) I > II > III > IV<br />
⎢<br />
sin⎜<br />
⎟ cos⎜<br />
⎟ ⎣0<br />
1 ⎦<br />
⎥<br />
(3) II > I > IV > III (4) II > IV > I > III<br />
⎣ ⎝ 7 ⎠ ⎝ 7 ⎠ ⎦<br />
positive integral value of k is -<br />
27. In the phenomenon of osmosis, the semipermeable (1) 6 (2) 7 (3) 3 (4) 4<br />
membrane allows the passage of<br />
(1) solute particles<br />
35. The number of 2 digit numbers , which are of the<br />
(2) solvent molecules only<br />
form xy with y < x are given by<br />
(3) both solute and solvent<br />
(1) 45 (2) 55 (3) 17 (4) None<br />
(4) none<br />
28. What is the contribution of the atom present at the<br />
edge centre to the cubic unit cell ?<br />
36. Let A, B, C be three independent events such that<br />
1 1 1<br />
P(A) = , P(B) = , P(C) = . Then probability of<br />
3 2 4<br />
(1) 1/2 (2) 1/4<br />
exactly two events occuring out of three events is -<br />
(3) 1/8 (4) 1<br />
(1) 1/2 (2) 1/3<br />
(3) 1/4 (4) none of these<br />
29. In the cell, Zn | Zn 2+ | | Cu 2+ | Cu, the negative<br />
terminal is -<br />
(1) Cu (2) Cu 2+<br />
37. If a variable x takes values x i such that a ≤ x i ≤ b, for<br />
i = 1, 2, ---- n, then -<br />
(3) Zn (4) Zn 2+<br />
(1) a ≤ Var (x) ≤ b (2) a 2 ≤ Var (x) ≤ b 2<br />
2<br />
a<br />
30. Assign double bond configuration of the following -<br />
(3)<br />
4<br />
COOH<br />
≤ Var (x) (4) (b – a) 2 ≥ Var (x)<br />
CH 2 OH<br />
38. A variable line has it's intercepts on the coordinate<br />
NC<br />
e e'<br />
axes e, e' where , are eccentricies of<br />
H 2 N–H 2 C CN<br />
2 2<br />
(1) E, Z (2) Z, Z<br />
hyperbola and it's conjugate hyperbola then the line<br />
always touches the circle x 2 + y 2 = r 2 , where r = ?<br />
(3) E, E (4) Z, E<br />
(1) 1 (2) 2<br />
(3) 3 (4) cannot be decided<br />
MATHEMATICS (Part-B) 39. If it is possible to draw a line which belongs to all the<br />
given family of lines y – 2x + 1 + λ 1 (2y – x – 1) = 0, 3y<br />
– x– 6 + λ 2 (y – 3x + 6) = 0 and<br />
31. f(x) = log 2 25 and g(x) = log<br />
x<br />
x 5 then f(x) = g(x)<br />
ax + y – 2 + λ 3 (6x + ay – a) = 0 , then -<br />
holds for x belonging to -<br />
(1) a = 4 (2) a = 3<br />
(1) R (2) (0, 1)∪ (1, ∞)<br />
(3) a = – 2 (4) a = 2<br />
(3) φ (4) none<br />
40. If (α, 0) is an interior point of ∆ABC formed by the<br />
32. The area enclosed by the parabola y 2 = 4ax between lines x – y = 0, 4x + 3y – 12 = 0 and y + 2 = 0 then<br />
the ordinates x = a and x = 9a is -<br />
integral values of α are<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 67<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
41. ABCD is a square of unit area. A circle is tangent to<br />
two sides of ABCD and passes through exactly one of<br />
its vertices. The radius of the circle is -<br />
(1) 2 – 2 (2) 2 – 1<br />
1<br />
1<br />
(3) (4)<br />
2 2<br />
42. If A, B, C, D are four points in space satisfying<br />
AB . CD = k[| AD | 2 + | BC | 2 –| AC | 2 –| BD | 2 ] then<br />
the value of k is<br />
(1) 2 (2) 1/3 (3) 1/2 (4) 1<br />
43. Unit vectors a r , b r and c r are coplanar. A unit vector<br />
d r is perpendicular to them . If<br />
r r r r 1<br />
( a × b)<br />
× ( c × d)<br />
= iˆ<br />
1 1<br />
− ˆj<br />
+ kˆ<br />
6 3 3<br />
and the angle between a r and b r is 30º, then c r is -<br />
( i ˆ − 2 ˆj<br />
+ 2kˆ)<br />
( 2ˆ i + ˆj<br />
− kˆ)<br />
(1)<br />
(2)<br />
3<br />
3<br />
(3)<br />
( −2ˆ<br />
i − 2 ˆj<br />
+ kˆ)<br />
3<br />
(4)<br />
( −iˆ<br />
+ 2 ˆj<br />
− 2kˆ)<br />
3<br />
44. If the shortest distance between the lines<br />
x −1<br />
L 1 : =<br />
1<br />
unity then λ is equal to -<br />
y z = and L2 :<br />
−1 2<br />
x +1<br />
2<br />
y z − 3<br />
= = 2 λ<br />
(1) – 20 ± 222 (2) – 20 ± 221<br />
(3) – 20 ± 224 (4) none of these<br />
45. The direction ratios l, m, n of two lines are connected<br />
by the relations l + m + n = 0 and lm = 0 then angle<br />
between them is -<br />
π<br />
π<br />
(1) (2) 3 4<br />
(3) 2<br />
π<br />
46. Let f(x) =<br />
⎪⎩<br />
⎪ ⎨<br />
⎧<br />
5 1/<br />
x<br />
x<br />
λ[<br />
x]<br />
(4) 0<br />
; x < 0<br />
; λ ∈ R then at x = 0<br />
; ≥ 0<br />
(1) f is discontinuous<br />
(2) f is continuous only if λ = 0<br />
(3) f is continuous whatever λ may be<br />
(4) None<br />
47. If R = {(x, y) : x, y ∈ Z} , x 2 + y 2 ≤ 4 is relation in Z,<br />
then D R is -<br />
(1) {–2, –1, 0, 1, 2} (2) {–2, – 1, 0}<br />
(3) {0, 1, 2} (4) None of these<br />
is<br />
48. If A = {1, 2, 3} and B = { 4, 5, 6} then which of the<br />
following sets are relation from A to B ?<br />
(i) R 1 = {(4, 2) (2, 6) (5, 1) (2, 4)}<br />
(ii) R 2 = {(1, 4) (1, 5) (3, 6) (2, 6) (3, 4)}<br />
(iii) R 3 = {(1, 5) (2, 4) (3, 6)}<br />
(iv) R 4 = {(1, 4) (1, 5) (1, 6)}<br />
(1) R 1 , R 2 , R 3 (2) R 1 , R 3 , R 4<br />
(3) R 2 , R 3 , R 4 (4) R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4<br />
49. If the area of the triangle on the complex plane<br />
formed by the complex numbers z, ωz, z + ωz is<br />
3 square units then |z + ωz| equals<br />
100<br />
(1) 5 (2) 1/5 (3) |z| (4) |ωz|<br />
50. f (x) = x<br />
2<br />
4ax − x , (a > 0) then f (x) is -<br />
(1) Increasing in (0, 3a), decreasing in<br />
(– ∞, 0) ∪ (3a, ∞)<br />
(2) Increasing in (a, 4a) decreasing in (5a, ∞)<br />
(3) Increasing in (0, 4a), decreasing in (– ∞, 0)<br />
(4) None of these<br />
51. Let f(x) be a twice differentiable function for all real<br />
values of x & satisfies f (1) = 1, f (2) = 4, f (3) = 9.<br />
then which of the following is true -<br />
(1) f "(x) = 2 for ∀ x ∈ (1, 3)<br />
(2) f "(x) = f ' (x) = 5 for some x ∈ (2, 3)<br />
(3) f "(x) = 3 ∀ x ∈ (2, 3)<br />
(4) f "(x) = 2 for some x ∈ (1, 3)<br />
2<br />
sin x<br />
52.<br />
∫<br />
dx is a -<br />
6<br />
cos x<br />
(1) polynomial of degree 5 in sin x<br />
(2) polynomial of degree 4 in tan x<br />
(3) polynomial of degree 5 in tan x<br />
(4) polynomial of degree 5 in cos x<br />
53. The real value of m for which the substitution,<br />
y = u m will transform the differential equation,<br />
2x 4 dy<br />
y + y 2 = 4x 6 into a homogeneous equation is -<br />
dx<br />
(1) m = 0 (2) m = 1<br />
(3) m = 3/2 (4) no value of m<br />
54. The mirror image of the parabola y 2 = 4x in the<br />
tangent to the parabola at the point (1, 2) is -<br />
(1) (x – 1) 2 = 4(y + 1) (2) (x + 1) 2 = 4(y + 1)<br />
(3) (x + 1) 2 = 4(y – 1) (4) (x – 1) 2 = 4(y – 1)<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 68<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
55. Let f(x) = minimum ({x + 1}, {x – 1}) ∀ x ∈ R,<br />
4<br />
where{.} denotes the fractional part, then<br />
∫<br />
f (x) d(x) =<br />
(1) 9/2 (2) – 2<br />
1<br />
−5<br />
(3) 9 (4) None<br />
Statement based questions : (Q. No. 56 to 60)<br />
Each of these questions contains two statements.<br />
Statement-I and Statement-II. Each of these has four<br />
alternatives choices. You have to select the correct<br />
choice.<br />
(1) If both statement-I and statement-II are true but<br />
statement-II is not the correct explanation of<br />
statement-I.<br />
(2) If both statement-I and statement- II are true,<br />
and statement-II is correct explanation of<br />
Statement-I.<br />
(3) If statement-I is true but statement-II is false.<br />
(4) If statement-I is false but statement-II is true<br />
56. Statement I : Let h(x) =x m/n for x ∈ R, where m & n<br />
are odd No. & 0 < m < n then y = h (x) has no<br />
Extreme.<br />
Statement II : If h' (x) does not change sign in<br />
neighborhood of x = a then x = a is not an Extreme pt.<br />
57. Statement I : If a 2 x 4 + b 2 y 4 = c 6 then maximum<br />
3<br />
c<br />
value of xy is .<br />
2ab<br />
Statement II : For any + ve f(x), AM ≥ GM<br />
58. Let A and B are two independent events in a sample<br />
space.<br />
Statement I : If P(A) = 0.3, P(B) = 0.4, Then<br />
P (A∩ B ) = 0.18.<br />
Statement II : P(A∩ B ) = P(A) – P(A) P(B)<br />
59. Statement I : If p and q two statements then contra<br />
positive of conditional statement ~ ( p ∧ q)<br />
→ q is<br />
( q →~ p∧<br />
~ q)<br />
∧ .<br />
Statement II : If ~ (p ∧ q) = ~ p∨ ~ q.<br />
60. Let C 1 be the circle with centre O 1 (0, 0) and radius 1<br />
and C 2 be the circle with centre O 2 (t, t 2 + 1),<br />
t ∈ R and radius 2<br />
Statement I : Circle C 1 and C 2 always have at least<br />
one common tangent for any value of t.<br />
Statement II : For the two circles O 1 O 2 ≥ |r 1 – r 2 |<br />
where r 1 and r 2 are their radii for any value of t.<br />
PHYSICS (Part-C)<br />
These questions of two statements each, printed as<br />
statement-1 & statement-2. While answering these<br />
Questions you are required to choose any one of the<br />
following four responses.<br />
(1) If both statement-1 and statement-2 are true but<br />
statement-2 is not a correct explanation of the<br />
statement-1.<br />
(2) If both statement-1 & statement-2 are true & the<br />
statement-2 is a correct explanation of the<br />
statement-1.<br />
(3) If statement-1 is true and statement-2 is false.<br />
(4) If statement-1 is false and statement-2 is true.<br />
61. Statement–1 : Average energy in the interference<br />
pattern is the same as it would be if there were no<br />
interference.<br />
Statement–2 : Interference is the only rare<br />
phenomenon in which law of conservation of energy<br />
does not hold good.<br />
62. A light ray is incident upon a prism in minimum<br />
deviation position and suffers a deviation of 34º. If the<br />
shaded half of the prism is knocked of, the ray will –<br />
(1) suffer a deviation of 34º<br />
(2) suffer a deviation of 68º<br />
(3) suffer a deviation of 17º<br />
(4) not come out of the prism<br />
63. A father (60 kg) and his daughter (20 kg) are both at<br />
rest on a frictionless ice pond. The father lifts a 1 kg<br />
ball and throws it to his daughter with horizontal<br />
speed 5 ms –1 ; the daughter catches it. The speeds of<br />
father and daughter are (in ms –1 ) is<br />
(1) 1/12, 5/21 (2) 5/59, 1/4<br />
(3) 5/61, 1/4 (4) 5/59, 5/21<br />
64. A large sheet carries uniform surface charge density<br />
σ. A rod of length 2l has a linear charge density λ on<br />
one half and −λ on the other half. The rod is hinged<br />
at mid-point O and makes angle θ with the normal to<br />
the sheet. The torque experienced by the rod is -<br />
+λ<br />
O<br />
θ<br />
+σ<br />
–λ<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 69<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
(1)<br />
(3)<br />
σλl<br />
2ε<br />
0<br />
σλl<br />
2ε<br />
0<br />
2<br />
2<br />
cos θ (2)<br />
sin θ (4)<br />
σλl<br />
ε 0<br />
cos 2 θ<br />
σλl sin 2 θ<br />
ε 0<br />
65. A body cools from 60ºC to 50ºC in 10 minutes. If the<br />
room temperature is 25ºC and assuming Newton's<br />
law of cooling to hold good the temperature of the<br />
body at the end of the next 10 minutes will be -<br />
(1) 38.5ºC (2) 40ºC (3) 42.85ºC (4) 45ºC<br />
66. A passenger is at a distance of x from a bus when the<br />
bus begins to move with constant acceleration a.<br />
What is the minimum velocity with which the<br />
passenger should run towards the bus so as to reach it –<br />
(1) 2 ax (2) 2ax (3) ax (4) ax<br />
67. A bus is moving with a speed of 10 ms –1 on a straight<br />
road. A scooterist wishes to overtake the bus in 100 s.<br />
If the bus is at a distance of 1 km from the scooterist,<br />
with what speed should the scooterist chase the bus ?<br />
(1) 40 ms –1 (2) 25 ms –1<br />
(3) 10 ms –1 (4) 20 ms –1<br />
6'8. For a equilateral glass prism the angle of minimum<br />
deviation is 30°, then refractive index of prism is -<br />
1<br />
1 3<br />
(1)<br />
(2) 2 (3) (4)<br />
2<br />
2 2<br />
69. A zener diode is to be used as voltage regulator.<br />
Identify the correct set up -<br />
(1)<br />
(2)<br />
⊕<br />
⊕<br />
Θ<br />
R S<br />
R S<br />
R L<br />
R L<br />
Passage : (Q. No. 70 to 72)<br />
+ –<br />
12 volt<br />
Bulb 2<br />
Bulb 1<br />
A 12 volt battery is connected in two light bulbs, as<br />
shown in figure. Light bulb 1 has resistance 3Ω while<br />
light bulb 2 has resistance 6Ω. The battery has<br />
essentially no internal resistance and all the wires are<br />
essentially resistanceless too. When a light bulb is<br />
unscrewed, no current flows through that branch of<br />
the circuit. For instance, if light bulb 2 is unscrewed,<br />
current flows only around the lower loop of the<br />
circuit, which consists of the battery and light bulb 1.<br />
When two resistance are joined in series, their<br />
equivalent resistances R eq. = R 1 + R 2 but when two<br />
resistances are wired in parallel. Their net resistance<br />
is given by:<br />
1 1 1<br />
= +<br />
R eq R R<br />
.<br />
70. When bulb 1 is screwed in, but bulb 2 is unscrewed, the<br />
power generated in bulb 1 is -<br />
(1) 4 watt (2) 12 watt<br />
(3) 36 watt (4) 48 watt<br />
71. Bulb 2 is now screwed in, as a result, bulb 1 -<br />
(1) turns off<br />
(2) becomes dimmer<br />
(3) stays about the same brightness<br />
(4) becomes brighter<br />
1<br />
2<br />
Θ<br />
⊕<br />
(3)<br />
Θ<br />
⊕<br />
(4)<br />
Θ<br />
R S<br />
R S<br />
R L<br />
R L<br />
72. When both light bulbs are screwed in, the current<br />
through the battery is -<br />
(1) 1.2 ampere (2) 2 ampere<br />
(3) 4 ampere (4) 6 ampere<br />
73. String 1 has twice the length, twice the radius, twice<br />
the tension and twice the density of another string 2.<br />
The relation between the fundamental frequencies of<br />
1 and 2 is :<br />
(1) f 1 = 2f 2 (2) f 1 = 4f 2<br />
(3) f 2 = 4f 1 (4) f 1 = f 2<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 70<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
74. When a source of sound of frequency f crosses a<br />
stationary observer with a speed v s (
85. If the space between the lenses in the lens<br />
combination shown were filled with water, what<br />
would happen to the focal length and power of the<br />
lens combination ?<br />
MOTIVATION<br />
Focal length Power<br />
(1) Decreased increased<br />
(2) Decreased unchanged<br />
(3) Increased unchanged<br />
(4) Increased decreased<br />
86. If two coils have self-inductances L 1 and L 2 , the<br />
coefficient of mutual induction will be –<br />
(1) M ∝ L 1 L 2<br />
(2) M ∝ L1<br />
L 2<br />
(3) M ∝<br />
L<br />
L<br />
2<br />
1<br />
(4) None of these<br />
87. Vapour pressure at any temperature is equal to saturated<br />
vapour pressure :<br />
(1) At that temperature (2) At dew point<br />
(3) At boiling point (4) At freezing point<br />
88. The work done in turning a magnet of magnetic moment<br />
M by an angle of 90º from the meridian is n times the<br />
corresponding work done to turn it through an angle of<br />
60º. The value of n is given by –<br />
(1) 1 (2) 1/4<br />
(3) 4 (4) 2<br />
89. As compared to ordinary diode an zener diode is -<br />
(1) also connected in F.B<br />
(2) also connected in F.B as well as RB<br />
(3) always connected in RB<br />
(4) exactly same<br />
90. There are two identical concentric coils X and Y with<br />
their planes at right angles to each other. The coil X lies<br />
in the horizontal plane while coil Y lies in the vertical<br />
plane. If the coil X carries a current of<br />
1 A then what value of current in coil Y be passed so<br />
that the resultant field at the centre of the coils just<br />
balances the earth's magnetic field of 10 –5 tesla inclined<br />
at 30º with the vertical ?<br />
(1) 1 A (2) 3 A<br />
(3) 2 A (4) (1/ 3 )A<br />
• Pull the string, and it will follow wherever<br />
you wish. Push it, and it will go nowhere at<br />
all.<br />
• Be the change that you want to see in the<br />
world.<br />
• Efficiency is doing things right; effectiveness<br />
is doing the right things.<br />
• Formula for success: under promise and over<br />
deliver.<br />
• A life spent making mistakes is not only more<br />
honorable, but more useful than a life spent<br />
doing nothing.<br />
• Discovery consists of seeing what everybody<br />
has seen and thinking what nobody else has<br />
thought.<br />
• The best way to teach people is by telling a<br />
story.<br />
• If you'll not settle for anything less than your<br />
best, you will be amazed at what you can<br />
accomplish in your lives.<br />
• I had to pick myself up and get on with it, do<br />
it all over again, only even better this time.<br />
• Improvement begins with I.<br />
• Success depends upon previous preparation,<br />
and without such preparation there is sure to<br />
be failure.<br />
• The man of virtue makes the difficulty to be<br />
overcome his first business, and success only<br />
a subsequent consideration.<br />
• As a general rule the most successful man in<br />
life is the man who has the best information.<br />
• The secret of success is constancy to purpose.<br />
• One secret of success in life is for a man to be<br />
ready for his opportunity when it comes.<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 72<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 73<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
MOCK TEST – BIT-SAT<br />
Time : 3 Hours Total Marks : 450<br />
Instructions :<br />
• This question paper contains 150 questions in Physics (40) Chemistry (40), Mathematics (45), Logical<br />
Reasoning (10) & English (15). There is Negative Marking<br />
• Each question has four option & out of them, ONLY ONE is the correct answer. There is – ve marking.<br />
• +3 Marks for each correct & – 1 Mark for the incorrect answer.<br />
PHYSICS<br />
1. A particle moving along x-axis has acceleration f, at<br />
⎛ t ⎞<br />
time t, given by f = f 0 ⎜1 – ⎟ , Where f 0 and T are<br />
⎝ T ⎠<br />
constants. The particle at t = 0 has zero velocity. In<br />
the time interval between t = 0 and the instant when<br />
f = 0, the particle's velocity (v x ) is -<br />
(A) 2<br />
1<br />
f0 T 2 (B) f 0 T 2<br />
(C) 2<br />
1<br />
f0 T<br />
(D) f 0 T<br />
2. Two forces P and Q acting at a point are such that if<br />
P is reversed, the direction of the resultant is turned<br />
through 90°. Then -<br />
(A) P = Q<br />
(B) P = 2Q<br />
Q<br />
(C) P = 2<br />
(D) No relation between P and Q<br />
3. Three particles A, B and C of equal mass, move with<br />
equal speed v along the medians of an equilateral<br />
triangle as shown in Fig. They collide at the centroid<br />
G of the triangle. After collision, A comes to rest and<br />
B retraces its path with speed v. What is the speed of<br />
C after collision ?<br />
A<br />
(A) 0<br />
(C) v<br />
B<br />
G<br />
(B) 2<br />
v<br />
(D) 2v<br />
C<br />
4. A man throws bricks to a height of 12 m where they<br />
reach with a speed of 12 ms –1 . If he throws the bricks<br />
such that they just reach that height, what percentage<br />
of energy will be saved ?<br />
(A) 9 % (B) 19 %<br />
(C) 38 % (D) 46 %<br />
5. If the Earth shrinks to half of the present radius,<br />
without any change in mass, then the duration of day<br />
and night becomes -<br />
(A) 24 hours (B) 12 hours<br />
(C) 6 hours (D) 3 hours<br />
6. Two white dots are 1 mm apart on a black paper.<br />
They are viewed by eye of pupil diameter 3 mm.<br />
What is the maximum distance at which these dots<br />
can be resolved by the eye ? (λ =500 nm)<br />
(A) 1 m (B) 5 m (C) 3 m (D) 6 m<br />
7. An object is placed at a distance of 10 cm from a<br />
concave mirror of radius of curvature 0.6 m. Which<br />
of the following statements is incorrect ?<br />
(A) The image is formed at a distance of 15 cm from<br />
the mirror<br />
(B) The image formed is real<br />
(C) The image is 1.5 times the size of the object<br />
(D) The image formed is virtual and erect<br />
8. Two bodies of masses 1 kg and 3 kg have position<br />
vectors î + 2 ĵ +kˆ and – 3 î – 2 ĵ + kˆ , respectively.<br />
The centre of mass of this system has a position<br />
vector -<br />
(A) – î + ĵ + kˆ (B) – 2 î + 2 kˆ<br />
(C) – 2 î – ĵ + kˆ (D) 2 î – ĵ – 2 kˆ<br />
9. A perfect gas at 27°C is heated at constant pressure<br />
so as to triple its volume. The temperature of the gas<br />
will be -<br />
(A) 81°C (B) 900°C<br />
(C) 627°C (D) 450°C<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 74<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
10. An ideal gas of mass m in a state A goes to another<br />
state B via three different processes as shown in<br />
figure. If Q 1 , Q 2 and Q 3 denote the heat absorbed by<br />
the gas along the three paths, then -<br />
P A<br />
1 2 3<br />
B<br />
V<br />
(A) Q 1 < Q 2 < Q 3 (B) Q 1 < Q 2 = Q 3<br />
(C) Q 1 = Q 2 > Q 3 (D) Q 1 > Q 2 > Q 3<br />
11. Two sound waves (expressed in CGS units) given by<br />
2 π<br />
2 π<br />
y 1 = 0.3 sin (vt – x) and y2 = 0.4 sin (vt – x +<br />
λ λ<br />
θ) interfere. The resultant amplitude at a place where<br />
phase difference is π/2 will be -<br />
(A) 0.7 cm<br />
(B) 0.1 cm<br />
1<br />
(C) 0.5 cm (D) 7 cm 10<br />
12. A tuning fork of frequency 100 when sounded<br />
together with another tuning fork of unknown<br />
frequency produces 2 beats per second. On loading<br />
the tuning fork whose frequency is not known and<br />
sounded together with a tuning fork of frequency 100<br />
produces one beat, then the frequency of the other<br />
tuning fork is -<br />
(A) 102 (B) 98 (C) 99 (D) 101<br />
13. A current of 2 A flows in an electric circuit as shown<br />
in figure. The potential difference<br />
(V R – V S ), in volts (V R and V S are potentials at R and S<br />
respectively) is<br />
R<br />
2A<br />
P<br />
3Ω<br />
7Ω<br />
7Ω<br />
3Ω<br />
Q<br />
2A<br />
S<br />
(A) – 4 (B) + 2 (C) + 4 (D) – 2<br />
14. When a battery connected across a resistor of 16 Ω,<br />
the voltage across the resister is 12 V. When the same<br />
battery is connected across a resistor of 10 Ω, voltage<br />
across it is 11V. The internal resistance of the battery<br />
(in ohm) is<br />
10<br />
(A) 7<br />
(B)<br />
20<br />
7<br />
(C) 7<br />
25<br />
30<br />
(D) 7<br />
15. In a galvanometer 5% of the total current in the<br />
circuit passes through it. If the resistance of the<br />
galvanometer is G, the shunt resistance S connected<br />
to the galvanometer is -<br />
G<br />
G<br />
(A) 19 G (B) (C) 20 G (D) 19 20<br />
16 Two concentric coils of 10 turns each are placed in<br />
the same plane. Their radii are 20 cm and<br />
40 cm and carry 0.2 A and 0.3 A current respectively<br />
in opposite directions. The magnetic induction (in<br />
tesla) at the centre is -<br />
(A) 4<br />
3<br />
µ0 (B) 4<br />
5<br />
µ0<br />
(C) 4<br />
7<br />
µ0 (D) 4<br />
9<br />
µ0<br />
17. The number of turns in primary and secondary coils<br />
of a transformer is 50 and 200 respectively. If the<br />
current in the primary coil is 4 A, then the current in<br />
the secondary coil is<br />
(A) 1 A<br />
(B) 2 A<br />
(C) 4 A<br />
(D) 5 A<br />
18. Which of the following statements is not correct<br />
when a junction diode is in forward bias ?<br />
(A) The width of depletion region decreases<br />
(B) Free electrons on n-side will move towards the<br />
junction.<br />
(C) Holes on p-side move towards the junction.<br />
(D) Electron on n-side and holes on p-side will move<br />
away from junction.<br />
19. The displacement of a charge Q in the electric field<br />
E r = e iˆ<br />
1 + e ˆ<br />
2 j + e3 k ˆ is r = aˆ i + bˆ j . The work done<br />
is -<br />
(A) Q (ae 1 + be 2 )<br />
2 2<br />
1 2)<br />
(B) Q ( ae ) + ( be<br />
(C) Q ( e + e a + b<br />
1 2)<br />
(D) Q ( e + e )( a + )<br />
2<br />
2<br />
2 2<br />
1 2 b<br />
20. An electric line of force in the xy plane is given by<br />
equation x 2 + y 2 = 1. A particle with unit positive<br />
charge, initially at rest at the point x = 1, y = 0 in the<br />
xy plane<br />
(A) not move at all<br />
(B) will move along straight line<br />
(C) will move along the circular line of force<br />
(D) Information is insufficient to draw any conclusion<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 75<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
21. The relation between voltage sensitivity (σ v ) and<br />
current sensitivity (σ i ) of a moving coil galvanometer<br />
is (resistance of galvanometer is G).<br />
σ i<br />
σ<br />
(A) =<br />
v<br />
σv (B) = σi<br />
G G<br />
(C)<br />
G<br />
v<br />
σ = σ i (D)<br />
G<br />
i<br />
σ = σ v<br />
22. An inductor of 2H and a resistance of 10Ω are<br />
connected in series with a battery of 5V. The initial<br />
rate of change of current is<br />
(A) 0.5 A/s<br />
(B) 2.0 A/s<br />
(C) 2.5 A/s<br />
(D) 0.25 A/s<br />
23. A and B are two radioactive substances whose halflives<br />
are 1 and 2 years respectively. Initially 10 g of<br />
A and 1 g of B is taken. The time (approximate) after<br />
which they will have same quantity remaining is -<br />
(A) 6.62 year (B) 5 year<br />
(C) 3.2 year (D) 7 year<br />
24. In the circuit, the potential difference across PQ will<br />
be nearest to -<br />
100Ω<br />
48V<br />
100Ω<br />
(A) 9.6 V<br />
(C) 4.8 V<br />
80Ω<br />
20Ω<br />
(B) 6.6 V<br />
(D) 3.2 V<br />
25. Radiations of intensity 0.5 W/m 2 are striking a metal<br />
plate. The pressure on the plate is<br />
(A) 0.166 × 10 –8 N/m 2 (B) 0.332 × 10 –8 N/m 2<br />
(C) 0.111 × 10 –8 N/m 2 (D) 0.083 × 10 –8 N/m 2<br />
26. A cell of constant emf first connected to a resistance<br />
R 1 and then connected to a resistance R 2 . If power<br />
delivered in both cases is same then the internal<br />
resistance of the cell is :<br />
(A) R 1R2<br />
(B)<br />
(C)<br />
R1 − R 2<br />
2<br />
(D)<br />
R1<br />
R2<br />
R 1 + R 2<br />
2<br />
27. In a magnetic field of 0.05 T area of coil changes<br />
from 101 cm 2 to 100 cm 2 without changing the<br />
resistance which is 2Ω. The amount of charge that<br />
flow during this period is<br />
(A) 2.5 × 10 –6 C (B) 2 × 10 –6 C<br />
(C) 10 –6 C<br />
(D) 8 × 10 –6 C<br />
P<br />
Q<br />
28. A dielectric is introduced in a charged and isolated<br />
parallel plate capacitor, which of the following<br />
remains unchanged ?<br />
(A) Energy<br />
(B) Charge<br />
(C) Electric field (D) Potential difference<br />
29. Positively charged particles are projected into a<br />
magnetic field. If the direction of the magnetic field<br />
is along the direction of motion of the charge<br />
particles, the particles get :<br />
(A) Accelerated<br />
(B) Decelerated<br />
(C) Deflected<br />
(D) no changed in velocity<br />
30. Fusion reaction takes place at high temperature<br />
because :<br />
(A) KE is high enough to overcome repulsion<br />
between nuclei<br />
(B) Nuclei are most stable at this temperature<br />
(C) Nuclei are unstable at this temperature<br />
(D) None of the above<br />
31. Among the following properties describing<br />
diamagnetism identify the property that is wrongly<br />
stated :<br />
(A) Diamagnetic material do not have permanent<br />
magnetic moment<br />
(B) Diamagnetism is explained in terms of<br />
electromagnetism induction<br />
(C) Diamagnetic materials have a small positive<br />
susceptibility<br />
(D) The magnetic moment of individual electrons<br />
neutralize each other.<br />
32. Electron of mass m and change q is travelling with a<br />
speed v along a circular path of radius r at right<br />
angles to a uniform magnetic field of intensity B. If<br />
the speed of the electron is doubled and the magnetic<br />
field is halved the resulting path would have a radius.<br />
(A) 2r (B) 4r (C) r/4 (D) r/2<br />
33. The density of water at 0°C is 0.998 g/cc. While at<br />
4°C it is 1 g/cc. The average coefficient of volume<br />
expansion of water in the temperature range 0°C to<br />
4°C is -<br />
(A) 5 × 10 – 4 /°C (B) – 5 × 10 – 4 /°C<br />
(C) 6 × 10 – 4 /°C (D) – 6 × 10 – 4 /°C<br />
34. A transverse sinusoidal wave moves along a string in<br />
the positive x-direction at a speed of 10 cm/ s. The<br />
wavelength of the wave is 0.5 m and its amplitude is<br />
10 cm. At a particular time t, the snap-shot of the<br />
wave is shown in the figure. The velocity of point P<br />
when its displacement is 5 cm, is -<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 76<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
y<br />
P<br />
x<br />
(A)<br />
(C)<br />
ML 2<br />
K<br />
2<br />
KL<br />
2M<br />
(B) zero<br />
(D)<br />
MK L<br />
(A)<br />
(C)<br />
3π<br />
50<br />
ĵ<br />
3π<br />
m/s (B) – ĵ m/s<br />
50<br />
3π 3π<br />
î m/s (D) – î m/s<br />
50<br />
50<br />
40. Given : → A . → B = 0 and → A × → C = 0. The angle<br />
between → B and C → is -<br />
(A) 0° (B) 90°<br />
(C) 180° (D) 270°<br />
35. Which of the following diagrams is a correct<br />
presentation of deviation and dispersion of light by<br />
prism ?<br />
(A)<br />
(C)<br />
R<br />
V<br />
R<br />
V<br />
(B)<br />
(D)<br />
36. A diver is 10 m below the surface of water. The<br />
approximate pressure experienced by the diver is -<br />
(A) 10 5 Pa<br />
(B) 2 × 10 5 Pa<br />
(C) 3 × 10 5 Pa (D) 4 × 10 5 Pa<br />
37. If Earth describes an orbit round the Sun of double its<br />
present radius, the year on Earth will be of -<br />
(A) 365 days (B) 365 × 2 × 2 days<br />
365<br />
(C) days (D) 365 × 4 days<br />
2<br />
38. The moment of inertia of a thin uniform rod of length<br />
L and mass M about an axis passing through a point<br />
at a distance of 3<br />
L from one of its ends and<br />
perpendicular to the rod is -<br />
2<br />
2<br />
ML<br />
ML<br />
(A)<br />
(B)<br />
3<br />
6<br />
2<br />
ML<br />
(C)<br />
9<br />
2<br />
ML<br />
(D)<br />
12<br />
39. The block of mass M moving on the frictionless<br />
horizontal surface collides with the spring of spring<br />
constant K and compresses it by length L. The<br />
maximum momentum of the block after collision is -<br />
M<br />
R<br />
V<br />
R<br />
V<br />
CHEMISTRY<br />
1. The mass of CaCO 3 formed by passing CO 2 gas<br />
through 50 mL of 0.5 M Ca(OH) 2 solution is -<br />
(A) 10 g (B) 2 g (C) 2.5 (D) 5 g<br />
2. 2g of hydrogen diffuse out from a container in 10<br />
min. How many gram of chlorine will diffuse out<br />
from the same container under similar conditions ?<br />
(A) 2× 71 (B)<br />
(C)<br />
71<br />
2<br />
2<br />
71<br />
(D) 71<br />
3. Total volume of atoms present in face-centred cubic<br />
unit cell of a metal is (r = atomic radius)<br />
20<br />
(A) πr<br />
3<br />
3<br />
12<br />
(C) πr<br />
3<br />
3<br />
(B)<br />
24 πr<br />
3<br />
3<br />
16<br />
(D) πr<br />
3<br />
3<br />
4. A ball of 100 g mass is thrown with a velocity of 100<br />
ms -1 . The wavelength of the de Broglie wave<br />
associated with the ball is about -<br />
(A) 6.63 × 10 –35 m (B) 6.63 × 10 –30 m<br />
(C) 6.63 × 10 –35 cm (D) 6.63 × 10 –33 m<br />
5. The unicertainty in the position of an electron<br />
moving with a velocity of 1.0 × 10 4 cm s –1 (accurate<br />
up to 0.011%) will be -<br />
(A) 1.92 cm (B) 7.68 cm<br />
(C) 0.528 cm (D) 3.8 cm<br />
6. ∆Hº for a reaction,<br />
F 2 + 2HCl —→ 2HF + Cl 2<br />
is given to be –352.18 kJ. If<br />
0<br />
∆ H f for HF is –<br />
268.3 kJ mol –1 the ∆H 0 f of HCl would be -<br />
(A) – 22 kJ mol –1 (B) 88.0 kJ mol –1<br />
(C) – 91.9 kJ mol –1 (D) – 183.8 kJ mol –1<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 77<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
7. If CH 3 COOH(aq) + OH¯ (aq) —→<br />
CH 3 COO¯ + H 2 O + q 1 ,<br />
H + + OH¯ —→ H 2 O (l) + q 2<br />
Then enthalpy change for the reaction,<br />
CH 3 COOH —→ CH 3 COO¯ + H + is<br />
(A) q 1 – q 2 (B) q 1 + q 2<br />
(C) q 2 – q 1 (D) q 1 / q 2<br />
8. In which of the following reaction K p > K c<br />
(A) N 2 + 3H 2 2NH 3<br />
(B) H 2 + I 2 2HI<br />
(C) PCl 3 + Cl 2 PCl 5<br />
(D) 2SO 3 O 2 + 2SO 2<br />
9. If the equilibrium constant for the reaction –<br />
2AB A 2 + B 2 is 49, what is the value of<br />
equilibrium constant for<br />
AB<br />
1 1<br />
A2 + B2<br />
2 2<br />
(A) 49 (B) 2401 (C) 7 (D) 0.02<br />
10. An equimolar solution of CH 3 COOH and<br />
CH 3 COONa has a pH of 6. The value of K α for acetic<br />
acid is -<br />
(A) 10 6 (B) 1 × 10 –6<br />
(C) 2 × 10 –6 (D) cannot be predicted<br />
11. What is the solubility of Al(OH) 3 , K sp =1 × 10 –33 , in a<br />
solution having pH = 4 ?<br />
(A) 10 –3 M<br />
(B) 10 –6 M<br />
(C) 10 –4 M<br />
(D) 10 –10 M<br />
12. Which of the following graph is for a second order<br />
reaction ?<br />
(A)<br />
(C)<br />
Rate<br />
Rate<br />
(A) 2<br />
(A) 2<br />
(B)<br />
(D)<br />
Rate<br />
Rate<br />
(A) 2<br />
(A) 2<br />
13. For an elementary process<br />
2X + Y —® Z + W<br />
(A) 2 (B) 1<br />
(C) 3<br />
(D) unpredictable.<br />
14. The rise in boiling point of a solution containing 1.8<br />
g of glucose in 100 g of solvent is 0.1°C. The molal<br />
elevation constant of the liquid is -<br />
(A) 0.01 K/m (B) 0.1 K/m<br />
(C) 1 K/m<br />
(D) 10 K/m.<br />
15. The value of E + = 0.76 V and that of<br />
° 2<br />
Zn / Zn<br />
E° 2+ = – 0.41 V. The E°<br />
Fe / Fe<br />
cell of the cell with net<br />
cell reaction<br />
Zn + Fe 2+ ⎯→ Zn 2+ + Fe is<br />
(A) – 0.35 V (B) – 1.17 V<br />
(C) + 1.17 V (D) + 0.35 V.<br />
16. The hydrogen electrode can exhibit electrode<br />
potential > 0 if<br />
(A) H 2 is bubbled through the solution at 2 atm.<br />
pressure<br />
(B) concentration of H + ion in solution is increased<br />
(C) concentration of H + ions in solution is decreased<br />
(D) concentration of H + ions is decreased and<br />
simultaneously pressure of H 2 gas is increased.<br />
17. + Br 2 ⎯⎯→<br />
⎯<br />
4 A, A will have<br />
18.<br />
configuration :<br />
(A)<br />
Br<br />
Br<br />
(C) both (a) and (b)<br />
(A) meso diol<br />
(C) both (a) and (b)<br />
OsO 4<br />
⎯<br />
H 2O2<br />
(B)<br />
CCl<br />
Br<br />
Br<br />
(D) none of these<br />
⎯ ⎯ → A, A is -<br />
(B) racemic diol<br />
(D) none of the above<br />
19. Following compound is treated with NBS<br />
Compound formed A is -<br />
CH 2 CH=CH 2 + NBS → A<br />
(A) CHCH=CH 2<br />
(B)<br />
Br<br />
CH = CHCH 2 Br<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 78<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
(C) CH 2 CH=CH 2<br />
(D)<br />
Br<br />
Br<br />
Br<br />
CH 2 CH = CH 2<br />
20. Bicyclo (1, 1, 0) butane is -<br />
(A)<br />
(B)<br />
27. Pinacol is :<br />
(A) 3-methylbutane-2-ol<br />
(B) 2,3-dimethyl-2,3-butanediol<br />
(C) 2,3-dimethyl-2-propanone<br />
(D) none of the above<br />
28. Aldol condensation will not take place in :<br />
(A) HCHO<br />
(B) CH 3 CH 2 CHO<br />
(C) CH 3 CHO (D) CH 3 COCH 3<br />
29. IUPAC name of the following compound is :<br />
(C)<br />
(D)<br />
21. Grignard reagent reacts with HCHO to produce:<br />
(A) secondary alcohol<br />
(B) anhydride<br />
(C) and acid<br />
(D) primary alcohol<br />
22. Cyanohydrin of which of the following forms lactic<br />
acid :<br />
(A) HCHO<br />
(B) CH 3 CHO<br />
(C) CH 3 CH 2 CHO (D) CH 3 COCH 3<br />
23. Isopropyl bromide on Wurtz reaction gives :<br />
(A) hexane<br />
(B) propane<br />
(C) 2, 3-dimethylbutane<br />
(D) neo-hexane<br />
24. On heating with oxalic acid at 110°C, glycerine gives:<br />
(A) glyceryl trioxalate (B) formic acid<br />
(C) glyceryl dioxalate (D) none of the above<br />
25. The compound, whose stereo-chemical formula is<br />
written below, exhibits x geometrical isomers and y<br />
optical isomers.<br />
CH 3 H OH<br />
C=C<br />
H CH 2 –CH 2 –C–CH 3<br />
H<br />
The values of x and y are :<br />
(A) 4 and 4 (B) 2 and 2<br />
(C) 2 and 4 (D) 4 and 2<br />
26. Which one of the following product is formed when<br />
calcium salt of adipic acid is heated ?<br />
CH 2 –CH 2<br />
(A) O<br />
CH2 –CH 2<br />
CH 2 –CH 2<br />
(B)<br />
CH2 –CH 2<br />
CH 2 CH 2 CO<br />
(C)<br />
CH2 CH 2 CO<br />
C = O<br />
CH 2 CH 2 COOH<br />
(D)<br />
CH2 CH 2 COOH<br />
C = O<br />
H 3 C<br />
CH 3<br />
(A) 3,5-dimethylcyclohexene<br />
(B) 3,5-dimethyl -1-cyclohexene<br />
(C) 1,5-dimethyl-5-cyclohexene<br />
(D) 1,3-dimethyl-5-cyclohexene<br />
30. The ions O 2– , F – , Na + , Mg 2+ and Al 3+ are<br />
isoelectronic. Their ionic radii show.<br />
(A) A decrease from O 2– to F – and then increase from<br />
Na + to Al 3+<br />
(B) A significant increase from O 2– to Al 3+<br />
(C) A significant decrease from O 2– to Al 3+<br />
(D) An increase from O 2– to F – and then decrease<br />
from Na + to Al 3+<br />
31. Which of the following values in electron volt per<br />
atom represent the first ionisation energies of oxygen<br />
and nitrogen atom, respectively ?<br />
(A) 14.6, 13.6 (B) 13.6, 14.6<br />
(C) 13.6, 13.6 (D) 14.6, 14.6<br />
32. Which of the following is not involved in any<br />
diagonal relationship ?<br />
(A) C (B) B (C) Al (D) Si<br />
33. A metal M readily forms water soluble sulphate<br />
MSO 4 , water insoluble hydroxide M(OH) 2 and oxide<br />
MO which becomes insert on heating. The hydroxide<br />
is soluble in NaOH. The M is -<br />
(A) Be<br />
(B) Mg<br />
(C) Ca<br />
(D) Sr<br />
34. Plaster of paris is -<br />
(A) CaSO 4<br />
(C) 2CaSO 4 .H 2 O<br />
(B) CaSO 4 .H 2 O<br />
(D) CaSO 4 .2H 2 O<br />
35. In diborane -<br />
(A) 4-bridged hydrogens and two terminal hydrogens<br />
are present<br />
(B) 2-bridged hydrogens and four terminal<br />
hydrogens are present<br />
(C) 3-bridged hydrogens and three terminal<br />
hydrogens are present<br />
(D) None of these<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 79<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
36 Which of the following statements is correct ?<br />
(A) BCl 3 and AlCl 3 are both Lewis acids and BCl 3 is<br />
stronger than AlCl 3<br />
(B) BCl 3 and AlCl 3 are both Lewis acids and AlCl 3 is<br />
stronger than BCl 3<br />
(C) BCl 3 and AlCl 3 are both equally strong Lewis<br />
acids<br />
(D) Both BCl 3 and AlCl 3 are not Lewis acids<br />
37. When sodium thiosulphate solution is made to react<br />
with copper sulphate solution, a complex compound<br />
is formed. What is that ?<br />
(A) Na 4 [Cu 3 (S 2 O 3 ) 5 ] (B) Na 2 [Cu 6 (S 2 O 3 ) 4 ]<br />
(C) Na 4 [Cu 6 (S 2 O 3 ) 5 ] (D) Na 4 [Cu 3 (S 2 O 3 ) 4 ]<br />
38. Which one of the following does not contain zinc ?<br />
(A) Brass<br />
(B) German silver<br />
(C) Gun metal (D) Bell metal<br />
39. Stability constants for some copper complexes are<br />
given below :<br />
Cu +2 , + 4NH 3 [Cu(NH 3 ) 4 ] +2 K = 4.5 × 10 11<br />
Cu +2 , + 4CN – [Cu(CN) 4 ] –2 K = 2.0 × 10 27<br />
Cu +2 , + 2en [Cu(en) 2 ] +2 K = 9.5 × 10 15<br />
Cu +2 , + 4H 2 O [Cu(H 2 O) 4 ] +2 K = 9.5 × 10 8<br />
Which is the strongest ligand ?<br />
(A) NH 3 (B) CN –<br />
(C) en<br />
(D) H 2 O<br />
40. The pair [Co(NH 3 ) 5 NO 3 ]SO 4<br />
and [Co(NH 3 ) 5 SO 4 ] NO 3 will exhibit<br />
(A) Hydrate isomerism<br />
(B) Linkage isomerism<br />
(C) Ionisation isomerism<br />
(D) Coordinate isomerism<br />
MATHEMATICS<br />
1. The point on the line 3x + 4y = 5 which is equidistant<br />
from (1, 2) and (3, 4) is<br />
(A) (7, – 4) (B) (15, – 10)<br />
(C) (1/7, 8/7) (D) (0, 5/4)<br />
2. The transformed equation of 3x 2 + 3y 2 + 2xy = 2<br />
when the coordinate axes are rotated through an<br />
angle of 45º, is<br />
(A) x 2 + 2y 2 = 1 (B) 2x 2 + y 2 = 1<br />
(C) x 2 + y 2 = 1 (D) x 2 + 3y 2 = 1<br />
3. The length of the common chord of the ellipse<br />
2<br />
2<br />
( x –1) ( y – 2)<br />
+ = 1 and the circle (x – 1) 2 + (y–2 ) 2 = 1<br />
9 4<br />
is<br />
(A) 0 (B) 3<br />
(C) 4 (D) 5<br />
4. The centres of a set of circles, each of radius 3, lie on<br />
the circle x 2 + y 2 = 25. The locus of any point in the<br />
set is -<br />
(A) 4 ≤ x 2 + y 2 ≤ 64 (B) x 2 + y 2 ≤ 25<br />
(C) x 2 + y 2 ≥ 25 (D) 3 ≤ x 2 + y 2 ≤ 9<br />
5. The pairs of straight lines x 2 – 3xy + 2y 2 = 0 and<br />
x 2 – 3xy + 2y 2 + x – 2 = 0 form a<br />
(A) square but not rhombus<br />
(B) rhombus<br />
(C) parallelogram<br />
(D) rectangle but not a square<br />
6. The distance between the foci of the hyperbola<br />
x 2 – 3y 2 – 4x – 6y – 11 = 0 is<br />
(A) 4 (B) 6<br />
(C) 8 (D) 10<br />
7. If θ is the acute angle of intersection at a real point of<br />
intersection of circle x 2 + y 2 = 5 and the parabola<br />
y 2 = 4x, then tan θ is equal to -<br />
(A) 1 (B) 3<br />
(C) 3 (D) 1 / 3<br />
8. The tangents from a point (2 2 , 1) to the hyperbola<br />
16x 2 – 25y 2 = 400 include an angle equal to<br />
(A) π/2 (B) π/4 (C) π (D) π/3<br />
9. The slope of a common tangent to the ellipse<br />
2 2<br />
x y<br />
2 +<br />
2<br />
= 1 and a concentric circle of radius ‘r’<br />
a b<br />
is -<br />
2 2<br />
2 2<br />
(A) tan –1 r – b<br />
r – b<br />
(B)<br />
2 2<br />
2 2<br />
a – r<br />
a – r<br />
2<br />
2<br />
r – b<br />
(C)<br />
2 2<br />
a – r<br />
(D)<br />
a<br />
r<br />
2<br />
2<br />
– r<br />
– b<br />
10. If f : R → R and g : R → R are defined by f(x) = | x |<br />
and g (x) = [x – 3] for x ∈ R, then<br />
⎧ 8 8⎫<br />
⎨g ( f ( x)) : – < x < ⎬ is equal to -<br />
⎩ 5 5⎭<br />
(A) {0, 1} (B) {1, 2}<br />
(C) {–3, –2} (D) {2, 3}<br />
11. If f : R → R is defined by<br />
⎧cos3x<br />
– cos x<br />
⎪<br />
, for x ≠ 0<br />
f (x) = ⎨<br />
2<br />
x<br />
⎪⎩ λ , for x = 0<br />
and if f is continuous at x = 0, then λ is equal to -<br />
(A) – 2 (B) – 4 (C) – 6 (D) – 8<br />
2<br />
2<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 80<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
12. The solution of the differential equation<br />
xy 2 dy – (x 3 + y 3 ) dx = 0 is<br />
(A) y 3 = 3x 3 + c (B) y 3 = 3x 3 log (cx)<br />
(C) y 3 = 3x 3 + log (cx) (D) y 3 + 3x 3 = log (cx)<br />
13. If<br />
∫ x e (1 + x).sec 2 (xe x ) dx = f (x) + constant, then<br />
f (x) is equal to -<br />
(A) cos (xe x ) (B) sin (xe x )<br />
(C) 2 tan –1 (x) (D) tan (x e x )<br />
14. If f : R → R is defined by f (x) = [x – 3] + | x – 4 | for<br />
x ∈ R, then lim f (x) is equal to where [.] is G.I.F. -<br />
15.<br />
–<br />
x→3<br />
(A) – 2 (B) – 1 (C) 0 (D) 1<br />
⎧ 2x<br />
–1 ⎫<br />
⎨x<br />
∈ R :<br />
∈ R⎬<br />
equals<br />
3 2<br />
⎩ x + 4x<br />
+ 3x<br />
⎭<br />
(A) R – {0} (B) R – {0, 1, 3}<br />
(C) R – {0, –1, – 3}<br />
⎧ 1 ⎫<br />
(D) R – ⎨0<br />
, –1, – 3,+ ⎬<br />
⎩ 2 ⎭<br />
d ⎡<br />
⎛ –1⎞⎤<br />
16. ⎢ tan – 1 x<br />
a x + blog⎜<br />
⎟⎥ ⎣<br />
⎝ x =<br />
dx<br />
+ 1⎠<br />
⎦<br />
4<br />
x<br />
1<br />
–1<br />
⇒ a – 2b is equal to -<br />
(A) 1 (B) – 1 (C) 0 (D) 2<br />
17. The function f (x) = x 3 + ax 2 + bx + c, a 2 ≤ 3b has<br />
(A) one maximum value<br />
(B) one minimum value<br />
(C) no extreme value<br />
(D) one maximum and one minimum value<br />
18. Area of the region satisfying x ≤ 2, y ≤ | x | and x ≥ 0 is<br />
(A) 4 sq. unit (B) 1 sq. unit<br />
(C) 2 sq. unit (D) None of these<br />
∫ 1 0<br />
2<br />
x<br />
∫ 1 0<br />
19. If I 1 = 2 dx , I 2 = 2 dx , I 3 = 2 dx and<br />
I 4 =<br />
∫ 2<br />
1<br />
3<br />
x<br />
2 dx , then<br />
3<br />
x<br />
(A) I 3 > I 4 (B) I 3 = I 4<br />
(C) I 1 > I 2 (D) I 2 > I 1<br />
∫ 2<br />
1<br />
20. Let A = [–1, 1] and f : A → A be defined as<br />
f (x) = x | x | for all x ∈ A, then f (x) is -<br />
(A) many-one into function<br />
(B) one-one into function<br />
(C) many-one onto function<br />
(D) one-one onto function<br />
2<br />
x<br />
21. The length of the subtangent at (2, 2) to the curve<br />
x 5 = 2y 4 is<br />
5 8 2<br />
5<br />
(A) (B) (C) (D) 2 5 5 8<br />
⎧<br />
⎛ θ ⎞⎫<br />
22. If x = a ⎨cosθ + log tan⎜<br />
⎟⎬<br />
and y = a sin θ, then<br />
⎩<br />
⎝ 2 ⎠⎭<br />
dy is equal to -<br />
dx<br />
(A) cot θ<br />
(B) tan θ<br />
(C) sin θ<br />
(D) cos θ<br />
23. The value of the expression<br />
⎛ 1 ⎞⎛<br />
1 ⎞ ⎛ 1 ⎞⎛<br />
1 ⎞<br />
2 ⎜1+<br />
⎟⎜1+<br />
⎟ + 3 ⎜2<br />
+ ⎟⎜2<br />
+ ⎟ +<br />
2<br />
2<br />
⎝ ω ⎠⎝<br />
ω ⎠ ⎝ ω ⎠⎝<br />
ω ⎠<br />
⎛ 1 ⎞⎛<br />
1 ⎞<br />
⎛ 1 ⎞⎛<br />
1 ⎞<br />
4 ⎜3<br />
+ ⎟⎜3<br />
+ ⎟ + ..... + ( n + 1) ⎜n<br />
+ ⎟⎜n<br />
+ ⎟ ,<br />
2<br />
2<br />
⎝ ω ⎠⎝<br />
ω ⎠<br />
⎝ ω ⎠⎝<br />
ω ⎠<br />
where ω is an imaginary cube root of unity, is<br />
n( n<br />
2 + 2)<br />
n( n<br />
2 – 2)<br />
(A)<br />
(B)<br />
3<br />
3<br />
(C)<br />
2<br />
a2a3<br />
24. If =<br />
a1a4<br />
are in<br />
(A) A.P.<br />
(C) H.P.<br />
2<br />
n ( n + 1) + 4n<br />
4<br />
a2<br />
+ a3<br />
⎛ a<br />
=<br />
a1<br />
+ a<br />
⎜<br />
2 – a<br />
3<br />
4 ⎝ a1<br />
– a<br />
2<br />
(D) None of these<br />
3<br />
4<br />
⎞<br />
⎟ , then a 1 , a 2 , a 3 , a 4<br />
⎠<br />
(B) G.P.<br />
(D) None of these<br />
x –1<br />
25. If f (x) = for every real number x then the<br />
2<br />
x + 1<br />
minimum value of f<br />
(A) does not exist because f is unbounded<br />
(B) is not attained even though f is bounded<br />
(C) is equal to 1<br />
(D) is equal to – 1<br />
26. If x + y and y + 3x are two factors of the expression<br />
λx 3 – µx 2 y + xy 2 + y 3 , then the third factor is<br />
(A) y + 3x<br />
(B) y – 3x<br />
(C) y – x<br />
(D) None of these<br />
27. The number of ways in which 30 marks can be<br />
allotted to 8 questions if each question carries at least<br />
2 marks, is<br />
(A) 115280 (B) 117280<br />
(C) 116280 (D) None of these<br />
28. The numerically largest term in the binomial<br />
expansion of (4 – 3x) 7 , when x = 3<br />
2 is -<br />
(A) 46016 (B) 66016<br />
(C) 86016<br />
(D) None of these<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 81<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
2 4n<br />
29. The fractional part of is - 15<br />
1<br />
2<br />
(A) (B) 15 15<br />
(C) 15<br />
4<br />
(D) none of these<br />
36. Let a r and b r be two non-collinear unit vectors if<br />
u r = a r – ( a r . b r ) b r and v r = a r × b r , then | v r | is equal<br />
to -<br />
(A) | u r | (B) | u r | + | v r . a r |<br />
(C) 2| v r | (D) | u r | + u r . ( a r + b r )<br />
⎡ 1 2 ⎤<br />
30. If A = ⎢ ⎥<br />
⎣ 2 1 ⎦<br />
⎡1<br />
1⎤<br />
(A) ⎢ ⎥<br />
⎣1<br />
1 ⎦<br />
⎡ 2 2 ⎤<br />
(C) ⎢ ⎥<br />
⎣ 2 2 ⎦<br />
1+ x<br />
and f (x) = , then f (A) is -<br />
1– x<br />
⎡ –1 –1⎤<br />
(B) ⎢ ⎥<br />
⎣ –1 –1 ⎦<br />
(D) None of these<br />
37. The vectors a r . b r , and c r are equal in length and<br />
taken pairwise, they make equal angles. If<br />
a r = iˆ + ˆj<br />
, b r = ˆ j + kˆ<br />
and c r makes an obtuse angle<br />
with x-axis then c r is equal to -<br />
(A) – iˆ<br />
+ 4 ˆj<br />
– kˆ<br />
(B) iˆ + kˆ<br />
1<br />
(C) (–ˆ i + 4 ˆj<br />
– kˆ<br />
) (D)<br />
3<br />
i ˆ – 4 ˆj<br />
+ kˆ<br />
3<br />
31. If f(x) =<br />
5 + sin<br />
sin<br />
sin<br />
2<br />
2<br />
2<br />
x<br />
x<br />
x<br />
cos<br />
5 + cos<br />
cos<br />
(A) domain of function f (x) ∈ (0, ∞)<br />
(B) range of function f (x) ∈ (0, ∞)<br />
(C) period of function f (x) is 2π<br />
(D)<br />
lim<br />
→0 x<br />
f ( x)<br />
– 150<br />
= 200 x<br />
2<br />
2<br />
x<br />
2<br />
x<br />
x<br />
4sin 2x<br />
4sin 2x<br />
5 + 4sin 2x<br />
, then<br />
32. If R be a relation < from A = {1, 2, 3, 4} to B = {1, 3, 5}<br />
i.e. (a, b) ∈ R iff a < b, then RoR –1 is<br />
(A) {(1, 3), (1, 5), (2, 3), (2, 5), (3, 5), (4, 5)}<br />
(B) {(3, 1), (5, 1), (3, 2), (5, 2), (5,3), (5, 4)}<br />
(C) {(3, 3), (3, 5), (5, 3), (5, 5)}<br />
(D) {(3, 3), (3, 4), (4, 5)}<br />
33. The probability of getting a sum of 12 in four throws<br />
of an ordinary dice, is -<br />
(A)<br />
(C)<br />
3<br />
1 ⎛ 5 ⎞<br />
⎜ ⎟<br />
6 ⎝ 6 ⎠<br />
1<br />
36<br />
⎛ 5 ⎞<br />
⎜ ⎟<br />
⎝ 6 ⎠<br />
2<br />
⎛ 5 ⎞<br />
(B) ⎜ ⎟⎠<br />
⎝ 6<br />
4<br />
(D) None of these<br />
34. Three persons A, B and C are to speak at a function<br />
along with five others. If they all speak in random<br />
order, the probability that A speak before B and B<br />
speaks before C, is -<br />
3<br />
1<br />
(A) (B) 8 6<br />
(C) 5<br />
3<br />
(D) None of these<br />
35. The group of 10 items has arithmetic mean 6. If the<br />
arithmetic mean of 4 of these items is 7.5, then the<br />
mean of the remaining items is -<br />
(A) 6.5 (B) 5.5 (C) 4.5 (D) 5.0<br />
38. In a trapezoid the vector BC = λ AD we will then<br />
find that P = AC + BD is collinear with AD . If<br />
P r = µ AD , then -<br />
(A) µ = λ + 1 (B) λ = µ + 1<br />
(C) λ + µ = 1 (D) µ = 2 + λ<br />
39. The image of the point P (1, 3, 4) in the plane<br />
2x – y + z + 3 = 0 is -<br />
(A) (3, 5, – 2) (B) (–3, 5, 2)<br />
(C) (3, –5, 2) (D) (3, 5, 2)<br />
40. {x ∈ R : cos 2x + 2 cos 2 x = 2} is equal to -<br />
⎧ π ⎫ ⎧ π ⎫<br />
(A) ⎨2 n π + : n∈<br />
Z ⎬ (B) ⎨n π ± : n∈<br />
Z ⎬<br />
⎩ 3 ⎭ ⎩ 6 ⎭<br />
⎧ π ⎫<br />
(C) ⎨n π + : n∈<br />
Z ⎬<br />
⎩ 3 ⎭<br />
⎧ π ⎫<br />
(D) ⎨2<br />
n π – : n∈<br />
Z ⎬<br />
⎩ 3 ⎭<br />
41. If sin –1 ⎛ 3 ⎞<br />
⎜ ⎟ + sin –1 ⎛ 4 ⎞ π<br />
⎜ ⎟ = , then x is equal to -<br />
⎝ x ⎠ ⎝ x ⎠ 2<br />
(A) 3 (B) 5 (C) 7 (D) 11<br />
1 1 3<br />
42. In ∆ABC, if + = , then C is<br />
b + c c + a a + b + c<br />
equal to -<br />
(A) 90º (B) 60º (C) 45º (D) 30º<br />
43. From the top of a hill h metres high the angles of<br />
depressions of the top and the bottom of a pillar are α<br />
and β respectively. The height (in metres) of the<br />
pillar is -<br />
h(tanβ<br />
– tan α)<br />
h(tan α – tanβ)<br />
(A)<br />
(B)<br />
tanβ<br />
tan α<br />
h(tanβ + tan α)<br />
h(tanβ<br />
+ tan α)<br />
(C)<br />
(D)<br />
tanβ<br />
tan α<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 82<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
44. In a ∆ABC if the sides are a = 3, b = 5 and c = 4, then<br />
sin 2<br />
B + cos 2<br />
B is equal to -<br />
7. Directions : In following question, find out which of<br />
the answer figures (A), (B), (C) and (D) completes<br />
the figure – matrix ?<br />
(A) 2 (B)<br />
3 +1<br />
2<br />
(C)<br />
3 – 1<br />
2<br />
(D) 1<br />
45. If sin θ + cosec θ = 2 then sin 11 θ + cosec 21 θ =<br />
(A) 2 (B) 2 21 (C) 2 32 (D) 1<br />
LOGICAL REASONING<br />
1. Fill in the blank spaces<br />
6, 13, 28, . ?. . .<br />
(A) 56 (B) 57 (C) 58 (D) 59<br />
2. Choose the best alternative<br />
Car : Petrol : : T.V. : ?<br />
(A) Electricity (B) Transmission<br />
(C) Entertainment (D) Antenna<br />
3. Pick the odd one out –<br />
(A) Titan<br />
(B) Mercury<br />
(C) Earth<br />
(D) Jupiter<br />
4. Direction : In questions, find out which of the<br />
figures (A), (B), (C) and (D) can be formed from the<br />
pieces given in (x).<br />
(x)<br />
(A) (B) (C) (D)<br />
5. Directions : In question, choose the set of figures<br />
which follows the given rule.<br />
Rule : Closed figures become more and more open<br />
and open figures more and more closed.<br />
(A)<br />
(C)<br />
(B)<br />
(D)<br />
6. Directions : In question below, you are given a<br />
figure (X) followed by four figures (A), (B), (C) and<br />
(D) such that (X) is embedded in one of them. Trace<br />
out the correct alternative.<br />
(A) (B) (C) (D)<br />
8. Directions : The questions that follow contain a set<br />
of three figure X, Y and Z showing a sequence of<br />
folding of piece of paper. Fig. (Z) shows the manner<br />
in which the folded paper has been cut. These three<br />
figure are followed by four answer figure from which<br />
you have to choose a figure which would most<br />
closely resemble the unfolded form of figure. (Z)<br />
(A)<br />
A<br />
(B)<br />
X Y Z<br />
B<br />
?<br />
(C)<br />
C<br />
(D)<br />
9. Direction : In following questions, complete the<br />
missing portion of the given pattern by selecting from<br />
the given alternatives (A), (B), (C) and (D).<br />
?<br />
(X)<br />
(A) (B) (C) (D)<br />
10. Directions : In question below, you are given a<br />
figure (x) followed by four figures (A), (B), (C) and<br />
(D) such that (X) is embedded in one of them. Trace<br />
out the correct alternative.<br />
(X)<br />
D<br />
(x)<br />
(A) B) (C) (D)<br />
(A) (B) (C) (D)<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 83<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
ENGLISH<br />
1. Find the correctly spelt word –<br />
(A) Geraff<br />
(B) Giraffe<br />
(C) Giraf<br />
(D) Gerraffe<br />
2. Find out that word where the spelling is wrong –<br />
(A) Puncture (B) Puntuation<br />
(C) Pudding (D) Pungent<br />
3. Pick up the correct synonym for the following words<br />
Plush :<br />
(A) Luxurious (B) Delicious<br />
(C) Comforting (D) Tasty<br />
4. Choose the alternative which can replace the word<br />
printed in underline without changing the meaning of<br />
the sentence.<br />
When he returned, he was accompanied by 'sprightly'<br />
young girl.<br />
(A) Lively<br />
(B) Beautiful<br />
(C) Sportive (D) Intelligent<br />
5. Choose one alternative which is opposite in meaning<br />
to the given word :<br />
Astute :<br />
(A) Wicked (B) Impolite<br />
(C) Cowardly (D) Foolish<br />
6. Choose the word which is closest to the 'opposite' in<br />
meaning of the underlined word<br />
Many snakes are 'innocuous' :<br />
(A) Deadly<br />
(B) Ferocious<br />
(C) Poisonous (D) Harmful<br />
7. Choose the one which can be substituted for the<br />
given words/sentences :<br />
Giving undue favours to one's kith and kin'<br />
(A) Corruption (B) Worldliness<br />
(C) Favouritism (D) Nepotism<br />
8. Find out which one of the words given below the<br />
sentence can most appropriately replace the group of<br />
words underlined in the sentence :<br />
The bus has to "go back and forth" every six hours.<br />
(A) Cross<br />
(B) Shuttle<br />
(C) Travel<br />
(D) Run<br />
9. Read both the sentences carefully and decide on their<br />
correctness on the basis of the underlined words :<br />
1. I am out of practise these days<br />
2. I practice law<br />
(A) Only 1 is correct<br />
(B) Only 2 is correct<br />
(C) Both the sentences 1 & 2 are correct<br />
(D) Both the sentences 1 & 2 are incorrect<br />
10. Which one of the two sentences given below is<br />
wrong on the basis of the underlined words :<br />
1. He is a very "ingenuous" businessman.<br />
2. I like him for his "Ingenious" nature.<br />
(A) Sentence 1 is correct<br />
(B) Sentence 2 is correct<br />
(C) Both the sentences can be made correct by<br />
interchanging the underlined words.<br />
(D) Both the sentences can not be interchanged hence,<br />
both are wrong<br />
11. Choose from the given words below the two<br />
sentences, that word which has the same meaning and<br />
can be used in the same context as the part given<br />
underlined in both the sentences :<br />
1. His "aloof" behaviour is an indication of his<br />
arrogance.<br />
2. During our field visits we visited "remote" parts of<br />
Rajasthan.<br />
(A) Far-off<br />
(B) Introvert<br />
(C) Distant<br />
(D) Depressed<br />
12. Find out which part of the sentence has an error. If<br />
there is no mistake, the answer is 'No error'.<br />
" Meatlessdays" / have been made / int o a film /<br />
(a)<br />
(b)<br />
(c)<br />
(A) Meatless days (B) have been made<br />
(C) into a film (D) No Error<br />
No<br />
Error<br />
(d)<br />
13. Which part of the following sentence has an error ? If<br />
the sentence is correct, the answer will be 'No Error".<br />
Looking forward / to / meet youhere /<br />
(a)<br />
(b) (c)<br />
(A) looking forward (B) to<br />
(C) meet you here (D) No error<br />
No<br />
Error<br />
(d)<br />
14. Choose the one which best expresses the meaning of<br />
the given Idiom/Proverb :<br />
The 'pros and cons'<br />
(A) Good and Evil<br />
(B) Former and Latter<br />
(C) For and Against a thing<br />
(D) Foul and Fair<br />
15. Replace the underlined word with one of the given<br />
options :<br />
The Second World War started in 1939.<br />
(A) Broke out (B) Set out<br />
(C) Took out (D) Went out<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 84<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
CHEMISTRY<br />
1. [A]<br />
1<br />
HOC ∝ stability<br />
So II > IV > I > III<br />
2. [B]<br />
In acidic médium enol form depend on stability of<br />
alkene<br />
3. [C] Both double are E, E isomer<br />
4. [B]<br />
SOLUTION FOR MOCK TEST<br />
O<br />
⊕<br />
H / H 2 O<br />
IIT-JEE (PAPER - I)<br />
CH 2 –OH<br />
CH 3 –Mg–Br<br />
(excess)<br />
⊕<br />
H<br />
⎯<br />
OH<br />
+ (CH 3 .CO) 2 O ⎯→ CH 3 —C—CH 3<br />
CH 3<br />
CH 3 –Mg – Br + Cl–C–OC 2 H 5<br />
(excess)<br />
O<br />
OH<br />
CH 3 —C—CH 3<br />
CH 3<br />
⊕<br />
H<br />
⎯⎯→<br />
10. [B,C]<br />
Cr 3+ → 3, Mn 2+ → 5, Fe 3+ → 5, Cu 2+ → 1<br />
11. [B,C,D]<br />
Fe, Cr, Al have protected film<br />
HO CH 3<br />
5. [A]<br />
M eq of NaOH + Meq of Ba(OH) 2 = M eq of HCl<br />
XV 1 + YV 2 = 0.1 × 100<br />
V<br />
Also 4Y 2<br />
+ YV 2 = 10 ⇒ YV 2 = 5<br />
4<br />
∴ V 1 X = 5<br />
∴ Fraction of acid by Ba(OH) 2 = 10<br />
5 = 0.5<br />
6. [B] r ∝ M.<br />
CO = 28, B 2 H 6 = 28, H 2 = 2, CH 4 = 16<br />
−30<br />
7.<br />
2.6 × 10<br />
[B]%ionic =<br />
−10<br />
−19<br />
1.41×<br />
10 × 1.6 × 10<br />
× 100<br />
= 11.5%<br />
8. [B] C 2 H 5<br />
CH 3<br />
O<br />
9. [B,C,D]<br />
Ph–Mg–Br<br />
(excess)<br />
O<br />
+ CH 3 —C—Cl<br />
1, 2-epoxy-2-methyl butane<br />
⊕<br />
H<br />
⎯⎯→<br />
OH<br />
Ph—C—Ph<br />
CH 3<br />
12. [B] mu = λ<br />
h ⇒ 9.1 × 10 –31 u =<br />
⇒ u = 1400 m/sec<br />
6.626×<br />
10<br />
5200×<br />
10<br />
−34<br />
−10<br />
13. [A] u =<br />
3RT 3×<br />
8.314×<br />
300<br />
=<br />
−3<br />
M 4×<br />
10<br />
= 1367.8 M/sec.<br />
−34<br />
6.626 × 10<br />
λ −3<br />
λ = =<br />
4×<br />
10 × 1367.8<br />
mu<br />
23<br />
6.023×<br />
10<br />
= 7.29 × 10 –11 m<br />
14. [A,B,D] 15. [A,B,D]<br />
16. [A,B]<br />
17. [6] 18. [9] 19. [6] 20. [4] 21. [6]<br />
22. [4]<br />
O<br />
HO – S – O – O – H<br />
O<br />
O<br />
+6<br />
HO – S – O – O – S – OH<br />
O<br />
O<br />
O<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 85<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
23. [6]<br />
O<br />
O ← P – O<br />
O<br />
P<br />
O<br />
P<br />
O<br />
O<br />
P → O<br />
MATHEMATICS<br />
1. [B] f(x) is odd function<br />
g(x) = f(–x) = – f(x)<br />
x 1<br />
g(x).f(x) = – sin π x 2x<br />
= –<br />
2<br />
x + 2<br />
xsin(<br />
πx)<br />
+ 2x<br />
4<br />
4x<br />
+ 1<br />
g(1) f (1) = –<br />
2<br />
x<br />
+ 1<br />
3<br />
3<br />
5<br />
3<br />
3x<br />
2<br />
4<br />
1<br />
1<br />
1<br />
xsin(<br />
πx)<br />
+ 2x<br />
sin ( πx)<br />
+ 4x<br />
3<br />
2<br />
2<br />
4<br />
x<br />
sin π x<br />
x<br />
+ 1<br />
+ 1<br />
6<br />
x sin( πx)<br />
+ 6x<br />
3<br />
5<br />
7<br />
5<br />
7<br />
11<br />
= – 4<br />
+ 1<br />
3<br />
3<br />
1<br />
2x<br />
3x<br />
2<br />
4<br />
4x<br />
6<br />
4<br />
1<br />
1<br />
1<br />
+ 1<br />
4<br />
x + 9x<br />
6<br />
x sin( πx)<br />
+ 6x<br />
2.<br />
sin3α<br />
[A]<br />
cos2α<br />
< 0 if sin 3α > 0 and cos 2α < 0<br />
or sin 3α < 0 and cos 2α > 0<br />
i.e. if 3α∈ (0, π) and 2α∈ (π/2, 3π/2)<br />
or 3α∈ (π, 2π) and 2α∈ (–π/2, π/2)<br />
i.e. if α∈ (0, π/3) and α∈ (π/4, 3π/4)<br />
or α∈ (π/3, 2π/3) and α∈ (–π/4, π/4)<br />
i.e. if α∈ (π/4, π/3)<br />
since (13π/48, 14π/48) ⊂ (π/4, π/3)<br />
(A) is correct<br />
3. [C] We have<br />
S 1 = Σ x 1 = sin 2β<br />
S 2 = Σ x 1 x 2 = cos 2β<br />
S 3 = Σ x 1 x 2 x 3 = cos β<br />
S 4 = x 1 x 2 x 3 x 4 = – sin β<br />
4<br />
so that ∑<br />
−1<br />
tan x i = tan –1 S1<br />
− S3<br />
1−<br />
S<br />
i=<br />
1<br />
2 + S4<br />
= tan –1 sin 2β − cosβ<br />
1−<br />
cos 2β − sin β<br />
= tan –1 cosβ(2sinβ −1)<br />
sinβ(2sinβ −1)<br />
= tan cot β = tan –1 (tan (π/2 – β))<br />
= π/2 – β<br />
+ 1<br />
+ 1<br />
4. [D]<br />
y =<br />
Lim [1 + (cos x) cosx ] 2<br />
−<br />
π<br />
x→ 2<br />
Lim (cos x) cos x<br />
−<br />
π<br />
x→ 2<br />
log(y) =<br />
log(y) =<br />
log(y) =<br />
=<br />
−<br />
π<br />
x→ 2<br />
Lim (cos x) log cos x<br />
−<br />
π<br />
x→ 2<br />
log(cos x)<br />
Lim<br />
(∞/∞) L'hospital<br />
sec( x)<br />
−<br />
π<br />
x→ 2<br />
Lim<br />
−<br />
π<br />
x→ 2<br />
Lim – cos x = 0<br />
1 sin x × –<br />
cos x sec x tan x<br />
y = e 0 = 1<br />
Now limit is (1 + 1) 2 = 2 2 = 4<br />
ln(<br />
ln(<br />
x))<br />
5. [D] f(x) =<br />
ln(<br />
x)<br />
1 1<br />
× × ln(<br />
x)<br />
− ln(<br />
ln(<br />
x))<br />
× 1/ x<br />
f '(x) =<br />
lnx<br />
x<br />
2<br />
[ ln(<br />
x)]<br />
f '(x) =<br />
1 − 0<br />
e = 1/e<br />
1<br />
6. [A] b = 0 , a < 0<br />
f(x) = x 2 + ax + b is quadratic polynomial<br />
cut x axis at x = 0 and x = – a<br />
f(x) = x 2 + ax + b<br />
f (| x |) = x 2 + a |x| + b<br />
| f |x|| = | x 2 + a |x| + b|<br />
Exactly at three points function is not differentiable.<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 86<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
7. [A] Graph of sin –1 sin(x) = f(x)<br />
–π 0 π<br />
5<br />
2π 3π<br />
f(x) = sin –1 (sinx) = x – 2π 3π/2 ≤ x ≤ 5π/2<br />
f(5) = sin –1 (sin 5) = 5 – 2π<br />
log 2 (x) < 5 – 2π<br />
x > 0<br />
x < 2 5–2π<br />
So, (0, 2 5–2π )<br />
8. [A,B,C]<br />
Let tan –1 (–3) = α ⇒ tan α = – 3<br />
and – 2<br />
π < α < 0<br />
⇒ – π < 2α < 0<br />
⇒ cos (– 2α) = cos 2α<br />
2<br />
1 − tan α 1 − 9 4<br />
= = = −<br />
2<br />
1 + tan α 1 + 9 5<br />
⇒ – 2α = cos –1 ⎛ 4 ⎞<br />
⎜ − ⎟<br />
⎝ 5 ⎠<br />
⇒ 2 tan –1 (–3) = – cos –1 (– 4/5)<br />
Again –π < 2α < 0<br />
⇒ 0 < 2α + π < π<br />
4<br />
So cos (π + 2α) = – cos 2α = 5<br />
⇒ π + 2α = cos –1 4<br />
5<br />
⇒ 2 tan –1 (–3) = – π + cos –1 4<br />
5<br />
Finally – π < 2 α < 0<br />
⇒ –π/2 < 2α + π/2 < π/2<br />
So tan (π/2 + 2α) = – cot 2α =<br />
2<br />
−1<br />
tan 2α<br />
− 1 + tan α − 4<br />
=<br />
=<br />
2 tan α 3<br />
∴ π/2 + 2α = tan –1 (–4/3)<br />
⇒ 2 tan –1 (–3) = – π/2 + tan –1 (–4/3)<br />
9. [A,B,D]<br />
f (x) = [x sin πx] = 0 – 1 ≤ x ≤ 1.<br />
So, A, B, D are true<br />
10. [A,D]<br />
⎛<br />
2<br />
x ⎞<br />
f (x) = cos x – ⎜ ⎟<br />
1 − ⎝ 2 ⎠<br />
f '(x) = – sin x + x<br />
sin x < x if x > 0 and sin x > x if x < 0<br />
(A) follow from (D) since (0, π/2) is a subset of (0, ∞)<br />
11. [B,D]<br />
u 2 = a 2 + b 2<br />
2<br />
⎛<br />
2 2<br />
⎞ ⎛<br />
2 2<br />
a + b ( a − b ) ⎞<br />
+2 ⎜ ⎟ − ⎜ ⎟<br />
2<br />
cos 2θ<br />
⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠<br />
⎛<br />
2<br />
max. u 2 = a 2 + b 2 a + b<br />
+ 2 ⎜<br />
⎝ 2<br />
min. u 2 = a 2 + b 2<br />
+ 2<br />
2<br />
⎛<br />
2 2<br />
⎞ ⎛<br />
2 2<br />
a + b a − b<br />
⎜<br />
⎝<br />
2 2 ⎟ ⎞<br />
⎟ ⎜<br />
−<br />
⎠ ⎝ ⎠<br />
Passage # 1 (Q.12 to Q.14)<br />
2<br />
2<br />
⎞<br />
⎟<br />
= 2(a 2 + b 2 )<br />
⎠<br />
2<br />
= (a + b) 2<br />
12. [A] f (x) = 0 ⇒ sin {cot –1 (x + 1)} = cos (tan –1 x)<br />
⇒ sin sin –1 1<br />
= cos cos –1 1<br />
2<br />
2<br />
1+ ( x + 1)<br />
1+ x<br />
⇒<br />
1 1<br />
= ⇒ 1 + x 2 = 2 + x 2 + 2x<br />
2<br />
2<br />
1+ ( x + 1) 1+ x<br />
⇒ x = – 1/2, so f (x) = 0 for x = – 1/2<br />
13. [C] a = cos tan –1 sin cot –1 x = cos tan –1 sin α, where x<br />
= cot α<br />
= cos tan –1 1<br />
= cos β where<br />
2<br />
1+ x<br />
tan β =<br />
1<br />
1+ x<br />
2<br />
2<br />
=<br />
1<br />
1<br />
1+<br />
1+ x<br />
⇒ a 2 x + 1 5<br />
= = for x = – 1/2<br />
2<br />
x + 2 9<br />
14. [B] Now a 2 = 26/51 ⇒ x = ± 1/5<br />
and b = cos (2 cos –1 x + sin –1 x)<br />
= cos (cos –1 x + π/2)<br />
⇒ b = – sin (cos –1 2<br />
x) = – 1−<br />
x<br />
⇒ b 2 = 1 – x 2 = 24/25 for x = ± 1/5<br />
Passage # 2 (Q.15 to Q.16)<br />
dy<br />
15. [C] = 2x (x 4 ) – 1 (x 2 )<br />
dx<br />
⎛ dy ⎞<br />
⎜ ⎟<br />
⎝ dx ⎠<br />
at x = 1<br />
x=1<br />
= 2 – 1 = 1<br />
(y – 0) = 1 (x – 1)<br />
⇒ y = x – 1<br />
1<br />
y =<br />
∫<br />
1<br />
2<br />
2<br />
=<br />
t dt = 0<br />
x<br />
x<br />
2<br />
2<br />
+ 1<br />
+ 2<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 87<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
16. [A] f '(x) =<br />
2<br />
x /<br />
e (1 – x 2 ) = 0<br />
[f '(x)] x = 1 = e(1 – 1) = 0<br />
2<br />
⎡2<br />
⎤<br />
17. [9] f (x) = [x] + [2x] + ⎢ x⎥ + [3x] +[4x] + [5x] [kx]<br />
⎣3<br />
⎦<br />
changes its value of every integral multiple of 1/k<br />
[x] will change at every integral multiple of 1<br />
[2x] will change at every integral multiple of 1/2<br />
[3x] will change at every integral multiple of 1/3<br />
[4x] will change at every integral multiple of 1/4<br />
[5x] will change at every integral multiple of 1/5<br />
⎡2<br />
⎤<br />
and ⎢ x⎥ will change at every integral multiple of<br />
⎣3<br />
⎦<br />
3/2<br />
They would change all together at every multiple of<br />
LCM of {1, 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 3/2} = 3<br />
No. of total points at which f (x) will changes its value<br />
in the interval [0, 3] will depend on the total number of<br />
different terms in the following cases –<br />
[x] = 0, 1, 2<br />
[2x] = 0, 1/2, 2/2, 3/2, 4/2, 5/2<br />
[3x] = 0, 1/3, 2/3, 3/3, 4/3, 5/3, 6/3, 7/3, 8/3<br />
[4x] = 0, 1/4, 2/4, 3/4, 4/4, 5/4, 6/4, 7/4, 8/4, 9/4,<br />
10/4<br />
[5x] = 0, 1/5, 2/5, 3/5, 4/5, 5/5, 6/5, 7/5, 8/5, 9/5,<br />
10/5, 11/5, 12/5, 13/5, 14/5<br />
⎡2<br />
⎤<br />
⎢ x⎥<br />
= 0, 3/2, 6/2<br />
⎣3<br />
⎦<br />
∴ f (x) will change its values in the intervals<br />
14<br />
0 ≤ x < 1/5, 1/5 ≤ x < 1/4, 1/4 ≤ x < 1/3,........... ≤ 5<br />
x < 3<br />
Total no. of different terms in above equation<br />
= 30.<br />
So, no. of terms in the range of<br />
f (x) for 0 ≤ x < 3 is 30 ⇒ m +21 = 30 ⇒ m =9<br />
18. [2]<br />
=<br />
=<br />
Lim<br />
h→∞<br />
Lim<br />
h→∞<br />
Lim<br />
h→∞<br />
2<br />
h<br />
h −<br />
⎡ ⎛ 1 ⎞ ⎛ 1<br />
⎢(<br />
h + 1) ⎜h<br />
+ ⎟.....<br />
⎜h<br />
+<br />
⎣ ⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2<br />
h−1<br />
⎡ ⎛ 1 ⎞ ⎛ 1<br />
⎢(<br />
h + 1) ⎜h<br />
+ ⎟.......<br />
⎜h<br />
+<br />
⎢ ⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2<br />
h<br />
⎢<br />
h<br />
⎢<br />
⎣<br />
h<br />
⎛ h +1⎞<br />
⎜ ⎟<br />
⎝ h ⎠<br />
h<br />
h−1<br />
⎛ 1 ⎞ ⎛ 1<br />
⎜ h + ⎟ ⎜ h +<br />
⎜ 2<br />
h<br />
⎟ ......... ⎜ 2<br />
⎜ h ⎟ ⎜ h<br />
⎜<br />
⎝ ⎠ ⎝<br />
⎞⎤<br />
⎟⎥ ⎠ ⎦<br />
⎞⎤<br />
⎟⎥<br />
⎠⎥<br />
⎥<br />
⎥<br />
⎦<br />
−1<br />
h<br />
h<br />
h<br />
⎞<br />
⎟<br />
⎟<br />
⎟<br />
⎟<br />
⎠<br />
=<br />
Lim<br />
h→∞<br />
h<br />
⎛ 1<br />
h ⎟ ⎞ ⎛<br />
⎜1 + . ⎜1<br />
+<br />
⎝ ⎠ ⎝<br />
= e 1 . e 1/2 . e 1/4 ........ e<br />
Lim<br />
h→∞<br />
e<br />
1<br />
2<br />
h ⎟ ⎞<br />
⎠<br />
2h<br />
2<br />
⎞<br />
......... ⎜<br />
⎛ 1<br />
1 + ⎟<br />
n<br />
⎝<br />
− 1<br />
2 h ⎠<br />
ah<br />
1<br />
n−1<br />
2<br />
⎛ 1<br />
ah ⎟ ⎞<br />
⎜1 + = e a<br />
⎝ ⎠<br />
1 1<br />
1+ + + ....... ∞<br />
2 4<br />
1<br />
=<br />
1−1/<br />
2<br />
.......∞<br />
2<br />
h−1<br />
e = e 2 = e S ⇒ S = 2 ⇒ 0002<br />
2<br />
h<br />
h−1<br />
19. [5] x 2 + 1 = (x + i) (x – i)<br />
The cubic polynomial must vanish<br />
for x = i , x = – i<br />
– i – a + bi + c = 0, i – a – bi + c = 0<br />
– a + c = 0, – 1 + b = 0<br />
– a + c = 0, 1 – b = 0<br />
b = 1, a = c ⇒ b is fixed<br />
Now a can be chosen in 10 ways and c = a,<br />
c can be chosen in 1 way only<br />
⇒ Number of ways of choosing<br />
a, b, c = 10 ⇒ 10 = 2k ⇒ k = 5<br />
20. [ 2] e y + xy = e<br />
on putting x = 0, we get e y = e<br />
y = 1 when x = 0<br />
on differentiating the relation (i) we get<br />
dy dy + 1.y + x. = 0<br />
dx dx<br />
on putting x = 0, y = 1 we get<br />
e y ⎛ dy ⎞<br />
dy −<br />
⎜ ⎟ + 1= 0 ⇒ =<br />
⎝ dx ⎠ dx e1<br />
on differentiating solution (ii) we get<br />
2<br />
e y ⎛ dy ⎞<br />
2<br />
⎜ ⎟ + e y d y dy dy d y<br />
+<br />
2 + + x = 0<br />
⎝ dx ⎠ dx dx dx<br />
2<br />
dx<br />
dy −<br />
on putting x = 0, y = 1, = we get<br />
dx e1<br />
2<br />
d y 1<br />
= = e –2 ⇒ λ = 2<br />
2 2<br />
dx e<br />
21. [1] Circle (x – 2) 2 + (y – 3) 2 + λ (x + y – 5) = 0<br />
it passes through (1, 2)<br />
1 + 1 + λ (1 + 2 – 5) = 0 ⇒ λ = 1<br />
x 2 – 4x + 4 + y 2 – 6y + 9 + x + y – 5 = 0<br />
(x – 3/2) 2 + (y – 5/2) 2 = 1/2<br />
So, number of circle is 1.<br />
2<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 88<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
22. [8] Let the equation of line through P(λ, 3) be<br />
x − λ y − 3<br />
= = r ⇒ x = λ + r cos θ<br />
cosθ<br />
sin θ<br />
and y = 3 + r sin θ<br />
Line meets the ellipse x 2 2<br />
+ y = 1<br />
16 9<br />
Such that 9x 2 + 16y 2 = 144 at A and D<br />
⇒ 9(λ + r cos θ) 2 + 16(3 + r sin θ) 2 = 144<br />
⇒ 9(λ 2 + r 2 cos 2 θ + 2λr cosθ)<br />
+ 16 (9 + r 2 sin 2 θ + 6r sin θ) = 144<br />
⇒ (9cos 2 θ + 16 sin 2 θ) r 2 +<br />
(18λ cos θ + 96 sin θ)r + 9λ 2 = 0<br />
2<br />
9λ<br />
∴ PA.PD =<br />
… (i)<br />
2<br />
2<br />
9cos θ + 16sin θ<br />
Since line meet the axes at B and C<br />
3λ<br />
So, PB.PC =<br />
…. (ii)<br />
sin θcosθ<br />
from (i) & (ii)<br />
λ ≥ 8<br />
23. [7]<br />
→<br />
a ⊥ (<br />
→<br />
b +<br />
→<br />
c ) ⇒<br />
→<br />
a . (<br />
→<br />
b +<br />
→<br />
c ) = 0<br />
⇒ → a . → b + → a . → c = 0 and two similar results<br />
adding, 2 ( → a . → b + → b . → c + → c . → a ) = 0<br />
Now | → a + → b + → c | 2 = ( → a + → b + → c ). ( → a + → b + → c )<br />
= | → a | 2 + | → b | 2 + | → c | 2 + 2( → a . → b + → b . → c + → c . → a )<br />
= 9 + 16 + 25 + 0 = 50<br />
∴ | → a + → b + → c | = 5 2<br />
PHYSICS<br />
1. [C]<br />
When block m 1 passes through mean position, its<br />
speed is maximum. Let v 1 and v 2 be the speed of<br />
blocks m 1 and (m 1 + m 2 ) respectively at equilibrium<br />
position.<br />
Then m 1 v 1 = (m 1 + m 2 ) v 2<br />
at mean position<br />
v = Aω = A2πf<br />
hence<br />
v 1 =<br />
1 f1<br />
v2<br />
A2<br />
f2<br />
A 2 = A<br />
A × and f1 = 2π<br />
m1<br />
m + m<br />
1<br />
2<br />
f 2 = 2π<br />
m 1<br />
k<br />
m m2<br />
k<br />
1 +<br />
2. [D]<br />
3. [C]<br />
B<br />
ucosθ A<br />
usinθ<br />
θ<br />
v 1<br />
v 2<br />
usinθ<br />
before collision after collision<br />
Apply conservation of momentum<br />
mv 1 + mv 2 = mvcosθ<br />
or v 1 + v 2 = v cosθ ….(i)<br />
and v 1 – v 2 = evcosθ …(ii)<br />
from (i) + (ii)<br />
(1 + e)<br />
v 1 = v cos θ<br />
2<br />
b<br />
b<br />
dI =<br />
∫<br />
a<br />
4. [D]<br />
r<br />
a<br />
2<br />
r<br />
dm and dm =<br />
M 2 +<br />
2<br />
I = (b a )<br />
2<br />
α<br />
f<br />
F – f = ma CM<br />
fR = Iα<br />
Ia CM<br />
or f =<br />
2<br />
R<br />
from (i) & (ii)<br />
F<br />
a CM =<br />
f =<br />
⎛ I<br />
⎜m<br />
+<br />
2<br />
⎝ R<br />
I F<br />
2<br />
R ⎛ I<br />
⎜m<br />
+<br />
⎝ R<br />
….(i)<br />
….(ii)<br />
⎞<br />
⎟<br />
⎠<br />
2<br />
⎞<br />
⎟<br />
⎠<br />
⎛ I<br />
µmg⎜m<br />
+<br />
F max =<br />
⎝ R<br />
⎛ I ⎞<br />
⎜<br />
2<br />
⎟<br />
⎝ R ⎠<br />
F<br />
a CM<br />
and<br />
≤ µmg<br />
2<br />
⎞<br />
⎟<br />
⎠<br />
M(2πrdr)<br />
π(b<br />
2 −<br />
a<br />
2<br />
)<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 89<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
5. [A]<br />
We have gravitational potential at internal point.<br />
GM 2 2<br />
V = − (3R − r )<br />
3<br />
2R<br />
at surface<br />
3 GM<br />
V 1 = −<br />
2 R<br />
R<br />
x at r = 2<br />
GM ⎛<br />
V 2 = − ⎜<br />
3R<br />
3<br />
2R ⎝<br />
2<br />
2<br />
R<br />
−<br />
4<br />
11GM<br />
V 2 = −<br />
8R<br />
we have<br />
1 mv 2 = m | V 2 – V 1 |<br />
2<br />
6. [C]<br />
W = surface tension (T) × change in surface area<br />
(∆A)<br />
7. [C] Acceleration of the rod (a)<br />
F<br />
a r<br />
F<br />
a = m<br />
⎞<br />
⎟<br />
⎠<br />
Consider an element of length dx at a distance 'x'<br />
from one end of the rod.<br />
x<br />
F<br />
dx<br />
stress developed at a distance x<br />
m( l − x) F<br />
stress =<br />
Al<br />
m<br />
F ⎛ x ⎞<br />
stress = ⎜1<br />
− ⎟<br />
m ⎝ l ⎠<br />
elongation in the dx length<br />
⎛ stress ⎞<br />
dl = ⎜ ⎟ dx<br />
⎝ Y ⎠<br />
or<br />
∫ d l = F ⎞<br />
∫⎜<br />
⎛ x<br />
1 − ⎟ dx<br />
YA ⎝ l ⎠<br />
∆l =<br />
Fl<br />
2YA<br />
l<br />
0<br />
8. [A,B,D]<br />
t 3<br />
x = 3<br />
dx<br />
v = = t<br />
2<br />
dt<br />
2<br />
d x<br />
a = = 2t<br />
2<br />
dt<br />
F = ma<br />
F = 4t or F ∝ t<br />
Apply work – Energy theorem<br />
W = ∆k = 2<br />
1 mv<br />
2<br />
at t = 0, u = 0<br />
at t = 2, v = 4 m/s<br />
during 0 – 2 sec<br />
W = 2<br />
1 × 2 (4)<br />
2<br />
W = 16 J<br />
9. [A,B,C,D]<br />
Here i P = i Q<br />
i<br />
Current density, J P < J Q (Q J = A<br />
I P < E Q (Q J = σE)<br />
ρdx<br />
Resistance, R P < R q (Q R = )<br />
A<br />
or (i 2 R) P < (i 2 R) Q<br />
10. [B,C,D]<br />
Here x = at and y = bt 2 + ct<br />
dx dy<br />
v x = = a and vy = = 2bt + c<br />
dt<br />
dt<br />
| v | =<br />
at t = 1<br />
2<br />
x<br />
v + v<br />
2<br />
2<br />
y<br />
| v | = a + (2b + c)<br />
at t = 0<br />
v x = a, v y = c<br />
c<br />
tanθ = and | u | =<br />
2 2<br />
a + c<br />
a<br />
d 2 x d y<br />
= 0 and = 2b<br />
2<br />
dt dt<br />
i.e. a y = 2b or g = –2b<br />
2<br />
2<br />
)<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 90<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
11. [A,B,C]<br />
At equilibrium<br />
qE<br />
kx = qE or x =<br />
k<br />
for maximum elongation,<br />
apply Work – Energy theorem<br />
(qE)x 0 – 2<br />
1 kx0 2 = 0<br />
2qE<br />
x 0 =<br />
k<br />
the block perform oscillation about mean position<br />
qE<br />
(i.e. x = )<br />
k<br />
amplitude (A) =<br />
A =<br />
Passage : I<br />
qE<br />
k<br />
2qE<br />
k<br />
–<br />
qE<br />
k<br />
Sol. for Q.No. 12.[B], 13.[D] & 14.[A]<br />
The given circuit can be simplified as<br />
23µF<br />
7µF<br />
A<br />
B<br />
12µF 5µF 1µF<br />
A<br />
10µF<br />
10µF<br />
12V<br />
OR<br />
35µF 7µF<br />
12µF<br />
1µF<br />
12V<br />
⎛ 35×<br />
7 ⎞ 20<br />
C eq = ⎜ ⎟ + = 7.5 µF<br />
⎝ 35 + 7 ⎠ 12<br />
Charge on 5 µF = 0<br />
20<br />
Charge on 10 µF = 12 × = 20 µC 12<br />
20×<br />
20<br />
U 12µF = = 20 µJ<br />
2×<br />
10<br />
B<br />
Passage : II<br />
Sol. for Q.No. 15.[A] & 16.[A]<br />
U = 5 + (x – 1) 2<br />
at x = 2, U = 6 J<br />
KE = 10 J<br />
M.E. = 10 + 6 = 16 J<br />
dU<br />
for minima of U, = 0<br />
dx<br />
2(x – 1) = 0<br />
x = 1<br />
U min = 5 J<br />
17. [5] T 1 = 2π g<br />
l = T and<br />
T 2 = 2π<br />
25l<br />
g<br />
T 2 = 5T<br />
at t = 5T, both pendulum will again be in phase for<br />
1 st time during that time, 5 oscillations are made by<br />
smaller pendulum.<br />
λ<br />
18. [3] Here l 1 e = …(i) 4<br />
3λ<br />
l 2 + e =<br />
4<br />
from (i) & (ii)<br />
l<br />
e = 2 − l<br />
2<br />
e = 3<br />
3 1<br />
…(ii)<br />
19. [3] For a polytropic process<br />
PV n = constant<br />
R<br />
C = C V –<br />
n −1<br />
5 R<br />
= R −<br />
2 −1−1<br />
(Q P ∝ V or PV –1 = constant)<br />
C = 3R<br />
20. [3] Temperature of junction<br />
100 + 20 + 0<br />
T C =<br />
= 40ºC<br />
3<br />
i1<br />
100 − 40<br />
= = 3<br />
i 40 − 20<br />
2<br />
21. [3]<br />
20cm<br />
A B<br />
C f<br />
O<br />
f = 30cm<br />
60cm<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 91<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
22. [2]<br />
image one end A is formed at same point<br />
(i.e. at C)<br />
for image of other end<br />
1 1 1<br />
+ =<br />
v − 40 − 30<br />
v = –120 cm<br />
length of image l = 120 – 60 = 60 cm<br />
60<br />
linear magnification m l = = 3 20<br />
a<br />
O<br />
N = a 2 /8<br />
P<br />
θ<br />
θ<br />
2θ θ<br />
α<br />
N Q<br />
R<br />
x 0<br />
In ∆PNQ<br />
a<br />
tan 2θ =<br />
⎛<br />
2<br />
a ⎞<br />
⎜ ⎟<br />
x 0 − ⎝ 8 ⎠<br />
y 2 = 8x<br />
dy 4 =<br />
dx y<br />
at P y = a<br />
dy 4 = = tan(90º – θ)<br />
dx a<br />
or tan θ = 4<br />
a<br />
eq.(i) and (ii)<br />
x 0 = 2<br />
y 2 = 8x<br />
Normal<br />
…(i)<br />
…(ii)<br />
Chemistry Facts<br />
• At 0 degress Celsius and 1 atmospheric pressure,<br />
one mole of any gas occupies approximately<br />
22.4 liters.<br />
• Atomic weight is the mass of an atom relative to<br />
the mass of an atom of carbon-12 which has an<br />
atomic weight of exactly 12.00000 amu.<br />
• If the atom were the size of a pixel (or the size of<br />
a period), humans would be a thousand miles<br />
tall.<br />
• It would require about 100 million<br />
(100,000,000) atoms to form a straight line one<br />
centimeter long.<br />
• The weight (or mass) of a proton is<br />
1,836.1526675 times heavier than the weight (or<br />
mass) of an electron.<br />
• The electron was first discovered before the<br />
proton and neutron, in 1897 from English<br />
physicist John Joseph Thomson.<br />
• The neutron was discovered after the proton in<br />
1932 from British physicist James Chadwick,<br />
which proved an important discovery in the<br />
development of nuclear reactors.<br />
23. [3]<br />
We have<br />
⎛<br />
E = 13.6 Z 2 ⎜<br />
1<br />
2<br />
⎝ n<br />
1<br />
− 2<br />
1 n 2<br />
⎟ ⎞<br />
⎠<br />
(in eV)<br />
10.2 + 17 = 13.6 Z 2 ⎛ 1 1 ⎞<br />
⎜ 2<br />
− 2<br />
⎟<br />
⎝ 2 n ⎠<br />
and<br />
4.25 + 5.95 = 13.6 Z 2 ⎛ 1 1 ⎞<br />
⎜ 2<br />
− 2<br />
⎟<br />
⎝ 3 n ⎠<br />
from (i) & (ii)<br />
n = 6 and Z = 3<br />
…(i)<br />
…(ii)<br />
• Carbon dioxide was discovered by Scottish<br />
chemist Joseph Black.<br />
• When silver nitrate is exposed to light, it results<br />
in a blackening effect. (Discovered by Scheele,<br />
which became an important discovery for the<br />
development of photography).<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 92<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
SOLUTION FOR MOCK TEST<br />
PAPER - II<br />
IIT-JEE (PAPER - II)<br />
1. [C]<br />
CHEMISTRY<br />
D<br />
HC<br />
O<br />
OH<br />
H – OH<br />
⎯⎯⎯<br />
→<br />
2. [B]<br />
CH 3 –CH–CH 2 –C≡CH<br />
CH 3<br />
,<br />
3. [B] III < I < II<br />
4. [D]<br />
D<br />
H Br I<br />
H Cl D<br />
I<br />
Both are enantiomers.<br />
Cl<br />
Br<br />
O<br />
Θ<br />
OH<br />
Θ<br />
+ OH<br />
–<br />
O<br />
CH 3 –CH–C≡C–CH 3<br />
CH 3<br />
H<br />
H<br />
5. [D] Insulin → Zinc (Zn); Haemoglobin → Fe<br />
B 12 → Co<br />
6. [B]<br />
Cr 2 O 3<br />
Green<br />
∆<br />
Na 2CO 3<br />
Na 2 CrO 4<br />
H 2O + H 2SO 4<br />
Na2 CrO 7<br />
(CH 3COO) 2 Pb<br />
Orange<br />
PbCrO 4<br />
Yellow<br />
7. [D] As 2 S 3 sol particles absorb S 2– as common ion<br />
⎡(300 – V ) × 1⎤<br />
8. [C] pH = pK a + log ⎢<br />
⎥<br />
⎣ 1×<br />
V ⎦<br />
⎡(300 – V ) ⎤<br />
4.5 = 4.2 + log ⎢ ⎥ ; V = 100 ml<br />
⎣ V ⎦<br />
9. [C,D] Both C and D pair are same IUPAC name.<br />
10. [A,B,C]<br />
Na 2 BF 3 , Na 2 ClO 4 , conc HNO 3 + H 2 SO 4 used for<br />
nitration of benzene.<br />
11. [A,C,D]<br />
Salt bridge is used to eliminate liquid junction<br />
potential arised due to different speed of ions persent<br />
in cathodic & anodic compartment<br />
12. [A,B,C,D]<br />
(A)<br />
[ H 3O<br />
][ HS¯]<br />
K a =<br />
[ H 2S]<br />
(B) Higher the K c high is stability<br />
(C) Fact<br />
(D)<br />
[ RNH +<br />
3 ][ OH ¯]<br />
K b =<br />
[ RNH ]<br />
13. [A → Q,S; B → R; C → P; D → T; ]<br />
Electrochenical cell → ∆G < 0, Salt bridge<br />
I st law of faraday → W = Zit<br />
Electrolytic cell → ∆G > 0<br />
Lead acid cell → rechargeable<br />
14. [A → S; B → R; C → Q; D → T;]<br />
15. [2]<br />
16. [5]<br />
17. [6]<br />
18. [6]<br />
⊕<br />
NH 3 –CH–CH 2 –CH 2 –COOH<br />
COO Θ<br />
Two group present in above compound.<br />
19. [4] 2Al + Fe 2 O 3 —→ 2Fe + Al 2 O 3<br />
∆H = – 399 – (– 199) = – 200 Kcal / ml<br />
54 160<br />
vol. = + = 50.7 ml<br />
2.7 5. 2<br />
∆H 200<br />
∴ = = 4 Kcal / ml<br />
ml 50.7<br />
20. [2] r λ = 100 r 1 ; C 2 = 10C 1 ⇒ n = 2<br />
2<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 93<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
MATHEMATICS<br />
1. [C] Let ABC be the triangle with b + c = x and<br />
bc = y, then a = z, and from the given relations we<br />
have (b + c + a) (b + c – a) = bc<br />
⇒ b 2 + c 2 – a 2 = – bc<br />
2 2 2<br />
b + c − a 1<br />
⇒<br />
= −<br />
2bc<br />
2<br />
1<br />
⇒ cos A = – = cos 120º 2<br />
2. [D]<br />
⇒ A = 120º and the triangle is obtuse angled.<br />
⇒ A is an obtuse angle.<br />
r 1 4Rsin(<br />
A/<br />
2)cos( B / 2)cos( C / 2)<br />
=<br />
bc 2R<br />
sin B.2R<br />
sin C<br />
sin( A/<br />
2)<br />
=<br />
4Rsin(<br />
B / 2)sin( C / 2)<br />
=<br />
sin 2 ( A/<br />
2)<br />
4R<br />
sin( A / 2)sin( B / 2)sin( C / 2)<br />
sin 2 ( A / 2)<br />
=<br />
r<br />
r1<br />
r2<br />
r3<br />
So that + +<br />
bc ca ab<br />
1<br />
= [(sin 2 (A/2) + sin 2 (B/2)+ sin 2 (C/2)]<br />
r<br />
1<br />
= (1 – cos A + 1 – cos B + 1 – cos C)<br />
2r<br />
1<br />
= [3 – (cos A + cos B + cos C)]<br />
2r<br />
1<br />
= [3 – (1 + 4 sin (A/2) sin (B/2) sin (C/2))]<br />
2r<br />
1 ⎡ r ⎤ 1 1<br />
= 2<br />
2r ⎢ − = −<br />
R<br />
⎥<br />
⎣ ⎦ r 2R<br />
3. [B]<br />
f (θ) = cos 2 θ + sin 4 θ<br />
f (θ) = cos 2 θ + (1 – cos 2 θ) 2<br />
f (θ) = (cos 2 θ – 1/2) 2 + 3/4<br />
(f (θ)) min = 3/4.<br />
2 2 − (cos x + sin x)<br />
4. [D] f (x) =<br />
1−<br />
sin 2x<br />
L'Hospital Rule<br />
lim f (x)<br />
π<br />
x→<br />
4<br />
=<br />
lim<br />
π<br />
x→<br />
4<br />
–<br />
2<br />
3<br />
(0/0)<br />
3(cos x + sin x)<br />
( −sin<br />
x + cos x)<br />
− 2cos 2x<br />
=<br />
=<br />
lim<br />
π<br />
3(cos x + sin x)<br />
(cos x − sin x)<br />
x → 2(cos x − sin x)<br />
(cos x + sin x)<br />
4<br />
lim<br />
π<br />
x→<br />
2<br />
4<br />
2<br />
3 3 2 3<br />
× (cos x + sin x) = × =<br />
2 2 2<br />
5. [A]<br />
Function is diff. at x = 1 it means function is<br />
continuous at x = 1, diff. at x = 1<br />
R.H.L. at x = 1 = L.H.L. at x = 1, R.H.D. = L.H.D.<br />
a cos (0) + b = 1<br />
a + b = 1 ....(1)<br />
(–2 a sin (2x – 2) + 2bx) x = 1<br />
= (2x 2 e 2(x – 1) + 2xe 2(x – 1) ) x = 1<br />
0 + 2b = 2 + 2<br />
2b = 4<br />
b = 2<br />
so a = 1 – b = 1 – 2 = – 1<br />
6. [A]<br />
P(x, y) be a point on the curve<br />
ln (x 2 + y 2 ) = c tan –1 y/x<br />
differentiating both side with respect to x<br />
2x<br />
+ 2yy'<br />
c(<br />
xy'<br />
−y)<br />
=<br />
2 2 2 2<br />
( x + y ) x + y<br />
2x<br />
+ cy<br />
⇒ y ' = = m 1<br />
cx − 2y<br />
slope of OP = y/x = m 2<br />
so tan θ =<br />
m1<br />
− m<br />
1+<br />
m m<br />
1<br />
2<br />
2<br />
=<br />
2x<br />
+ cy<br />
−<br />
cx − 2y<br />
y<br />
x<br />
2<br />
2xy<br />
+ cy<br />
1+<br />
2<br />
cx − 2xy<br />
= 2/c<br />
θ = tan –1 (2/c) which is independent of x and y<br />
7. [B]<br />
f (x) = 2x 3 + ax 2 + bx – 3cos 2 x<br />
f '(x) = 6x 2 + 2ax + b + 3 sin 2x > 0<br />
6x 2 + 2ax + b – 3 > 0 as sin 2x ≥ – 1<br />
∴ 4a 2 – 4b(b – 3) < 0 ⇒ a 2 – 6b + 18 < 0<br />
8. [D]<br />
x = φ(t) = t 5 – 5t 3 – 20t + 7<br />
dx = φ '(t) = 5t 4 – 15 t 2 – 20 = 5(t 2 – 4) (t 2 + 1) ≠ 0<br />
dt<br />
If – 2 < t < 2<br />
y = ψ(t) = 4t 3 – 3t 2 – 18t + 3<br />
dy = ψ'(t) = 12 t 2 – 6t – 18<br />
dt<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 94<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
dy = 0 ⇒ t = – 1 or 3/2<br />
dt<br />
2<br />
d y<br />
= ψ"(t) = 24t – 6 ⇒ ψ"(–1) = – 30<br />
2<br />
dt<br />
and ψ"(3/2) = 30<br />
y = f (x) is minimum at t = 3/2<br />
9. [A,D]<br />
a − b sin A − sin B<br />
cos θ = =<br />
c sin C<br />
[by the law of sine]<br />
2 cos[(1/ 2) ( A + B)]sin[(1/<br />
2) ( A − B)]<br />
=<br />
2 sin[(1/ 2) C]cos[(1/<br />
2) C]<br />
=<br />
=<br />
⇒ sin θ =<br />
2 sin[(1/ 2) C]sin[(1/<br />
2) ( A − B)]<br />
2 sin[(1/ 2) C]sin[(1/<br />
2)( A + B)]<br />
sin[(1/ 2) ( A − B)]<br />
sin[(1/ 2)( A + B)]<br />
2<br />
sin [(1/ 2) ( A + B)]<br />
− sin [(1/ 2) ( A − B)]<br />
sin[(1/ 2)<br />
sin Asin<br />
B<br />
=<br />
sin[(1/ 2) ( A + B)]<br />
⇒<br />
=<br />
( a + b) sin θ<br />
2 ab<br />
2<br />
( A + B)]<br />
sin A + sin B sin Asin<br />
B<br />
2 sin Asin<br />
B sin[(1/ 2) ( A + B)]<br />
2 sin(1/ 2)( A + B) cos(1/ 2)( A − B)<br />
=<br />
⎛ 1 ⎞<br />
2 sin⎜<br />
⎟(<br />
A + B)<br />
⎝ 2 ⎠<br />
= cos [(1/2) (A – B)]<br />
c sin θ sin C<br />
and<br />
=<br />
2 ab 2 sin Asin<br />
B<br />
sin Asin<br />
B<br />
sin[(1/ 2) ( A + B)]<br />
=<br />
2 sin( C / 2) cos( C / 2)<br />
= cos ((A + B)/2)<br />
2 sin[( A + B)<br />
/ 2]<br />
10. [A,B,D]<br />
(A) sin[x] + cos[x] is defined for all x, since [x],<br />
sinθ, cosθ are always defined.<br />
(B) sin x is always defined and 1 + sin 2 x ≥ 1<br />
⇒ sec –1 (1+ sin 2 x) is defined for all x<br />
(C) tan(log x) is not defined if logx = (2k + 1) 2<br />
π<br />
(D) Range of function cosx + cos 2x is<br />
put cos x = t, t∈[–1, 1] therefore<br />
9 + cos x + cos 2x > 0 for all x<br />
8<br />
11. [A,B,D]<br />
x + |y| = 2y<br />
3y = x if y < 0<br />
y = x is y ≥ 0<br />
y = x/3<br />
y = x, y ≥ 0<br />
⎡ 9 ⎤<br />
⎢ − , 2 ⎥<br />
⎣ 8 ⎦<br />
y = 1/3 x y < 0<br />
y = x y > 0<br />
(A) domain and range of function is set of real<br />
numbers so (A) is true<br />
(B) f (0) = L.H.L = R.H.L<br />
so (B) is true<br />
(D) L.H.D. = 1/3 and R.H.D. = 1 so (D) is true<br />
12. [B,D]<br />
Take river as x axis, line joining origin and<br />
village A as x axis<br />
A'<br />
P<br />
B(b, k)<br />
(–a, 0) A(a, 0)<br />
k 2 = c 2 – (b – a) 2<br />
image of A in the river, this is A' and BA' must be<br />
minimum value of PA + PB<br />
BA' =<br />
=<br />
2<br />
( b + a)<br />
+ k<br />
2<br />
2<br />
2<br />
( b + a)<br />
+ c − ( b − a)<br />
= c 4ab<br />
2<br />
c<br />
2 +<br />
13. A → P,R,T; B → P,R,T; C → Q,S; D → P,S<br />
(A)<br />
Lim f(x) =<br />
x→0<br />
⇒ continuous<br />
f '(0) =<br />
Lim<br />
x→0<br />
sin 2 (x)<br />
=<br />
x<br />
sin 2 x<br />
− 0<br />
x<br />
x<br />
= 1<br />
Lim sin(x) = 0 = f(0)<br />
x→0<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 95<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
⇒ differentiable<br />
(B) f(0 – ) = Lim (x 3 – 2x) = 0<br />
x→0<br />
f(0) = f(0 + ) = Lim (x 2 – 2sin (x)) = 0<br />
x→0<br />
⇒ continuous<br />
f '(0) = Lim (3x 2 – 2) = – 2<br />
x→0<br />
f '(0 + ) = Lim (2π – 2cos(x)) = – 2<br />
+<br />
x→0<br />
⇒ differentiable<br />
(C) f (0 – ) = 4 & f (0 + ) = 5 ⇒ discontinuous ⇒ non diff.<br />
(D) At x = 1, f (x) = 3 – 2x, which is polynomial<br />
⇒ continuous & nondifferentiable<br />
14. A → Q, B → S, C → S, D → R<br />
(A) x = sin θ & y = cos θ<br />
x + y = sin θ + cos θ<br />
= 2 sin (θ + π/4) ⇒ min. value = – 2<br />
(B) y = a cos x – 1/3 cos (3x)<br />
y'(π/6) = 0 ⇒ – a sin π/6 + sin π/2 = – 2<br />
9 + 1 = 0<br />
⇒ a = 2<br />
(C) f '(x) = 1 – 2 cosx<br />
f '(x) > 0 ⇒ cos(x) < 1/2 ⇒ x ∈ (π/3, 5π/3)<br />
⇒ a = 1/3, b = 5/3 ⇒ a + b = 2<br />
(D) at x = 0, y = – e 0 = – 1<br />
y' = 1/2 e –x/2 = y' (0) = 1/2<br />
Equation of tangent y + 1 = 1/2 (x – 0)<br />
⇒<br />
x + y ⇒ p = 2, q = – 1<br />
2 −1<br />
So, p – q = 3<br />
15. [7] Let E i denote the event that out of the first k<br />
balls drawn, i balls are green. Let A denote the event<br />
that (k + 1)th ball drawn is also green.<br />
P(E i ) =<br />
and P(A/E i ) =<br />
14 6<br />
Ci<br />
×<br />
20<br />
Ck<br />
14 − i<br />
20 − k<br />
14<br />
C<br />
k−i<br />
; 0 ≤ i ≤ k<br />
k<br />
C j × Ck−i<br />
14 − j<br />
Now P(A) = ∑<br />
+<br />
20<br />
C<br />
k<br />
j<br />
k<br />
20 −<br />
= 0<br />
Also (1 + x) 14 – 1 (1 + x) 6<br />
= ( 14–1 C 0 + 14–1 C 1 x +.......+ 14 – 1 C 14 – 1 x 14–1 )<br />
( 6 C 0 + 6 C 1 x + .......+ 6 C 6 x 6 )<br />
k<br />
⇒ ∑<br />
=<br />
j<br />
14−1<br />
− j<br />
6<br />
( C j + C k ) = co-efficient of x k<br />
0<br />
∴ P(E) =<br />
6<br />
14<br />
=<br />
6 + 14<br />
14<br />
20<br />
⇒ 10P(Ε) = 7<br />
6. [4] zi – z i + 2 = 0<br />
⇒ (z – z ) = 2i ⇒ Im (z) = 1<br />
z (1 + i) + z (1 –i) + 2 = 0<br />
⇒ (z + z ) + i (z – z ) + 2 = 0<br />
⇒ z = – z ⇒ z = i<br />
⇓<br />
Re(z) = 0<br />
Let the point on the line be z so |z –i| = 2<br />
3i<br />
i<br />
–i<br />
|z| max = |3i| = 3<br />
|z| min = | –i| = 1<br />
sum = 4<br />
⎡3<br />
− 2 3 ⎤<br />
⎢ ⎥<br />
17. [3] A =<br />
⎢<br />
2 1 −1<br />
⎥<br />
⎢⎣<br />
4 − 3 2 ⎥⎦<br />
⎡ −1<br />
− 5 −1⎤<br />
⎢<br />
⎥<br />
adj A =<br />
⎢<br />
− 8 − 6 9<br />
⎥<br />
& |A| = – 17<br />
⎢⎣<br />
−10<br />
1 7 ⎥⎦<br />
⎡3<br />
0 3⎤<br />
⎡x⎤<br />
⎡8⎤<br />
⎡2y⎤<br />
⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥<br />
⇒<br />
⎢<br />
2 1 0<br />
⎥ ⎢<br />
y<br />
⎥<br />
=<br />
⎢<br />
1<br />
⎥<br />
+<br />
⎢<br />
z<br />
⎥<br />
is equivalent to<br />
⎢⎣<br />
4 0 2⎥⎦<br />
⎢⎣<br />
z⎥⎦<br />
⎢⎣<br />
4⎥⎦<br />
⎢⎣<br />
3y⎥⎦<br />
⎡3<br />
− 2 3 ⎤ ⎡x⎤<br />
⎡8⎤<br />
⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥<br />
=<br />
⎢ ⎥<br />
⎢<br />
2 1 −1<br />
⎥ ⎢<br />
y<br />
⎥ ⎢<br />
1<br />
⎥<br />
⎢⎣<br />
4 − 3 2 ⎥⎦<br />
⎢⎣<br />
z⎥⎦<br />
⎢⎣<br />
4⎥⎦<br />
∴ solution is given by<br />
⎡x⎤<br />
⎡ −1<br />
− 5 −1⎤<br />
⎡8⎤<br />
⎡−17⎤<br />
⎢ ⎥ 1 ⎢<br />
⎥ ⎢ ⎥ 1<br />
= −<br />
⎢ ⎥<br />
⎢<br />
y<br />
⎥<br />
=<br />
⎢<br />
− 8 − 6 9<br />
⎥ ⎢<br />
1<br />
⎥ ⎢<br />
− 34<br />
−17<br />
17 ⎥<br />
⎢⎣<br />
z⎥⎦<br />
⎢⎣<br />
−10<br />
1 7 ⎥⎦<br />
⎢⎣<br />
4⎥⎦<br />
⎢⎣<br />
− 51⎥⎦<br />
∴x = 1 , y = 2, z = 3<br />
18. [1] Given planes are<br />
x – cy – bz = 0<br />
... (i)<br />
cx – y + az = 0<br />
... (ii)<br />
bx + ay – z = 0<br />
... (iii)<br />
equation of plane passing through the line of<br />
intersection of plane (i) and (ii) may be taken as<br />
(x – cy –bz) + λ (cx – y + az) = 0<br />
⇒ (1 + λc) x – y (c + λ) + z (aλ – b) = 0 ....(iv)<br />
If plane (iii) and (iv) are same then<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 96<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
⇒ λ = –<br />
1+ λc −( c + λ)<br />
=<br />
b a<br />
a + bc ab + c<br />
= –<br />
2<br />
ac + b 1 − a<br />
=<br />
aλ − b<br />
−1<br />
⇒ a – a 3 + bc – a 2 bc = a 2 bc + ac 2 + ab 2 + bc<br />
⇒ a 2 + b 2 + c 2 + 2abc = 1<br />
19. [7] y = Ax m + Bx –n<br />
dy<br />
⇒ = Amx m–1 – nBx –n–1<br />
dx<br />
from (2) and (3)<br />
180 80<br />
a = and b = 119 119<br />
180<br />
f (x) = x 2 80 Ax + Bx<br />
+ x = 119 119 119<br />
A = 180 B = 80<br />
A + B<br />
A + B = 260 ⇒ = 1<br />
260<br />
2<br />
⇒<br />
d<br />
2<br />
dx<br />
y<br />
2<br />
= Am (m –1) x m–2 –n –2<br />
+ n (n +1) Bx<br />
Putting these values in x 2 d y<br />
2<br />
dx<br />
2<br />
dy<br />
+ 2x = 12y dx<br />
1. [C]<br />
PHYSICS<br />
We have = m (m + 1) Ax m + n (n –1) Bx –n = 12 (Ax m + Bx –n )<br />
⇒ m (m +1) = 12 or n (n –1) = 12<br />
⇒ m = 3, –4 or n = 4, –3<br />
1<br />
20. [1] f (x) = x + x<br />
∫<br />
0<br />
1<br />
y 2 f (y) dy + x 2 ∫<br />
0<br />
⎡<br />
1<br />
⎤ ⎡<br />
1<br />
⎤<br />
= x ⎢ +<br />
2<br />
2<br />
1 ⎥ + ⎢ ⎥<br />
⎢<br />
∫<br />
y f ( y)<br />
dy x<br />
⎣<br />
⎥⎦<br />
⎢∫<br />
yf ( y)<br />
dy<br />
⎣ ⎥<br />
0<br />
0 ⎦<br />
f (x) is quadratic expression<br />
f (x) = ax + bx 2 or f (y) = ay + by 2<br />
a = 1 +<br />
∫ 1 0<br />
= 1 +<br />
∫ 1 0<br />
⎡<br />
= 1 + ⎢<br />
ay<br />
⎣ 4<br />
y 2 f (y) dy<br />
y 2 (ay + by 2 ) dy<br />
4<br />
1<br />
5<br />
⎤<br />
+ by<br />
⎥<br />
5 ⎦<br />
⎛ a b ⎞<br />
a = 1 + ⎜ + ⎟<br />
⎝ 4 5 ⎠<br />
20a = 20 + 5a + 4b<br />
15a – 4b = 20<br />
1<br />
b =<br />
∫<br />
0<br />
1<br />
y f (y) dy =<br />
∫<br />
0<br />
⎛<br />
3 4<br />
=<br />
3 4 ⎟ ⎞<br />
⎜<br />
ay + by ⇒ b =<br />
⎝ ⎠0<br />
12 b = 4a + 3b<br />
9b – 4a = 0<br />
1<br />
0<br />
y (ay + by) 2 dy<br />
a b +<br />
3 4<br />
…(3)<br />
y f (y) dy<br />
…(2)<br />
…(1)<br />
F B<br />
A<br />
0.4 m<br />
O<br />
θ mg<br />
Let x length of plank is inside the water (i.e. AO =<br />
x)<br />
x sinθ = 0.4 …(i)<br />
buoyant force, F B = xA 0 ρ W g<br />
for rotational equilibrium about O<br />
F B<br />
2<br />
x cos θ = mg 2<br />
l cos θ<br />
(xA 0 ρ W g) 2<br />
x = lA0 ρ p g 2<br />
l<br />
x 2 = l 2<br />
x =<br />
0.8<br />
2<br />
ρ<br />
ρ<br />
p<br />
w<br />
= (0.8) 2 × 0.5<br />
from (i) and (ii)<br />
1 π<br />
sin θ = or θ =<br />
2 4<br />
….(ii)<br />
2. [C]<br />
When water cools down to 0ºC then heat released<br />
∆Q = 5 × 1 × 30 = 150 cal. while heat required to<br />
convert ice into water at 0ºC<br />
(ice) –20ºC → (ice) 0ºC → (water) 0ºC<br />
Q 1 = 5 × 0.5 × 20 = 50 cal<br />
Q 2 = 5 × 80 = 400<br />
∆Q′ = 450 cal<br />
here 50 < ∆Q < 450<br />
i.e final temperature is 0ºC with some ice melt.<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 97<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
3. [B]<br />
The given circuit can be simplified as<br />
i 1<br />
A<br />
20V<br />
Electric potential at A<br />
1 Q<br />
V A =<br />
4π∈<br />
2<br />
R + 3<br />
at origin<br />
1 Q<br />
V 0 =<br />
4π∈ 0 R<br />
We have<br />
W = q(V 0 – V A ) = ∆K<br />
2<br />
0 R<br />
=<br />
1<br />
4π∈ 0<br />
Q<br />
(2R)<br />
4. [B]<br />
20<br />
reading of ammeter, i 1 = = 2A 10<br />
y<br />
a y<br />
x<br />
O u<br />
at origin,<br />
v x = u<br />
dv<br />
a x = x<br />
= 2ux<br />
dt<br />
we have<br />
y = x 2<br />
dy dx = 2x = 0<br />
dt dt<br />
2<br />
d y dx<br />
= 2u<br />
2<br />
dt dt<br />
a y = 2u 2<br />
a =<br />
a = 2u 2<br />
2<br />
x<br />
a + a<br />
2<br />
y<br />
along y-axis<br />
5. [B]<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+ r<br />
λ<br />
+ E =<br />
2π∈ 0 r<br />
We have<br />
2r<br />
r<br />
V B – V A = dV = − E.dr<br />
r<br />
W = q dV<br />
λq0<br />
W =<br />
2π∈<br />
6. [D]<br />
+<br />
+ +<br />
+ R +<br />
+ +<br />
+ + +<br />
Q=λ2πR<br />
0<br />
x =<br />
⎛ 3 ⎞<br />
ln⎜<br />
⎟<br />
⎝ 2 ⎠<br />
A<br />
3 R<br />
∫<br />
3r<br />
x<br />
7. [C]<br />
2<br />
90º 3<br />
r<br />
1 i<br />
O<br />
i<br />
L L 4<br />
L<br />
r =<br />
2<br />
Here B 1 = B 4 = 0<br />
µ<br />
B 2 = B 3 = 0 i × (2sin 45 ° )<br />
2π<br />
(L / 2)<br />
µ 0 i<br />
B 2 = B 3 =<br />
2πL<br />
r r r r<br />
B = B + B + B<br />
net<br />
B r net =<br />
1<br />
µ 0<br />
π<br />
i<br />
L<br />
2<br />
3<br />
r<br />
+ B<br />
8. [A] X L = ωL = 50 Ω<br />
1<br />
X C =<br />
ω C<br />
= 100 Ω<br />
2<br />
2<br />
Z = R + (XC<br />
− XL<br />
) = 50 2 Ω<br />
V<br />
i rms = rms<br />
= 2A<br />
Z<br />
P av = i<br />
2 rms R = 200 W<br />
9. [A,B,C,D]<br />
For maximum range, θ = 45º<br />
u 2<br />
i.e. x = ⇒ u = gx<br />
g<br />
warning time t = 2<br />
T<br />
t =<br />
at max. height, v = u cos 45º =<br />
max. height H =<br />
g<br />
u<br />
2<br />
4<br />
=<br />
x<br />
2g<br />
u 2 (sin 45º) 2 =<br />
2g<br />
gx<br />
2<br />
u 2<br />
x<br />
=<br />
4g 4<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 98<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
10. [A,B,D]<br />
Q<br />
fixed<br />
Q<br />
⇓<br />
r 0<br />
v<br />
fixed<br />
v′=0<br />
Apply conservation of mechanical energy<br />
2<br />
1 mv 2 1 Q<br />
=<br />
2 4π∈<br />
r 0 =<br />
Q<br />
2π∈<br />
0<br />
2<br />
mv<br />
0 r0<br />
r 0 ∝ Q 2 1 1<br />
, r 0 ∝ , r ∝ m<br />
2<br />
v<br />
11. [A,C]<br />
We have<br />
dA<br />
| ε | = B<br />
dt<br />
2<br />
dA<br />
here increases first then decreases.<br />
dt<br />
ε max = Bvl 2<br />
12. [B,C]<br />
We have<br />
i av = T<br />
1<br />
i<br />
i m = 0<br />
2<br />
T<br />
∫<br />
0<br />
T<br />
1<br />
i rms =<br />
∫i 2 dt<br />
T<br />
0<br />
we have<br />
1<br />
i dt = (Area of i – t curve)<br />
T<br />
⎛ 2i<br />
i = 0 ⎞<br />
T<br />
⎜ ⎟ t for 0 ≤ t ≤<br />
⎝ T ⎠ 2<br />
We get<br />
i<br />
i rms = 0<br />
3<br />
T / 2<br />
1<br />
= × 2<br />
∫i 2 dt<br />
T<br />
13. A → P ; B → Q ; C → S ; D → T<br />
When only S 1 → closed then<br />
C<br />
3r<br />
B<br />
A<br />
r<br />
V<br />
0<br />
V AB = 4<br />
V at steady state.<br />
Hence charge on capacitor, q 1 =<br />
When only S 2 → closed then<br />
C<br />
3r<br />
B<br />
A<br />
2r<br />
V<br />
2<br />
V AB = V at steady state<br />
5<br />
2<br />
hence max. charge, q 2 = CV<br />
5<br />
When only S 3 → closed then<br />
3r C<br />
V<br />
q 3 = CV<br />
When all switches are closed then<br />
C<br />
3r<br />
V<br />
no charge appear on capacitor.<br />
CV<br />
4<br />
14. A → S ; B → R ; C → P; D → Q<br />
α = 90º – 60º = 30º<br />
2u sin α 2 × 40 10<br />
T = = × = 4 sec<br />
g 10 2<br />
u 2 sin 2α 40×<br />
R = =<br />
g 1040<br />
R = 80 3 m<br />
H =<br />
u<br />
2<br />
sin<br />
2g<br />
2<br />
×<br />
3<br />
2<br />
α 40×<br />
40 = = 40 m<br />
2 × 10×<br />
4<br />
15. [4]<br />
Electric field lines are perpendicular to equipotential<br />
surfaces and electric potential decreases along<br />
electric field.<br />
80V 60V 40V 20V<br />
90º<br />
30º 30º<br />
B<br />
120º<br />
E r<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 99<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
From A → B<br />
| dV | = –E dr cos 120º<br />
20 = E × (10 × 10 –2 1<br />
) × 2<br />
E = 400 N/C<br />
V 2<br />
16. [6] We have P = or R =<br />
R<br />
40 W 50 W<br />
V 0<br />
V 2<br />
200 × 200<br />
R 40W =<br />
40<br />
= 1000 Ω<br />
200× 200<br />
R 50W =<br />
50<br />
= 800 Ω<br />
Let max. voltage of main supply is V 0 then<br />
P<br />
18. [6]<br />
O<br />
C<br />
2 cm<br />
2 cm<br />
f<br />
3f/2<br />
For upper part of lens<br />
3f<br />
u = − , h 0 = 2 cm<br />
2<br />
hi<br />
f<br />
m = =<br />
= 0.5<br />
h 0 ⎛ − 3f ⎞<br />
f + ⎜ ⎟<br />
⎝ 2 ⎠<br />
h i = 2 × 0.5 = 1 cm<br />
i.e. image is formed at a height of 3 cm (i.e. 2 +<br />
1) from main principle axis. (above principle axis)<br />
Similarly for lower part, image is formed 3<br />
cm below main principle axis. Hence distance<br />
between image = 3 + 3 = 6 cm.<br />
17. [4]<br />
V 40W = 9<br />
4 × V0 = 200<br />
V 0 = 450 V<br />
and<br />
V 50W = 9<br />
5<br />
V0 = 200 = 360 V<br />
hence for safety of both bulb, V 0 should be<br />
360 V and for this main supply voltage V 40W<br />
= 200V hence it glows with full intensity.<br />
5kg<br />
A<br />
37º<br />
B<br />
f lim = µmgcosθ = 0.5 × 50 × 5<br />
4 = 20 N<br />
max. mass of block B is =<br />
30 + 20 50<br />
m 2 = = = 5 kg<br />
10 10<br />
min. mass of block B<br />
mgsin 30º −flim<br />
m 1 =<br />
g<br />
m 1 = 1 kg<br />
m 2 – m 1 = 4<br />
mgsin 37º + f<br />
g<br />
lim<br />
19. [5]<br />
Velocity of centre of mass of cylinder w.r.t. plank,<br />
v cp = 20 – 10 = 10 m/s<br />
We have v cp = Rω ⇒ ω = R<br />
10<br />
100<br />
2<br />
R<br />
Kinetic energy KE =<br />
= 450 J<br />
i.e. n = 5<br />
20. [3] We have<br />
3<br />
GM 4 πR<br />
ρ<br />
g =<br />
2 = G ×<br />
2<br />
R 3 R<br />
4<br />
g ∝ Rρ and m = πR<br />
3 ρ<br />
3<br />
g1<br />
⎛ R ⎞⎛<br />
ρ ⎞<br />
=<br />
g<br />
⎜<br />
1<br />
⎟<br />
⎜<br />
1<br />
⎟<br />
2 ⎝ R 2 ⎠⎝<br />
ρ2<br />
⎠<br />
⎛ m<br />
and<br />
⎜<br />
⎝ m<br />
1<br />
2<br />
⎞ ⎛ ρ<br />
⎟ ×<br />
⎜<br />
⎠ ⎝ ρ<br />
1<br />
2<br />
2<br />
mv cm<br />
+<br />
1<br />
I ω<br />
2<br />
1 1 R 2<br />
= × 2 × 400 + × 2 × ×<br />
2 2 2<br />
2<br />
1<br />
⎞ ⎛ R<br />
⎟ =<br />
⎜<br />
⎠ ⎝ R<br />
1<br />
2<br />
⎞<br />
⎟<br />
⎠<br />
3<br />
2<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 100<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
SOLUTION FOR MOCK TEST<br />
PAPER - II AIEEE<br />
CHEMISTRY<br />
1. [3]<br />
2. [3]<br />
O<br />
OH<br />
CH 3 –Mg–Br<br />
CH 3 –C–H<br />
H 3 O ⊕ CH 3 –CH–CH 3<br />
(Propan-2-ol)<br />
C 2 H 5 OH<br />
H ⊕ CH 3 –CH(OC 2 H 5 ) 2<br />
(Acetal)<br />
3. [2]<br />
. .<br />
3CH 3 –I + C 2 H 5 NH 2<br />
4. [4] 5. [3]<br />
6. [4] Laderer monassey reaction<br />
7. [3] Paracetamol<br />
8. [2] Fact<br />
CH 3<br />
⊕<br />
C 2 H 5 –N–CH 3<br />
CH 3<br />
9. [4] Na 2 HPO 4 is group reagent of VIth group<br />
mol<br />
10. [4] r ∝<br />
M.<br />
M<br />
11. [4]<br />
12. [1]<br />
Rate of dehydration ∝ stability of carbocation<br />
of alcohol<br />
13. [3] O CH 2<br />
HI<br />
OH + I – CH 2<br />
14. [1] N 2 (g) + 3H 2 (g)<br />
2NH 3 (g)<br />
Initially at eq. 0.2 0.6 0<br />
(0.2 – a) (0.6 – 3a) 2a<br />
Total mixture is 0.8; 40% of it reacts, i.e.,<br />
0 .8×<br />
40<br />
0 .8×<br />
40 1<br />
reacts to give × mole of NH3<br />
100<br />
100 2<br />
I<br />
or NH 3 formed is 0.16 mole or 2a = 0.16<br />
∴ a = 0.08<br />
∴ Initial mole = 0.8<br />
Final mole = (0.2 – 0.08) + (0.6 – 0.24) + 0.16<br />
= 0.12 + 0.36 + 0.16 = 0.64<br />
0.64 4<br />
∴Ratio of final to initial mole = = 0.8 =<br />
0.8 5<br />
15. [1]<br />
∆Gº = – 2.303 RT logK<br />
– 4.606 × 10 3 = – 2.303 × 2 × 500 log K<br />
K = 100<br />
16. [2]Stronger is acid, weaker is its conjugate base.<br />
17. [3] He has highest ionization energy.<br />
18. [3] Cl(g) + e – → Cl – (g) + EA ; ∆H = – EA<br />
19. [4] In silica, one Si atom is attached with four<br />
oxygen atoms.<br />
20. [2] XeF 4 contains two, XeF 6 one, XeOF 2 two and<br />
XeF 2 three lone pairs of electrons.<br />
21. [4]<br />
22. [1] Addition of Cl 2 /H 2 O is an electrophilic addition<br />
reaction and Rate µ stability of carbocation<br />
formed.<br />
23. [2]<br />
Na-liq.NH 3<br />
C 2H 5OH<br />
24. [3]<br />
Br<br />
CH 3 –CH–CH 2 –Br 2 NaNH2<br />
–2HBr<br />
CHO<br />
(i) O 3<br />
2 (ii) H 2O-Zn CH 2<br />
CHO<br />
H 3 C–C≡CH<br />
–NH 3 NaNH 2<br />
⊕<br />
CH 3 –C≡C Na<br />
C 2H 5Br<br />
CH 3 –C≡C–C 2 H 5<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 101<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
25. [2] Cl C 1 –––––C 2<br />
AT C 1 : →<br />
(3) F<br />
(4)<br />
Cl C–– CF(Br)Cl<br />
(2)<br />
Br (1)<br />
At C 2 : →<br />
Br(C 1 )FC–––C<br />
(4)<br />
Br<br />
F<br />
Cl<br />
At C 1 : →<br />
(3) F<br />
Br<br />
(1)<br />
Cl<br />
(2)<br />
Cl<br />
(2)<br />
F<br />
Br<br />
Exchange<br />
Method<br />
F (3)<br />
Br<br />
(1)<br />
C–––––C<br />
(4)<br />
C 1 ––CF(Cl)Br<br />
At C 2 : →<br />
(4)<br />
Br(Cl)FC––C<br />
F (3)<br />
Cl (2)<br />
Br(1)<br />
Excharge<br />
Method<br />
(4)<br />
Br<br />
F<br />
Cl<br />
Br<br />
(1)<br />
Cw<br />
C––––(2) R-form<br />
(3)––C<br />
F<br />
Cl<br />
(3)<br />
(4)<br />
Exchange C 1 ––(3)<br />
(2)<br />
Exchange<br />
(1)<br />
(2)––C<br />
1<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
ACw<br />
S-form<br />
3<br />
4<br />
Cw<br />
R-form<br />
ACw<br />
S-form<br />
26. [1] Due to formation of Intramolecular H.B<br />
Conjugated base if I and II is more stable.<br />
Due to ortho effect III is more acidic than IV<br />
II > I > III > IV<br />
27. [2] SPM allows only solvent molecules to pass<br />
through<br />
28. [2] Edge-centre atom is shared in 4 cubic unit cells.<br />
29. [3] In electrochemical cells, anode = –ve<br />
31. [2] f(x) =<br />
MATHEMATICS<br />
Domain x 2 ≠ 0<br />
x ≠ 0<br />
and<br />
x ≠ 1<br />
log 25<br />
2<br />
log x , g(x) = log5<br />
log x<br />
f(x) =<br />
2log5<br />
2log x<br />
Domain<br />
x > 0, x ≠1<br />
equality hold only for<br />
x > 0, x ≠1<br />
or<br />
(0, 1) ∪ (1, ∞)<br />
= log x 5<br />
32. [3] The given curve is symmetric about the X-axis<br />
as shown below<br />
y<br />
x'<br />
O<br />
y'<br />
y 2 = 4ax<br />
x<br />
9a<br />
∴ The required area = 2<br />
∫<br />
⎡<br />
= ⎢4<br />
⎢⎣<br />
=<br />
33. [2] S λ = 1 +<br />
=<br />
λ<br />
λ −1<br />
∴ ∑<br />
λ=<br />
34. [2]<br />
x x ⎤<br />
a ⎥<br />
3/ 2 ⎥⎦<br />
208a<br />
2<br />
3<br />
1<br />
+<br />
λ λ<br />
1<br />
2<br />
9a<br />
a<br />
⇒ λ = (λ – 1 )S λ<br />
n<br />
n<br />
( λ −1)<br />
Sλ<br />
=<br />
1<br />
∑<br />
λ=<br />
1<br />
=<br />
3<br />
+ ............ ∞<br />
λ<br />
n( n +1)<br />
=<br />
2<br />
⎡ ⎛ 2π<br />
⎞ ⎛ 2π<br />
⎞⎤<br />
⎢cos⎜<br />
⎟ − sin⎜<br />
⎟⎥<br />
⎢ ⎝ 7 ⎠ ⎝ 7 ⎠⎥<br />
⎢ ⎛ 2π<br />
⎞ ⎛ 2π<br />
⎞<br />
sin cos<br />
⎥<br />
⎢ ⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟<br />
7 7 ⎥<br />
⎣ ⎝ ⎠ ⎝ ⎠ ⎦<br />
here k = 7<br />
a<br />
4axdx<br />
8 a [ 27 a a − a a ]<br />
7<br />
⎡1<br />
0⎤<br />
= ⎢ ⎥<br />
⎣0<br />
1 ⎦<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 102<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
35. [1] We have 10 digits {0, 1, 2, ---, 9}<br />
Select any 2 and write in descending order<br />
n = 10 10.9<br />
C 2 .1 = = 45<br />
2<br />
36. [3] P (Exactly two of A, B and C occur)<br />
= P(B ∩ C) + P(C ∩ A) + P(A ∩ B) –3 P(A ∩ B ∩ C)<br />
= P(B). P(C) + P(C) . P(A) + P(A). P(B)<br />
–3 P(A). P(B). P(C)<br />
= 2<br />
1 × 4<br />
1 + 4<br />
1 × 3<br />
1 + 2<br />
1 × 3<br />
1 – 3× 3<br />
1 × 2<br />
1 × 4<br />
1 = 4<br />
1<br />
37. [4] We have<br />
a ≤ x i ≤ b ; i = 1, 2, 3.........n ...(1)<br />
n<br />
∑<br />
i=<br />
1<br />
n<br />
a ≤ ∑<br />
=<br />
n<br />
i 1<br />
x i<br />
n<br />
≤ ∑<br />
=<br />
i 1<br />
b<br />
na ≤ ∑ x i ≤ nb ⇒ a ≤ 1<br />
i=<br />
1<br />
n<br />
∑ x i ≤ b<br />
i=<br />
1<br />
a ≤ x ≤ b ⇒ – b ≤ – x ≤ – a ...(2)<br />
By (1) and (2), we get<br />
(a – b) ≤ (x i – x ) ≤ (b –a) , i = 1, 2 , ........ n<br />
|x i – x | ≤ (b –a) , i = 1, 2 , ........ n<br />
(x i – x ) 2 ≤ (b – a) 2 ; i = 1, 2, ......n<br />
n<br />
∑<br />
i=<br />
1<br />
38. [2]<br />
2<br />
( x i − x)<br />
≤ n(b – a) 2<br />
var (x) ≤ (b – a) 2<br />
e'<br />
e<br />
x<br />
+ y<br />
e e' = 1<br />
Hyperbola & it's conjugate hyperbola<br />
1 1<br />
+ 1<br />
2 2<br />
e e<br />
1<br />
2<br />
4 4<br />
+ = 1<br />
2 2<br />
e e'<br />
1 1<br />
2 2<br />
e + e'<br />
= 1<br />
4<br />
x 2 + y 2 = r 2<br />
p = r<br />
| 0 + 0 −1|<br />
= r ⇒ r =2<br />
1 1<br />
2 2<br />
e<br />
+ e'<br />
n<br />
....(1)<br />
39. [1] First two family of lines passes through (1, 1)<br />
and (3, 3) respectively.<br />
⇒ <strong>Point</strong> of intersection of lines belonging to<br />
third family will lie on y = x<br />
⇒ ax + y – 2 = 0, & 6x + ay – a = 0<br />
2<br />
a a −12<br />
solving x = , y =<br />
a 2 2<br />
− 6 a − 6<br />
2<br />
a a −12<br />
⇒<br />
=<br />
a 2 2<br />
− 6 a − 6<br />
⇒ a 2 – a – 12 = 0<br />
⇒ (a – 4) (a + 3) = 0<br />
⇒ a = 4, a = – 3<br />
40. [2] A<br />
41. [1]<br />
(–2,–2)<br />
B<br />
B<br />
(0, 1)<br />
y<br />
⎛12<br />
12 ⎞<br />
⎜ , ⎟<br />
⎝ 7 7 ⎠<br />
(0,0)<br />
(1,0)(2,0)(3,0)<br />
A<br />
2<br />
(r,r)<br />
2<br />
y = x<br />
C<br />
(1, 1)<br />
D (1, 0)<br />
( r −1)<br />
+ ( r −1)<br />
= r<br />
⇒ 2(r – 1 2 ) =r 2<br />
⇒ 2(r 2 – 2r + 1) = r 2<br />
⇒ r 2 – 4r + 2 = 0<br />
4 ± 16 − 8<br />
r =<br />
2<br />
4 ± 2 2<br />
r =<br />
2<br />
r = 2 ± 2<br />
x<br />
4x + 3y = 12<br />
C<br />
⎛ 9 ⎞<br />
⎜ ,−2⎟<br />
⎝ 2 ⎠<br />
y +2 = 0<br />
42. [3]<br />
r r r r<br />
LHS → AB . CD = ( b − a)<br />
. ( d − c)<br />
= b r . d r – b r . c r – a r . d r + a r . c r<br />
RHS → k{| AD | 2 + | BC | 2 – | AC | 2 – | BD | 2 }<br />
r r 2 r r<br />
= k { | d − a | + | c − b |<br />
2 r r r r<br />
– | c − a |<br />
2 – | d − b |<br />
2 }<br />
r r r r r r r r<br />
= k {– 2 ( a.<br />
d + c.<br />
b)<br />
+ 2[ ( a.<br />
c)<br />
+ ( d.<br />
b)<br />
]}<br />
r r r r r r r r<br />
= 2k { a.<br />
c + b.<br />
d − b.<br />
c − a.<br />
d}<br />
...(2)<br />
1<br />
By (1) and (2) ⇒ k = 2<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 103<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
43. [1]<br />
r<br />
Given ( a b<br />
r<br />
× )<br />
r r 1 1 1 × ( c × d ) = î – ĵ + kˆ ...(1)<br />
6 3 3<br />
Q a r . b r = | a r || b r 3<br />
| cos30º = 2<br />
⎡<br />
r r r<br />
Q a,<br />
b,<br />
c are coplaner vectors<br />
⎢ r r r<br />
⎢⎣<br />
∴[<br />
a b c]<br />
= 0<br />
r<br />
( a b)<br />
r r r<br />
× × ( c × d)<br />
r r r r r r r r<br />
= { ( a × b).<br />
d}<br />
c –{ ( a × b).<br />
c}<br />
d<br />
= [ a r b r d r ] c r 1 1 1<br />
= î – ĵ + kˆ<br />
6 3 3<br />
1<br />
= ( i ˆ − 2 ˆj<br />
+ 2kˆ)<br />
6<br />
= c r ⎛ ⎞<br />
= ⎜<br />
iˆ<br />
− 2 ˆj<br />
+ 2kˆ<br />
⎟<br />
⎝ 3 ⎠<br />
44. [3] L 1 :<br />
L 2 :<br />
x +1<br />
2<br />
x −1<br />
1<br />
=<br />
y z =<br />
−1 2<br />
y z − 3<br />
= = 2 λ<br />
{By (1)}<br />
...(1)<br />
...(2)<br />
Shortest distance between the lines (1) & (2) is<br />
r r r r<br />
( a1<br />
− a2).(<br />
b1<br />
× b2<br />
)<br />
⇒ r r = 1<br />
| b1<br />
× b2<br />
|<br />
⇒ λ = ?<br />
45. [1] l + m + n = 0 ...(1)<br />
and lm = 0 ...(2)<br />
⇒ l = 0 or m = 0<br />
By (1) l = – m – n (3)<br />
Case (I)<br />
If m = 0<br />
By (3) ⇒ l = – n<br />
∴ DR's of line (1) is<br />
⇒<br />
⎧ a1,<br />
b1,<br />
c1<br />
⎪<br />
⎨−<br />
n,<br />
0, n<br />
⎪<br />
⎩ −1,<br />
0, 1<br />
Case (II)<br />
If l = 0<br />
By (3) ⇒ m = – n<br />
DR's of line (2) is<br />
⇒<br />
⎧a2,<br />
b2,<br />
c2<br />
⎪<br />
l,<br />
m,<br />
n<br />
⎨<br />
⎪ 0, − n,<br />
n<br />
⎪<br />
⎩ 0, −1,<br />
1<br />
...(2)<br />
⇒ cosθ =<br />
⇒ θ = 3<br />
π<br />
2<br />
1<br />
a<br />
a a<br />
1<br />
2<br />
2<br />
1<br />
+ b<br />
46. [3] f(0) = λ [0] = 0<br />
L.H.L.<br />
R.H.L.<br />
lim<br />
→0 h<br />
+ b b + c c<br />
1<br />
2<br />
1<br />
+ c<br />
1<br />
0− h<br />
2<br />
a<br />
5 = 0<br />
2<br />
2<br />
1<br />
2<br />
+ b<br />
2<br />
2<br />
+ c<br />
2<br />
2<br />
lim λ [0 + h] = 0 ∀ λ ∈ R<br />
h→0<br />
= 2<br />
1<br />
47. [1] x 2 + y 2 ≤ 4<br />
R = {(–2, 0) , (–1, 0), (–1, 1) , (–1, –1), (0, 0), (0, 1),<br />
(0, 2), (0, –1), (0, –2), (0,0), (1, 1), (1, –1), (2, 0)}<br />
⇒ D R = {–2, –1, 0 , 1, 2}<br />
48. [3]<br />
(i) R 1 is not a relation Q 4 ∉ A<br />
(ii) R 2 is subset of A × B, ∴ it is a relation<br />
(iii) R 3 is subset of A × B, ∴ it is relation<br />
(iv) R 4 is subset of A × B, ∴ it is relation<br />
49. [2] Area of ∆ formed by z, ωz, z + ωz<br />
= 2<br />
1 |z| 2 . sin 120º<br />
But it is given 2<br />
1 (z) 2 sin (120º) = 100<br />
3<br />
|z| 2 1<br />
= 25<br />
1<br />
|z | = 5<br />
| z + ωz| = |z| | 1 +ω| = 5<br />
1 | –ω 2 | = 5<br />
1 × 1 = 5<br />
1<br />
(Q 1 + ω = –ω 2 )<br />
50. [1] do your self<br />
51. [4]<br />
Let g(x) = f(x) – x 2 ⇒ [g(1) = 0 , g(2) = 0,<br />
g(3) = 0 as f (1) = 1, f (2) = 4, f (3) = 9]<br />
From RT on g(x), g' (c 1 ) = 0 for at least x ∈ (1, 2)<br />
⇒ c 1 ∈ (1, 2)<br />
RT on g (x), g' (c 2 ) = 0 for at least x ∈ (2, 3)<br />
⇒ c 2 ∈ (2, 3)<br />
∴ Now g' (c 1 ) = g' (c 2 ) = 0<br />
⇒ so between x ∈ [c 1 , c 2 ], g" (x) = 0<br />
⇒ f" (x) –2 = 0 ⇒ f" (x) = 2<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 104<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
2<br />
sin x<br />
2<br />
52. [3]<br />
∫<br />
dx = x<br />
6<br />
cos x<br />
∫<br />
tan . sec 4 x dx<br />
∫<br />
2<br />
= tan x (1 + tan 2 x). sec 2 xdx<br />
tan x = t<br />
53. [3] y = u m dy<br />
⇒ = mu m–1 du<br />
. dx dx<br />
Hence, 2x 4 .u m .m u m–1 du<br />
. + u 4m = 4x 6<br />
dx<br />
6<br />
4m<br />
du 4x<br />
− u<br />
3 = ⇒ 4m = 6 ⇒ m =<br />
4 2m−1<br />
and<br />
dx 2mx<br />
u<br />
2<br />
3<br />
2m – 1 = 2 ⇒ m = 2<br />
(1,2)<br />
57. [2] Statement I and Statement II both correct and<br />
statement II is correct explanation of Statement I.<br />
58. [2] P(A∩ B ) = P(A) P( B )<br />
= P(A) ⋅ (1–P(B))<br />
59. [4] Contra positive of compound statement<br />
~ (p ∧ q) → q ≡ ~ q → ~ (~( p ∧ q))<br />
~ (p ∧ q) → q ≡ ~ q → (p ∧ q)<br />
so, statement I is wrong.<br />
but statement II is correct.<br />
60. [2] Both statements are correct and statement 2 is<br />
correct explanation of statement 1<br />
PHYSICS<br />
54. [3]<br />
(t 2 , 2t)<br />
61. [3] Statement 1 is true, statement 2 is false.<br />
62. [3] A halved, δ halved.<br />
63.<br />
5<br />
[1] V father = 60<br />
Equation of tangent at (1, 2)<br />
y . 2 = 2 (x + 1)<br />
x – y + 1 = 0<br />
image pt of (t 2 , 2t) about line x – y + 1 = 0<br />
2<br />
x − t y − 2t<br />
− 2(<br />
t<br />
2 − 2t<br />
+ 1)<br />
= =<br />
1 −1<br />
2<br />
x = t 2 – t 2 + 2t – 1, y = 2t + t 2 – 2t + 1<br />
x = 2t – 1 y = t 2 + 1<br />
x +1<br />
= t y – 1 = t 2<br />
2<br />
Eliminating<br />
2<br />
( x + 1)<br />
y – 1 = ⇒ (x + 1) 2 = 4 (y – 1)<br />
4<br />
55. [1] f (x) = min ({x + 1}, {x –1}) = min ({x}, {x}) = {x}<br />
4<br />
so<br />
∫<br />
f ( x)<br />
dx = 9.<br />
∫<br />
x − [ x]<br />
dx<br />
−5<br />
1<br />
0<br />
56. [2] Statement I and Statement II both correct and<br />
statement II is correct explanation of Statement I.<br />
as h' (x) =<br />
m n<br />
n<br />
m − x<br />
n<br />
=<br />
m<br />
.(x)<br />
n<br />
⎛ Even ⎞<br />
−⎜<br />
⎟<br />
⎝ odd ⎠<br />
as h' (x) is undefined at x = 0 so h' (x) does not<br />
change.<br />
sign in neighbour hood ⇒ No extreme<br />
5<br />
For the daughter V = , after catches M = 21<br />
21<br />
64. [3] dτ = (dq)E(2x sin θ)<br />
+<br />
+λ<br />
–λ<br />
⎛ σ ⎞<br />
= λ(dx) ⎜ ⎟<br />
(2x sin θ)<br />
⎝ 2ε0<br />
⎠<br />
σλxsin<br />
θ<br />
= dx<br />
ε<br />
τ =<br />
2<br />
0<br />
σλl sin θ<br />
2ε<br />
65. [3]<br />
According to Newton law of cooling rate of loss of<br />
heat (T – T 0 ), where T is the average temperature<br />
in the given time interval hence.<br />
m C<br />
0<br />
⎛ 60 − 50 ⎞ ⎛ 60 + 50 ⎞<br />
⎜ ⎟ ∝ ⎜ – 25⎟ ⎝ 10 ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠<br />
( 50 – T ) ⎛ 50 + T ⎞<br />
and m C ∝ ⎜ 625 ⎟<br />
10 ⎝ 2 ⎠<br />
Solving we get : T = 42.85ºC<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 105<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
66. [1] x rel = (v 0 ) rel t + 2<br />
1<br />
arel .t 2<br />
x = v 0 t – 2<br />
1 at 2 [a rel = a man – a bus = 0 – a]<br />
f<br />
∴ 1<br />
f2<br />
=<br />
T1<br />
T2<br />
or f 2 = 4f 1<br />
ρ2<br />
ρ1<br />
r2l2<br />
r1 l1<br />
= ( ⎛ 1<br />
2)<br />
⎟ ⎞<br />
⎜<br />
⎝ 2 ⎠<br />
⎛ 1 ⎞<br />
⎜ ⎟<br />
⎝ 4 ⎠<br />
at 2 – 2v 0 t + 2x = 0<br />
t =<br />
t =<br />
2v<br />
0 ±<br />
4v<br />
2a<br />
2<br />
0<br />
a<br />
2<br />
0<br />
– 8ax<br />
v v – 4ax<br />
0 ±<br />
v0 v0<br />
– 2ax<br />
or t =<br />
+<br />
a<br />
For time to be minimum<br />
2<br />
v 0 – 4ax = 0<br />
v 0 = 2 ax<br />
2<br />
74. [1]<br />
s<br />
v s<br />
O<br />
∆f = f 1 – f 2<br />
⎛ v ⎞ ⎛ v ⎞<br />
= f ⎜ ⎟<br />
– f ⎜ ⎟<br />
⎝ v − v<br />
s ⎠ ⎝ v + v s ⎠<br />
⎡ ⎞ ⎛ ⎞<br />
= ⎢⎜<br />
⎛ 1<br />
v − s v<br />
f 1 ⎟ − ⎜1+<br />
s<br />
⎟<br />
⎢⎣<br />
⎝ v ⎠ ⎝ ν ⎠<br />
s<br />
− −1<br />
⎡⎛ v ⎞ ⎛ ⎞⎤<br />
= ⎢⎜<br />
+<br />
s vs<br />
f 1 ⎟ − ⎜1−<br />
⎟⎥ =<br />
⎣⎝<br />
v ⎠ ⎝ ν ⎠ ⎦<br />
⎤<br />
⎥<br />
⎥⎦<br />
2 f vs<br />
v<br />
v s<br />
67. [4] Scooter ←⎯→<br />
1km<br />
Bus<br />
Relative distance = (time) (relative velocity)<br />
(In uniform motion)<br />
1000 = (100) v rel.<br />
∴ 10 = (v s – v b )<br />
v s = 20 m/s<br />
68. [3] Use, δ m = (µ − 1) A<br />
69. [1]<br />
zener diode is used in parallel to load resistance is<br />
connected in R.B.<br />
70. [4] P =<br />
71. [3]<br />
72. [4]<br />
2Ω<br />
V 2 =<br />
R<br />
⇐<br />
12 2 = 48 W<br />
3<br />
6Ω<br />
3Ω<br />
dN<br />
75. [3] From – = λN dt<br />
n<br />
n = λN or λ = N<br />
76. [2] Binding energy<br />
BE = (M nucleus – M nucleuon )c 2<br />
= (M O – 8M p – 9M n )c 2<br />
77. [2] E k =<br />
=<br />
6.6×<br />
10<br />
hc<br />
e<br />
–34<br />
1.6×<br />
10<br />
⎛ 1 1 ⎞<br />
⎜ ⎟<br />
–<br />
(in eV)<br />
⎝ λ λ0<br />
⎠<br />
–19<br />
8<br />
× 3×<br />
10<br />
⎛<br />
10 10<br />
⎞<br />
⎜<br />
10 10<br />
– ⎟<br />
⎝1800<br />
2300 ⎠<br />
78. [2] Voltage gain = β(Resistance gain)<br />
= 1.5 eV<br />
i<br />
12V<br />
12<br />
i = = 6A 2<br />
12V<br />
79. [3] E is always negative<br />
2π<br />
80. [3] ω = 100 π = T<br />
v T / m<br />
73. [3] f ∝ ∝ l l<br />
∝<br />
∝<br />
T / ρs<br />
l<br />
T / ρr<br />
l<br />
f ∝<br />
2<br />
(m = mass per unit length = ρs)<br />
T / ρ<br />
rl<br />
81. [4] F = 2πrT<br />
22<br />
F =2 × × 0.1 × 10 –3 × 0.07<br />
7<br />
82. [3] (K.E.) max = – 2<br />
1 (K.E.) of boy<br />
1 (2m) u 2 1 1<br />
= × mu'<br />
2<br />
2 2 2<br />
(K.E.) man = (K.E.) of boy<br />
1 (2m) (u + 1) 2 1<br />
= mu'<br />
2<br />
2<br />
2<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 106<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
83. [1] V cm =<br />
m v + m v<br />
1 1 2 2 5<br />
= – m/s<br />
m1<br />
+ m2<br />
3 CHEMISTRY JOKES<br />
⎛ 1 1 ⎞<br />
⎜ –<br />
⎟<br />
⎝ R1<br />
R2<br />
⎠<br />
y<br />
i 2<br />
B R<br />
x<br />
⇐<br />
i 1<br />
Chemistry Joke 7:<br />
B 2<br />
B2<br />
B1<br />
µ 0 i2<br />
3<br />
2R<br />
1 Amp.<br />
84. [4] As no external force is applied<br />
∴ (v cm = constant) = 0<br />
85. [4] P = (µ – 1)<br />
µ decreases, P decreases, f increases.<br />
86. [1] M ∝ k L 1 L 2<br />
87. [2]<br />
88. [4]<br />
W 1 = MB (cos 0º– cos 90º)<br />
W 2 = MB (cos 0º – cos 60º)<br />
W 1 = nW 2<br />
n = 2<br />
89. [3]<br />
Zener diode is always connected in RB and it act<br />
as voltage regulator.<br />
90. [4]<br />
B e<br />
B 1<br />
30º<br />
tan 30º =<br />
B 1 = 3 B 2<br />
µ 0 i1<br />
=<br />
2R<br />
i 2 = i 1<br />
=<br />
3<br />
3<br />
If you didn't get the joke, you probably didn't<br />
understand the science behind it. If this is the case,<br />
it's a chance for you to learn a little chemistry.<br />
Chemistry Joke 1:<br />
Q: Why do chemists call helium, curium and<br />
barium the medical elements?<br />
A: Because if you can't helium or curium, you<br />
barium!<br />
Chemistry Joke 2:<br />
Q: What is the name of the molecule CH 2 O?<br />
A: Seawater<br />
Chemistry Joke 3:<br />
Q: What do you call a joke that is based on cobalt,<br />
radon, and yttrium?<br />
A: CoRnY.<br />
Chemistry Joke 4:<br />
Q: If a mole of moles were digging a mole of holes,<br />
what would you see?<br />
A: A mole of molasses.<br />
Chemistry Joke 5:<br />
Q: What does a teary-eyed, joyful Santa say about<br />
chemistry?<br />
A: HOH, HOH, HOH!<br />
Chemistry Joke 6:<br />
Susan was in chemistry. Susan is no more, for what<br />
she thought was H 2 O was H 2 SO 4 .<br />
Q: Why is potassium a racist element?<br />
A: Because, when you put three of them together,<br />
you get KKK.<br />
Chemistry Joke 8:<br />
An electron sitting in a prison asked a second<br />
electron cellmate, "What are you in for?" To which<br />
the latter replied, "For attempting a forbidden<br />
transition."<br />
Chemistry Joke 9:<br />
Q: What is the dullest element?<br />
A: Bohrium<br />
Chemistry Joke 10:<br />
At the end of the semester, a 10th-grade chemistry<br />
teacher asked her students what was the most<br />
important thing that they learned in lab. A student<br />
promptly raised his hand and said, "Never lick the<br />
spoon."<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 107<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
PHYSICS<br />
⎛ t ⎞<br />
1. [C] f = f 0 ⎜1<br />
– ⎟<br />
⎝ T ⎠<br />
At t = 0, v = 0<br />
t<br />
When f = 0, then = 1 or t = T<br />
T<br />
dv ⎛ t ⎞ = f0 ⎜1<br />
– ⎟<br />
dt ⎝ T ⎠<br />
or dv = f 0 dt – f 0<br />
T<br />
t dt<br />
v x<br />
∫<br />
dv = f<br />
0<br />
T<br />
0 ∫<br />
0<br />
f<br />
v x = f 0 T – 0 T<br />
T 2<br />
2. [A] tan β =<br />
T<br />
1<br />
dt – f0<br />
T ∫<br />
t dt<br />
2<br />
0<br />
= f 0 T – 2<br />
1<br />
f0 T = 2<br />
1<br />
f0 T<br />
Q sin θ<br />
P + Q cos θ<br />
……. (i)<br />
R<br />
Q<br />
R' Q<br />
Q<br />
θ<br />
β' β<br />
P<br />
Q sin(180º– θ)<br />
tan β' =<br />
……. (ii)<br />
P + Q cos(180º– θ)<br />
90°<br />
180–θ θ<br />
β' β<br />
Qsin<br />
θ<br />
or tan β' =<br />
P – Q cosθ<br />
But β' + 90º + β = 180° or β' = 90° – β<br />
tan β' = tan(90° – β) = cot β<br />
Qsin<br />
θ<br />
∴ cot β =<br />
……… (iii)<br />
P – Q cosθ<br />
Multiplying (i) and (iii),<br />
P<br />
SOLUTION FOR MOCK TEST<br />
PAPER - II BIT-SAT<br />
2<br />
Q<br />
2<br />
– Q<br />
sin<br />
2<br />
2<br />
θ<br />
cos<br />
2<br />
θ<br />
= 1<br />
or Q 2 sin 2 θ = P 2 – Q 2 cos 2 θ<br />
or Q 2 (sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ) = P 2<br />
But sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ = 1<br />
∴ Q 2 = P 2 or Q = P<br />
No need for negative sign.<br />
3. [C] In order to conserve momentum, C should<br />
move with speed v in a direction opposite to that<br />
of B.<br />
4. [C] Percentage energy saved<br />
1 2<br />
mv<br />
2<br />
= 2<br />
v<br />
× 100 = × 100<br />
1<br />
2<br />
2<br />
mv + mgh<br />
v + 2gh<br />
2<br />
12×<br />
12<br />
=<br />
× 100 ≈ 38<br />
12×<br />
12 + 2×<br />
9.8×<br />
12<br />
5. [C] Iω = constant,<br />
2 MR 2 2π<br />
× = constant or<br />
5 T<br />
or<br />
2<br />
R<br />
T '<br />
/ 4<br />
=<br />
2<br />
R<br />
T<br />
2<br />
R<br />
T 4T 24<br />
or<br />
R<br />
2' =<br />
2<br />
R<br />
6. [B] Limit of resolution of eye = θ =<br />
–7<br />
= constant<br />
or T ' = 6 hours<br />
1.22λ<br />
D<br />
1.22×<br />
5×<br />
10<br />
=<br />
= 2.03 × 10 –4 rad<br />
–3<br />
3×<br />
10<br />
If the maximum distance at which dots are<br />
resolved is x, then<br />
θ =<br />
or x =<br />
1 mm<br />
x<br />
=<br />
10<br />
–3<br />
10<br />
–3<br />
x<br />
2.03×<br />
10<br />
0. 6<br />
7. [B] (a) f = – 2<br />
1 1 + =<br />
v – 10<br />
1 1 1 = –<br />
v 10 30<br />
–4<br />
1<br />
– 30<br />
= 2.03 × 10 –4<br />
m ≈ 5m<br />
m = – 0.3 m = – 30 cm<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 108<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
1 3 – =<br />
v 301<br />
30<br />
or v = cm = 15 cm<br />
2<br />
v 15<br />
(c) m = – = – = 1.5<br />
u – 10<br />
(d) Object lies between principal focus and pole.<br />
So, the image is virtual and erect.<br />
8. [C] R CM =<br />
→<br />
1 r 1<br />
m + m<br />
m + m<br />
1<br />
→<br />
2 r 2<br />
1(ˆ i + 2 ˆj<br />
+ kˆ)<br />
+ 3(–3ˆ i – 2 ˆj<br />
+ kˆ)<br />
=<br />
1+<br />
3<br />
= – 2 î – ĵ + kˆ<br />
V 1 T<br />
9. [C] V∝ T ⇒ =<br />
1 V (273 + 27)<br />
⇒ =<br />
V2<br />
T2<br />
3V<br />
T2<br />
⇒ T 2 = 900 K ⎯→ 627°C [Q T(K) = 273 + t°C]<br />
10. [A] Initial and final states are same in all the<br />
process.<br />
Hence ∆U = 0; in each case<br />
By FLOT; ∆Q = ∆W = Area enclosed by curve<br />
with volume axis.<br />
Q (Area) 1 < (Area) 2 < (Area) 3 ⇒ Q 1 < Q 2 < Q 3<br />
11. [C] Resultant amplitude = a + a + a cosφ<br />
=<br />
2 2<br />
π<br />
2<br />
2 2<br />
1 2 2 1a2<br />
0.3 + 0.4 + 2×<br />
0.3×<br />
0.4×<br />
cos = 0.5 cm<br />
2<br />
12. [A]<br />
Suppose n A = known frequency = 100 Hz. n B = ?<br />
x = 2 = Beat frequency, which is decreasing after<br />
loading (i.e.x ↓)<br />
Unknown tuning fork is loaded so n B ↓<br />
Hence n A – n B ↓ = x↓ …… (i) ⎯→ Wrong<br />
n B ↓ – n A = x ↓ …….(ii) ⎯→ Correct<br />
⇒ n B = n A + x = 100 + 2 = 102 Hz.<br />
13. [C] Current through each arm<br />
PRQ & PSQ = 1 A<br />
V P – V R = 3V<br />
V P – V S = 7V<br />
V R – V S = 4V<br />
14. [B] V < E<br />
12<br />
E = 12 + r _____(i)<br />
6<br />
11<br />
& E = 11 + r _____(ii)<br />
10<br />
20<br />
On solving r =<br />
7<br />
IgG<br />
15. [B] S =<br />
I − Ig<br />
16. [B] B net =<br />
17. [A]<br />
N<br />
N<br />
P =<br />
S<br />
S I P<br />
µ 0N<br />
⎛ i ⎞<br />
⎜ 1 i2<br />
−<br />
⎟<br />
2 ⎝ r1<br />
r2<br />
⎠<br />
I<br />
18. [D] In forward biasing both electrons and protons<br />
move towards the junction and hence the width of<br />
depletion region decreases.<br />
r<br />
19. [A] W = Q ( E<br />
r r r r r<br />
∆ ) = F.<br />
∆<br />
F = Q E<br />
W = Q[e 1 î + e 2 ĵ + e 3 kˆ ] . (a î + b ĵ )<br />
W = Q(e 1 a + e 2 b)<br />
20. [C] Change will move along the circular line of<br />
force because x 2 + y 2 = 1 is the each of circle.<br />
21. [A] σ i = i<br />
θ = iG<br />
θ .G = σv G<br />
σ i<br />
⇒ G<br />
= σv<br />
⎛<br />
Rt<br />
− ⎞<br />
22. [C] i = i ⎜ − L ⎟<br />
0 1 e<br />
⎜ ⎟<br />
⎝ ⎠<br />
23. [A]<br />
di i = 0<br />
e<br />
dt LR −<br />
initially t = 0<br />
di i = 0<br />
dt LR<br />
N A =<br />
N =<br />
N 0<br />
2<br />
10<br />
t /1<br />
N A = N B<br />
10 = 2 t/2<br />
n<br />
L<br />
Rt<br />
1<br />
t /T<br />
=<br />
H<br />
21<br />
2<br />
/ 2<br />
1 t<br />
⎛ ⎞<br />
+ N B = 1 ⎜ ⎟<br />
⎝ 2 ⎠<br />
⇒ log 10 10 = 2<br />
t log10<br />
2<br />
t = 6.62 yr<br />
24. [D] Potential difference across the resistance 20Ω.<br />
Which is V = i × 20<br />
48<br />
i =<br />
100 + 100 + 80 + 20<br />
25. [A] Intensity = Power per limit area.<br />
P = pv<br />
P 0.5<br />
p = = v 8<br />
3×<br />
10<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 109<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
E<br />
26. [A] I =<br />
R + r<br />
P 1 = I 2 R 1<br />
P 2 = I 2 R 2<br />
Power delivered is same in both cases.<br />
2<br />
2<br />
⎛ E ⎞ ⎛ E ⎞<br />
⎜ R1<br />
R1<br />
r<br />
⎟ = R2<br />
⎝ +<br />
⎜<br />
⎠ R2<br />
r<br />
⎟<br />
⎝ + ⎠<br />
R1<br />
R1<br />
+<br />
( r)<br />
2<br />
=<br />
⇒ r = R 1R2<br />
27. [A] q =<br />
B∆A<br />
R<br />
R2<br />
R2<br />
+<br />
28. [B] F = qvB sinθ<br />
( r)<br />
29. [D] θ = 0 F = 0<br />
Hence no change in the velocity.<br />
2<br />
30. [A]<br />
31. [C] Diamagnetic materials have negative<br />
susceptibility<br />
32.<br />
mV<br />
[D] r = qB<br />
r 1 V =<br />
1 B .<br />
2<br />
r2<br />
V2<br />
B1<br />
ρ0<br />
33. [B] ρ =<br />
1+ γ∆T<br />
or 1(1 + γ × 4) = 0.998<br />
∴ γ = – 5 × 10 –4 /°C<br />
Negative sign tells that for 0 – 4°C, water contracts<br />
on heating.<br />
∂y<br />
34. [A] From V P = – V ×<br />
∂x<br />
∂y<br />
At location of P, is – and V is along +ve<br />
∂x<br />
x-axis.<br />
So, V P is along +ve x-axis<br />
35. [C] Deviation should take place at each face.<br />
Dispersion takes place at first face only.<br />
36. [B] 1 atmosphere ≈ 10 5 Pa<br />
Also, p = hρg<br />
= 10 × 1000 × 10 Pa = 10 5 Pa<br />
So, total pressure is nearly 2 × 10 5 Pa<br />
37. [B] T ∝ (r) 3/2<br />
Since r is doubled therefore T is increased by a<br />
factor of [2] 3/2 or 8 or 2 2<br />
So, the new time period is 365 × 2 2 days.<br />
L/3 L/6<br />
38. [C]<br />
L/2<br />
Using theorem of parallel axes,<br />
2<br />
2<br />
ML ⎛ L<br />
I = + M<br />
12 6 ⎟ ⎞<br />
⎜<br />
⎝ ⎠<br />
I =<br />
39. [D] 2<br />
1 KL 2 =<br />
2<br />
2<br />
ML ML 4ML ML<br />
+ = =<br />
12 36 36 9<br />
2<br />
P<br />
2M<br />
2<br />
or p = L<br />
40. [B] → A . → B = 0 ⇒ → A ⊥ → B<br />
→ → → →<br />
A × C = 0 ⇒ A || C<br />
∴ → B ⊥ → C ∴ θ = 90°<br />
CHEMISTRY<br />
MK<br />
1. [C]<br />
Ca(OH) 2 (aq.) + CO 2 (g) —→ CaCO 3 (s)<br />
1 mol 100 g<br />
given: 0.05 × 0.5 mol ?<br />
0 .05×<br />
0.5×<br />
100<br />
=<br />
1<br />
= 2.5 g<br />
n 1<br />
2. [A] r = ∝ t m<br />
⇒ w ∝<br />
m<br />
⇒ M<br />
w ∝<br />
8 16<br />
3. [D] No. of atoms per unit cell = + = 4 8 2<br />
4<br />
Vol. of 4 atoms = 4 × πr 3 16<br />
= πr<br />
3<br />
3 3<br />
h<br />
4. [C] λ = mv<br />
5. [A] ∆x. ∆v =<br />
Here ∆v = 10 4 ×<br />
h<br />
4πm<br />
0.011<br />
100<br />
2<br />
1<br />
M<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 110<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
6. [D] ∆ r Hº = ∑ AgH º ( p)<br />
− ∑ AgH º ( R)<br />
7. [C]<br />
8. [C] ∆Hg > 0<br />
⎛ 1 ⎞<br />
9. [C] K 2 =<br />
⎜<br />
⎟<br />
⎝ K1<br />
⎠<br />
1/ 2<br />
[ CH 3COO<br />
]<br />
10. [B] pH = pK a + log<br />
[ CH 3COOH<br />
]<br />
6 = pK a + log 1 ⇒ Ka = 10 –6<br />
11. [A] Al(OH) 3 (s) Al 3+ (aq) + 3OH¯(aq)<br />
S 3S<br />
Given pH = 4 ∴ pm = 10 ∴ [m – ] = 10 –10<br />
k sp = [Al 3+ ][OH¯] 3<br />
⇒ 10 –33 = S × (10 –10 ) 3 ⇒ S = 10 –3 M<br />
12. [B] r = k[A] 2<br />
13. [C]<br />
14. [C] ∆T b = K b × m<br />
1. 8 1000<br />
0.1 = K b × × 180 100<br />
K b = 1K/m<br />
15. [D] E° cell = E° red (c) + E° oxi (A)<br />
= – 0.41 + 0.76 = 0.35 V<br />
16. [B] 2H + + 2e – ⎯→ H 2<br />
2<br />
0.059 [ H + ]<br />
E = E° + log<br />
2 [ H 2]<br />
E can be greater than E° if [H + ]<br />
is increased.<br />
CCl<br />
17. [B] + Br 2 ⎯⎯→<br />
⎯<br />
4<br />
18. [A]<br />
(Anti-add n reaction)<br />
[Syn-add n ]<br />
cis-alkene<br />
O S O4<br />
⎯<br />
H 2O2<br />
−<br />
Br<br />
Br<br />
⎯ ⎯ → meso product<br />
H<br />
C 2 H 5<br />
OH<br />
OH<br />
20. [C] Bicylo[1,1,0]<br />
21. [D]<br />
22. [B]<br />
23. [C]<br />
24. [D]<br />
25. [B]<br />
δ–<br />
O<br />
Θ ⊕<br />
Θ ⊕<br />
R/Mgx + H–C–H ⎯→ R–CH 2 –O/Mg x<br />
δ+<br />
HOH hydrolysis<br />
O<br />
..<br />
⊕ Θ<br />
(i) H/CN<br />
CH 3 – C–H<br />
(NAR)<br />
(ii) H 3 O ⊕<br />
R–CH 2 –OH+ Mg(OH)x<br />
OH<br />
CH 3 – C–COOH<br />
H<br />
Lactic acid<br />
CH 3<br />
CH 3<br />
Ether<br />
CH– Br + 2Na + Br – CH<br />
CH<br />
CH 3<br />
3<br />
CH 3<br />
2,3-dimethylbutane CH–CH<br />
H 3 C<br />
CH 2 –OH<br />
CH–OH<br />
CH 2 –OH<br />
Glycerol<br />
+ COOH ⎯ 110 ⎯⎯<br />
°C → HCOOH<br />
COOH<br />
CH 3<br />
CH 3<br />
formic acid<br />
CH 3<br />
H<br />
C=C<br />
H<br />
OH<br />
|<br />
CH 2 –CH 2 –*C–CH 3<br />
|<br />
H<br />
Chiral centre<br />
(optical activity is shown)<br />
two geometrical isomers will be formed due to<br />
double bond.<br />
two optical isomers with one chiral centre<br />
19. [B]<br />
C 2 H 5<br />
CH 2 –CH=CH 2 ⎯ NBS ⎯⎯ → CH–CH=CH 2<br />
|<br />
Br<br />
[NBS. substitutes bromine at allylic position]<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 111<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
26. [B] COOH<br />
CH 2<br />
CH 2<br />
CH 2<br />
CH 2<br />
COOH<br />
Adipic acid<br />
Ca(OH) 2<br />
O<br />
||<br />
C–O<br />
C–O<br />
||<br />
O<br />
Ca<br />
–CaCO 3 dry distillation<br />
34. [C] POP ⇒ CaSO 4 . 2<br />
1<br />
H2 O<br />
35. [B]<br />
H<br />
H<br />
B<br />
H<br />
H<br />
B<br />
H<br />
H<br />
Bridge H ⇒ 2<br />
Terminal H ⇒ 4<br />
36. [B] Order of Lewis Acid BCl 3 < AlCl 3<br />
37. [C] Fact<br />
38. [D] Brass ⇒ Cu + Zn<br />
non metal ⇒ Cu + Sn + Zn<br />
German silver ⇒ Cu + Zn + Ni<br />
O<br />
Cyclopentanone<br />
39. [B] CN – is a strongest ligand<br />
40. [C] Ionisation Isomerism<br />
27. [B] Pinacol → (vic-diols)<br />
OH OH<br />
H 3 C—C—C—CH 3<br />
CH 3 CH 3<br />
2,3-dimethyl–2,3-butanediol<br />
28. [A]<br />
O<br />
H–C–H , do not show aldol condensation<br />
αH = 0<br />
1<br />
6 2<br />
29. [A]<br />
3<br />
H CH3<br />
3 C 5<br />
4<br />
(A) 3, 5–dimethyl cyclohexene<br />
30. [C]<br />
L<br />
O –2 F – Na + Mg +2 Al +3 R<br />
Size↓<br />
ENC ↑<br />
∴ Correct order O –2 > F – > Na + > Mg +2 > Al +3<br />
31. [B]<br />
O < N<br />
13.6,14.6<br />
MATHEMATICS<br />
1. [B] Let the point is (x 1 , y 1 ) then<br />
3x 1 + 4y 1 = 5 … (1)<br />
Also, (x 1 – 1) 2 + (y 1 – 2) 2 = (x 1 – 3) 2 + (y 1 –4) 2<br />
⇒ 4x 1 + 4y 1 = 20 … (2)<br />
Solving these we get,<br />
x 1 = 15, y 1 = – 10<br />
X – Y<br />
2. [B] x = X cos 45º – Y sin 45º =<br />
2<br />
X + Y<br />
y = X cos 45º + Y cos 45º =<br />
2<br />
Hence equation be<br />
2<br />
2<br />
3 ⎛ X – Y<br />
2<br />
⎟ ⎞<br />
⎜ + 3 ⎛ X + Y<br />
⎝ ⎠ 2<br />
⎟ ⎞ ⎛<br />
2<br />
⎜ + ⎜<br />
X – Y<br />
2<br />
⎝ ⎠<br />
⎝ 2<br />
3(x – y) 2 + 3(x + y) 2 + 2(x 2 – y 2 ) = 4<br />
⇒ 8x 2 + 4y 2 = 4<br />
⇒ 2x 2 + y 2 = 1<br />
3. [A]<br />
2<br />
⎞<br />
⎟<br />
= 2<br />
⎠<br />
32. [A] (Li – Mg), (Be – Al), (B – Si)<br />
⇒ show Diagonal Relationship<br />
33. [A] Order of solubility of sulphate<br />
BeSO 4 > MgSO 4 > CaSO 4 > SrSO 4<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 112<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
4. [A]<br />
3<br />
10. [C] f (x) = | x |, g (x) = [x – 3]<br />
– 8 8 < x <<br />
5 5<br />
⇒ 0 ≤ f (x)<br />
Now for 0 ≤ f (x) < 1<br />
= – 3 [Q – 3 ≤ f (x) – 3 < – 2]<br />
again for 1 ≤ f(x) < 1.6<br />
g (f (x)) = – 2 [Q – 2 ≤ f (x) – 3 < 1.4]<br />
required get = {–3, – 2}<br />
5. [C] x 2 – 3xy + 2y 2 = 0<br />
⇒ (x – 2y) (x – y) = 0<br />
⇒ x – 2y = 0 and x – y = 0<br />
Also x 2 – 3xy + 2y 2 + x – 2 = 0<br />
x – 2y + 2 = 0 and x – y – 1 = 0<br />
Clearly it is parallelogram<br />
( x – 2)<br />
6. [C]<br />
12<br />
a 2 e 2 = a 2 + b 2<br />
⇒ ae = 4<br />
⇒ 2ae = 8<br />
2<br />
–<br />
( y + 1)<br />
4<br />
2<br />
= 1<br />
7. [C] x 2 + 4x – 5 = 0<br />
⇒ x 2 + 5x – x – 5 = 0<br />
⇒ x(x + 5) – (x + 5) = 0 ⇒ x = –5, 1<br />
Hence points are (1, 2) and (1, –2)<br />
At (1, 2) tangent on circle be<br />
x + 2y = 5<br />
its slope is (–1/2)<br />
Also at (1, 2) tangent on parabola be<br />
2y = 2(x + 1)<br />
Whose slope = 1<br />
than tan θ =<br />
1<br />
1 +<br />
2<br />
1<br />
1 –<br />
2<br />
= 3<br />
8. [A] As the point (2 2 , 1) satisfies the eq n of<br />
director circle<br />
x 2 + y 2 = 25 – 16<br />
⇒ x 2 + y 2 = 9<br />
9. [B] Eq n of tangent having slope 'm' to ellipse<br />
y = mx +<br />
2<br />
2<br />
a m + b<br />
As it touch circle x 2 + y 2 = r 2 then<br />
a 2 m 2 + b 2 = r 2 + r 2 m 2<br />
⇒ m =<br />
r<br />
a<br />
2<br />
2<br />
– b<br />
– r<br />
2<br />
2<br />
2<br />
11. [B] f (0) = f (0 +)<br />
cos3h<br />
– cos h<br />
λ = lim<br />
h→0<br />
2<br />
h<br />
2sin 2 h.sin<br />
h<br />
= lim –<br />
= λ = – 4<br />
h →0 (2h)<br />
( h)<br />
dy 1+<br />
( y / x)<br />
12. [B] =<br />
2<br />
dx ( y / x)<br />
put y = vx<br />
3<br />
dy 1+ v<br />
v + x = dx<br />
2<br />
v<br />
After solving<br />
y 3 = 3x 3 log cx<br />
13. [D] Put x e x = t<br />
(x + 1) e x dx = dt<br />
2<br />
∴<br />
∫sec t dt = tan t + c =<br />
3<br />
tan ( xe x )<br />
+ c<br />
f ( x)<br />
14. [C] Put x = 3 – h<br />
lim [– h] + [– 1 – h] = –1 + 1 = 0<br />
h →0<br />
15. [C] x 3 + 4x 2 + 3x = x (x 2 + 4x + 3)<br />
= x (x + 1) (x + 3)<br />
x ≠ 0, – 1, – 3<br />
A = R – {0, – 1, – 3}<br />
16. [B] Integrate both sides<br />
a tan –1 x + b [log (x – 1) – ln (x + 1)]<br />
dx<br />
=<br />
∫ 2 2<br />
( x –1)( x + 1)<br />
a tan –1 x + b [log (n – 1) – ln (x + 1)<br />
1 ⎡ dx dx ⎤<br />
= ⎢<br />
⎥<br />
⎣∫ –<br />
2<br />
2<br />
–1<br />
∫ 2<br />
x x + 1 ⎦<br />
1 ⎡1<br />
⎛ x –1⎞<br />
–1 ⎤<br />
= ⎢ l n⎜<br />
⎟ – tan x⎥ 2 ⎣2<br />
⎝ x + 1⎠<br />
⎦<br />
Compare<br />
a = –1/2, b = + 1/4<br />
a – 2b = – 2<br />
1 – 2 (+ 1/4) = – 1<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 113<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
17. [C] f ′(x) = 3x 2 + 2ax + b<br />
18. [C]<br />
A = 3 > 0<br />
D = 4 (a 2 – 3b) Q a 2 – 3b < 0<br />
∴ D < 0<br />
∴ f ′(x) > 0 ⇒ f is strictly increasing<br />
⇒ no maxi./min. lie.<br />
y = –x<br />
O 2<br />
y = x<br />
A =<br />
∫ 2<br />
y dx =<br />
∫ 2<br />
x dx = 2<br />
19. [C] 0 < x < 1<br />
⇒ x 2 > x 3<br />
0<br />
2<br />
2 x > 2 x3<br />
∫ 1 0<br />
20. [D]<br />
x<br />
2<br />
2 dx ><br />
∫ 1 2 dx<br />
0<br />
–1<br />
x<br />
0<br />
3<br />
1<br />
⇒ I 1 > I 2<br />
One-one function<br />
Range = [–1, 1] = co domain<br />
⇓<br />
onto function<br />
21. [B] x 5 – 2y 4 = 0<br />
dy ⎡<br />
4<br />
5x<br />
=<br />
dx ⎥ ⎥ ⎤<br />
⎢ 3<br />
⎢⎣<br />
8y<br />
⎦<br />
⎛ dy ⎞<br />
⎜ ⎟<br />
⎝ dx ⎠<br />
2,2<br />
length =<br />
22. [B]<br />
dy =<br />
dx<br />
⎡ 80 ⎤ 5<br />
= – ⎢ ⎥ = –<br />
⎣8×8<br />
⎦ 4<br />
y 2 8<br />
= =<br />
5/ 4 5<br />
y 1<br />
dy / dθ<br />
=<br />
dx / dθ<br />
a cosθ<br />
⎡<br />
1 ⎤<br />
a ⎢– sin θ +<br />
⎥<br />
⎣ 2sin θ/<br />
2cosθ/<br />
2⎦<br />
dy =<br />
dθ<br />
(cosθ).sin<br />
θ<br />
cosh<br />
dy<br />
⇒ = tan θ dx<br />
⎛ ⎞<br />
23. [C] t n = (n + 1) ⎜ + 1 ⎛ 1 ⎞<br />
n ⎟ ⎜n<br />
+ ⎟<br />
⎝ ω ⎠ ⎝ ω 2 ⎠<br />
= n 3 + n 2 ⎛ 1 1 ⎞ ⎛ 1 1 ⎞<br />
⎜ + + 1<br />
2<br />
⎟ + n ⎜1+<br />
+ ⎟ + 1<br />
2<br />
⎝ ω ω ⎠ ⎝ ω ω ⎠<br />
= n 3 + n 2 (ω + ω 2 + 1) + n (ω + ω 2 + 1) + 1<br />
= n 3 + 1<br />
n<br />
∴ S n = ∑<br />
=<br />
r 1<br />
t r<br />
n<br />
= ∑<br />
=<br />
r 1<br />
3 n<br />
( r + 1) =<br />
a 1 + a4<br />
a 2 + a3<br />
24. [C] = ;<br />
a1a4<br />
a2a3<br />
1<br />
so,<br />
a + 1<br />
4 a = 1<br />
1 a + 1<br />
or<br />
3 a2<br />
Also,<br />
25. [D]<br />
3( a<br />
a<br />
a<br />
2 – 3)<br />
2a3<br />
a1 =<br />
– a<br />
a a<br />
1<br />
4<br />
4<br />
1<br />
2<br />
( n + 1)<br />
4<br />
a – 4 3<br />
;<br />
2<br />
+ n<br />
1<br />
a = 1<br />
a – 1<br />
2 a1<br />
… (i)<br />
⎛ 1 1 ⎞ 1<br />
So, 3 ⎜ ⎟<br />
–<br />
=<br />
⎝ a3<br />
a2<br />
⎠ a – 1<br />
… (ii)<br />
4 a1<br />
Clearly, (i) and (ii)<br />
1<br />
⇒<br />
a – 1<br />
2 a = 1<br />
1 a – 1<br />
3 a = 1<br />
2 a – 1<br />
4 a ;<br />
3<br />
1<br />
so,<br />
a , 1<br />
1 a , 1<br />
2 a , 1<br />
3 a<br />
are in A.P. or a 1, a 2 , a 3 , a 4 are<br />
4<br />
in H.P.<br />
2<br />
x + 1– 2 2<br />
f (x) = = 1 – ;<br />
2<br />
x + 1 x 2 + 1<br />
2<br />
f (x) is minimum when is maximum or (x 2<br />
x 2 + 1<br />
+ 1) is minimum<br />
i.e. x 2 + 1 ≥ 1 for all x<br />
⎛ 2 ⎞<br />
Hence ⎜<br />
2<br />
⎟ = 2<br />
⎝ x + 1⎠max.<br />
2<br />
or f (x) = 1– is minimum, when<br />
x 2 + 1<br />
maximum<br />
or f (x) = 1 – 2 = – 1<br />
2<br />
is<br />
x 2 + 1<br />
26. [B] As it is a third-degree homogeneous<br />
expression in x, y, we have<br />
y 3 + y 2 x – µ yx 2 + λ + x 3 =(y + x) (y + 3x)(y + mx)<br />
= y 3 + (m + 3 + 1) y 2 x + (3 + m + 3m) yx 2 + 3mx 3<br />
⇒ 1 = m + 4, – µ = 3 + 4m, λ = 3m,<br />
⇒ m = – 3<br />
∴ y – 3x is third factor<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 114<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
27. [C] Required number<br />
= coeff. of x 30 in (x 2 + x 3 + …..+ x 16 ) 8<br />
= coeff. of x 30 in x 16 (1 + x + …..+ x 14 ) 8<br />
8<br />
⎛<br />
15<br />
= coeff. of x 14 1– ⎞<br />
in ⎜<br />
x<br />
⎟<br />
1–<br />
⎝ x ⎠<br />
= coeff. of x 14 in (1 – x 2 ) –8 = 21 C 14 = 116280<br />
28. [C] Here |t r + 1 | = 7 C r .4 7–r . (3x) r<br />
and | t r | = 7 C r–1 4 8–r (3x) r–1<br />
| t r 1 |<br />
∴ + 7 ! ( r –1)!(8 – r)!<br />
1<br />
= ×<br />
. .3x<br />
| t | r!(7 – r)<br />
! 7 ! 4<br />
=<br />
r<br />
8 – r<br />
r<br />
∴ |t r + 1 | ≥ | t r |<br />
r ≥<br />
2<br />
2<br />
3<br />
. 3 2 8 – r . = 4 3 2 r<br />
if 8 – r ≥ 2r or 3<br />
8 ≥ r<br />
∴ T [r] + 1 is greatest term<br />
∴ Numerically largest term = | t 3 | = 7 C 2 .4 5 .(3x) 2<br />
=<br />
29. [A]<br />
7!<br />
.4 5 ⎛ 2 ⎞<br />
. ⎜3.<br />
⎟ = 86016.<br />
2! 5! ⎝ 3 ⎠<br />
1+<br />
=<br />
n<br />
1+15k<br />
= 15<br />
= 15<br />
1 + k<br />
2<br />
2 4n 16 n<br />
= =<br />
15 15<br />
n<br />
(1 + 15)<br />
15<br />
C 115<br />
+ C215<br />
+ .... +<br />
15<br />
2<br />
, where k ∈ N,<br />
⎪⎧<br />
2 4n ⎪⎫<br />
⎧ 1 ⎫ 1<br />
∴ ⎨ ⎬ = ⎨ + k⎬<br />
=<br />
⎪⎩ 15 ⎪⎭ ⎩15<br />
⎭ 15<br />
n<br />
n<br />
n<br />
C 15<br />
1+ x<br />
30. [B] Here f (x) = ⇒ f (A) = (I + A) (I – A)<br />
–1<br />
1– x<br />
⎡ 2 2 ⎤ ⎡ 0<br />
= ⎢ ⎥<br />
⎣ 2 2<br />
⎢ ⎦ ⎣ – 2<br />
⎡ –1 –1⎤<br />
= ⎢ ⎥<br />
⎣ –1 –1 ⎦<br />
– 2 ⎤<br />
0<br />
⎥<br />
⎦<br />
–1<br />
n<br />
⎡ 2 2 ⎤ ⎡ 0<br />
= ⎢ ⎥<br />
⎣ 2 2<br />
⎢ ⎦ ⎣ –1/ 2<br />
–1/ 2 ⎤<br />
0<br />
⎥<br />
⎦<br />
31. [D] Applying R 1 → R 1 – R 2 and R 2 → R 2 – R 3<br />
5 – 5 0<br />
f (x) = 0 5 – 5<br />
2<br />
sin x<br />
2<br />
cos x 5 + 4sin 2x<br />
= 25<br />
sin<br />
1<br />
0<br />
2<br />
–1<br />
1<br />
2<br />
0<br />
–1<br />
x cos x 5 + 4sin 2x<br />
⇒ f (x) = 150 + 100 sin 2x<br />
Clearly<br />
(a) domain (– ∞, ∞) (b) range [50,250]<br />
(c) period π<br />
(d)<br />
lim<br />
→0 x<br />
f ( x)<br />
– 150<br />
= 200 x<br />
32. [C] We have<br />
R = {(1, 3), (1, 5), (2, 3), (2, 5), (3, 5), (4, 5)}<br />
∴ R = {(3, 1), (5, 1), (3, 2), (5, 2), (5, 3), (5, 4)}<br />
hence R oR –1 = {(3, 3), (3, 5), (5, 3), (5, 5)}<br />
33. [A] n (S) = 6 × 6 × 6 × 6<br />
n(E) = the number of integral solutions of<br />
x 1 + x 2 + x 3 + x 4 = 12,<br />
where 1≤ x 1 ≤ 6, ….,1≤ x 4 ≤ 6<br />
= coefficient of x 12 in (x + x 2 + …. x 6 ) 4<br />
4<br />
⎛<br />
6<br />
= coefficient of x 8 1– ⎞<br />
in ⎜<br />
x<br />
⎟<br />
1–<br />
⎝ x ⎠<br />
= coefficient of x 8 in<br />
(1 – x 6 ) 4 . ( 3 C 0 + 4 C 1 x + 5 C 2 x 2 + ….)<br />
= 11 C 8 – 4. 5 C 2 = 125<br />
.125<br />
∴ P (E) =<br />
6×<br />
6×<br />
6×<br />
6<br />
34. [B] The total number of ways in which 8 persons<br />
can speak is 8 P 8 = 8!. The number of ways in<br />
which A, B and C can be arranged in the specified<br />
speaking order is 8 C 3 . There are 5! ways in which<br />
the other five can speak. So, favourable number of<br />
ways is 8 C 3 × 5!<br />
Hence, required probability =<br />
35. [D] Since,<br />
10<br />
⇒ ∑<br />
=<br />
i 1<br />
4<br />
⇒ ∑<br />
=<br />
i 1<br />
x i = 60<br />
10<br />
∑<br />
i= 1<br />
10<br />
x i<br />
8<br />
C3<br />
× 5! 1<br />
=<br />
8! 6<br />
= 6 (Q A.M. = 6)<br />
and<br />
10<br />
x i = 30, ∴ ∑<br />
i=<br />
5<br />
10<br />
∑<br />
i= 1<br />
4<br />
x i<br />
= 7.5<br />
x i = 60 – 30 = 30<br />
30<br />
⇒ Mean of remaining items = = 5 6<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 115<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
36. [A] v r = sin θ nˆ<br />
| v r | = sin θ<br />
| u r | 2 = | a r | 2 + cos 2 θ | b r | 2 – 2 cos θ a r . b r<br />
= 1 + cos 2 θ – 2 cos 2 θ<br />
| u r | 2 = sin 2 θ<br />
| u r | = sin θ |v r | = | u r |<br />
37. [C] Let c r = x î + yˆ j + zk<br />
ˆ<br />
|a r | 2 = | b r | 2 = | c r | 2 = x 2 + y 2 + z 2 = 2 … (1)<br />
c r . î < 0<br />
x < 0s<br />
. b<br />
r a r r r r<br />
a.<br />
c . c<br />
r = r r = r b r r<br />
r<br />
| a | .| b | | a | | c | | b | | c |<br />
1 x + y y + z<br />
= =<br />
2 2 2<br />
x = z, y = 1 – z<br />
Put x = z, y = 1 – z in eq n (i) we get<br />
z = 1, – 1/3<br />
1<br />
x = z = –<br />
3<br />
c r = 3<br />
1 (– î + 4 ĵ – kˆ )<br />
38. [A] P r = AC + BD = AC + BC + CD<br />
P r = AC + λ AD + CD<br />
P r = λ AD + AD<br />
P r = (λ +1) AD<br />
µ = λ +1<br />
41. [B] sin –1 x<br />
⇒ sin –1<br />
⇒ sin –1 3 = sin<br />
–1<br />
x<br />
2<br />
3 x – 16<br />
⇒ = x x<br />
⇒ x 2 – 16 = 9<br />
⇒ x = 5<br />
42. [B]<br />
b + c<br />
c + a + b + c<br />
⇒<br />
( b + c)(<br />
c + a)<br />
2 –2 2<br />
a + b – c<br />
⇒<br />
ab<br />
1<br />
⇒ cos c = 2<br />
D α<br />
43. [A]<br />
x<br />
β<br />
A<br />
1 )<br />
h<br />
tan β = AB<br />
In ∆CDE<br />
h – x<br />
tan α =<br />
AB<br />
AB = (h – x) cot θ<br />
h(cot α<br />
⇒ x =<br />
cot α<br />
π , n ∈ z<br />
39. [B]<br />
x – x1<br />
y – y1<br />
z – z1<br />
For image of point = =<br />
a b c<br />
–2( ax + by1<br />
+ cz1<br />
+ d<br />
=<br />
2 2 2<br />
a + b + c<br />
x –1 y – 3 z – 4 –2(2 – 3 + 4 + 3)<br />
= = =<br />
2 –1 1 4 + 1+<br />
1<br />
x = – 3, y =5, z = 2<br />
Image of point (–3, 5, 2)<br />
40. [B] cos 2x + 2 cos 2 x = 2<br />
⇒ 2 cos 2 x –1 + 2 cos 2 x = 2<br />
⇒ 4 cos 2 x = 3<br />
⇒ cos 2 x = 4<br />
3<br />
⇒ cos 2 x = cos 2 π<br />
6<br />
⇒ x = nπ ±<br />
6<br />
3 + sin<br />
–1<br />
3 π = – sin<br />
–1<br />
x 2<br />
4<br />
⇒ sin –1 3 = cos<br />
1<br />
x x<br />
4 π =<br />
x 2<br />
4<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 116<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong><br />
⎛<br />
⎜<br />
⎜<br />
⎝<br />
x<br />
x<br />
2<br />
x – 16<br />
⎞<br />
⎟<br />
⎟<br />
⎠<br />
1 1 3<br />
+ =<br />
c + a a + b + c<br />
3<br />
=<br />
( a + b + c)<br />
⇒ (2c + a + b) (a + b + c) = 3 (b +c) (c + a)<br />
⇒ 2ac + 2bc + 2c 2 + a 2 + ab + ac + ab + b 2 + bc<br />
= 3bc + 3ab + 3c 2 + 3ac<br />
⇒ a 2 + b 2 = ab + c 2<br />
= 1 ⇒<br />
C<br />
a<br />
2 +<br />
E h<br />
B<br />
Let height of piller be x m.<br />
In ∆ABC<br />
b<br />
2 – c<br />
2 1<br />
=<br />
2ab<br />
2<br />
∠c = 60º<br />
AB = h cot β … (1)<br />
from (1) & (2)<br />
h cot β = (h – x) cot α<br />
⇒ h cot β = h cot α – x cot α<br />
… (ii)<br />
– cotβ)<br />
h(tanβ<br />
– tan α)<br />
⇒ x =<br />
tanβ
44. [A] a = 3, b = 5, a = 4<br />
c<br />
2 + a<br />
2 – b<br />
2<br />
cos B =<br />
2ac<br />
16 + 9 – 25<br />
⇒ cos B = = 0<br />
2(3) (4)<br />
⇒ ∠B = 90º<br />
∴ sin 2<br />
β + cos 2<br />
β = sin 45º + cos 45º<br />
=<br />
1 1 + = 2<br />
2 2<br />
45. [A] sin θ + cosec θ = 2<br />
1<br />
⇒ sin θ + = 2<br />
sin θ<br />
⇒ sin 2 θ – 2 sin θ + 1 = 0<br />
⇒ (sin θ – 1) 2 = 0<br />
∴ sin 11 θ + cosec 21 θ = (1) 11 + (1) 21 = 2<br />
LOGICAL REASONING<br />
1. [D] The pattern is x 2 +1, x 2 + 2, . . . .<br />
Missing number = 28 × 2 + 3 = 59<br />
2. [A]A car runs on petrol and a television works by<br />
electricity.<br />
3. [A] All except Titans are planets of the solar<br />
system.<br />
4. [C]; 5. [B]<br />
6. [D]<br />
7. [B] The third figure in each row comprises of<br />
parts which are not common to the first two<br />
figure.<br />
8. [A]<br />
9. [C]<br />
10. [A]<br />
ENGLISH<br />
1. [B] Geraff :<br />
Incorrect spelling.<br />
• 'e' should be replaced with 'i'<br />
• The word should end with 'e' after 'ff'<br />
Giraffe :<br />
Correct spelling.<br />
Giraf :<br />
'fe' is to be added in the end.<br />
Gerraffe :<br />
• 'Ge' is to be replaced with 'Gi' to make the<br />
correct spelling.<br />
2. [B] Puncture :<br />
No error.<br />
It makes the tyre flat.<br />
Puntuation :<br />
Error of spelling<br />
Correct spelling is 'Punctuation'<br />
Hence 'c' is missing.<br />
Pudding :<br />
No error<br />
It is used as 'Dessert'<br />
Pungent :<br />
No Error<br />
It is some what 'sharp' and 'shrill'.<br />
3. [A] Luxurious : (Plush)<br />
Something full of all 'amenities' making life 'cozy'<br />
and 'snug'.<br />
Delicious : Irrelevant as it means 'something very<br />
tasty.'<br />
Comforting : 'Irrelevant' as it means 'giving<br />
necessary comforts', whereas 'Plush' means more<br />
than comforts.<br />
Tasty : (Irrelevant)<br />
It means 'delicious'<br />
4. [A] Lively : Correct synonym to 'sprightly' as both<br />
means, 'someone dashing/energetic/enthusiastic'.<br />
Beautiful : (Irrelevant)<br />
Sportive : (Irrelevant)<br />
Intelligent : (Irrelevant)<br />
5. [D] Wicked : It is almost a synonym to 'Astute'<br />
Impolite : Irrelevant because it is the antonym of<br />
'polite'.<br />
Cowardly : Irrelevant as it is the opposite of<br />
'bravely'.<br />
Foolish : (It's the correct antonym of 'Astute'<br />
which itself means 'clever, shrewd'.<br />
6. [D] Deadly : It means 'Fatal'.<br />
Hence, this is not a proper antonym to 'innocuous'.<br />
Ferocious : It means 'horrible'<br />
Hence, irrelevant to the opposite of 'innocuous'.<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 117<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
Poisonous : It means 'venomous'.<br />
Hence, an irrelevant 'antonym'.<br />
Harmful : It is a perfect antonym of innocuous<br />
which itself means 'harmless'.<br />
7. [D] Corruption :<br />
Irrelevant<br />
Worldliness :<br />
Irrelevant<br />
Favouritism :<br />
Irrelevant<br />
Nepotism : (Correct Answer) because<br />
It's a kind of corruption in which the authority in<br />
power takes the advantage of giving opportunity<br />
to their relatives in their self interest.<br />
8. [B] Cross : (to pass by, to intersect)<br />
It means different<br />
Hence, irrelevant.<br />
Shuttle : (Proper answer)<br />
It's a kind of "regular beats" of an air flight or bus<br />
service between the two stations.<br />
Travel : It means to journey.<br />
Hence, irrelavent.<br />
Run : (to move regularly)<br />
Hence, irrelevant.<br />
9. [D] Only 1 is correct :<br />
Inappropriate answer because sentence 1 can't be<br />
correct using 'practise' as it is a verb, whereas the<br />
required word should be a noun.<br />
Only 2 is correct :<br />
Sentence 2 is also wrong because the word<br />
'practice' is wrongly used as a verb. It should be a<br />
verb like 'practise'. Hence, incorrect answer.<br />
Both the sentences 1 and 2 are correct.<br />
This is not relevant.<br />
Both the sentences 1 and 2 are not correct.<br />
Correct option, if both the words, i.e. 'practice' and<br />
'practise' are interchanged respectively, it really<br />
makes a meaningful sentence.<br />
10. [C] Sentence 1 is correct :<br />
This option is wrong because the word 'ingenuous'<br />
means 'frank and simple' which is inappropriate.<br />
Sentence 2 is correct :<br />
This option is also wrong because the word<br />
'ingenious' means 'clever or prudent' and this is<br />
inappropriate.<br />
Both the words, i.e. 'ingenuous' and 'ingenious' if<br />
interchanged together respectively, it really makes<br />
both the sentences meaningful.<br />
Hence, appropriate option.<br />
Both the sentences can't be interchanged. This<br />
is an incorrect option because words have been<br />
misinterpreted together.<br />
Incorrect option.<br />
11. [C] Far off :<br />
It can't be used in place of 'aloof' as far off' means<br />
long-long ago.<br />
Hence, incorrect alternative .<br />
Introvert : It means 'self-centred',<br />
Hence, It is an incorrect alternative.<br />
distance : This is an appropriate word because<br />
one of the meaning of 'aloof' is distant also while<br />
keeping distance between two nouns.<br />
Depressed : (it means 'hopeless')<br />
Hence, quite irrelevant.<br />
12. [A] "Meatless days" This is the name of a<br />
novel. Hence, no error is there.<br />
Have been made : (Erroneous)<br />
Because 'have' should be replaced with 'has'<br />
because 'meatless days' is a singular noun.<br />
Into a film :<br />
No error in this part of the sentence.<br />
No error : Incorrect option because there is an<br />
error in the sentence.<br />
13. [C] Looking forward : (No error)<br />
This is a phrase.<br />
'to' (no error)<br />
This is a preposition.<br />
'Meet you here' (erroneous)<br />
Because 'meet will be replaced with 'meeting'<br />
Phrase 'looking forward to' is followed by present<br />
participle (V. I + ing) form of the Verb.<br />
No error : (incorrect option)<br />
Part 'C' is erroneous.<br />
14. [C] Good and Evil<br />
This is a wrong interpretation.<br />
Former and Latter :<br />
Wrong interpretation.<br />
For and against a thing.<br />
Appropriate option as it really suits the Idiom ins<br />
and outs.<br />
Foul and Fair : (by hook or by crook)<br />
This is an inappropriate option.<br />
15. [A] Broke out : (to start suddenly)<br />
'Correct and relevant' option because it is used for<br />
'wars' and 'diseases' e.g. cholera broke out in Surat<br />
in 1985.<br />
Set out : (to start)<br />
it is different because it is used when one leaves<br />
for somewhere<br />
e.g. He set out on his long voyage to Achilese.<br />
took out : (incorrect use)<br />
Because it means differently.<br />
e.g. He took out a one rupee coin to give to the<br />
beggar.<br />
Went out : (Incorrect use) Because meaning is<br />
different<br />
e.g. : The light went out when I was preparing for<br />
my Board Exams.<br />
Hence, inappropriate option.<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 118<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
Subscription Offer for Students<br />
'XtraEdge for IIT-JEE<br />
IIT JEE becoming more competitive examination day by day.<br />
Regular change in pattern making it more challenging.<br />
C<br />
"XtraEdge for IIT JEE" magazine makes sure you're updated & at the forefront.<br />
Every month get the XtraEdge Advantage at your door step.<br />
✓ Magazine content is prepared by highly experienced faculty members on the latest trend of IIT JEE.<br />
✓ Predict future paper trends with XtraEdge Test Series every month to give students practice, practice & more practice.<br />
✓ Take advantage of experts' articles on concepts development and problem solving skills<br />
✓ Stay informed about latest exam dates, syllabus, new study techniques, time management skills and much more XtraFunda.<br />
✓ Confidence building exercises with Self Tests and success stories of IITians<br />
✓ Elevate you to the international arena with international Olympiad/Contests problems and Challenging Questions.<br />
SUBSCRIPTION FORM FOR “EXTRAEDGE FOR IIT-JEE<br />
The Manager-Subscription,<br />
“XtraEdge for IIT-JEE”<br />
<strong>Career</strong> <strong>Point</strong> Infosystems Ltd,<br />
4 th Floor, CP-Tower,<br />
IPIA, Kota (Raj)-324005<br />
I wish to subscribe for the monthly Magazine “XtraEdge for IIT-JEE”<br />
Half Yearly Subscription (Rs. 100/-) One Year subscription (Rs. 200/-) Two year Subscription (Rs. 400/-)<br />
I am paying R. …………………….through<br />
Money Order (M.O)<br />
Bank Demand Draft of No………………………..Bank………………………………………………………..Dated<br />
(Note: Demand Draft should be in favour of "<strong>Career</strong> <strong>Point</strong> Infosystems Ltd" payable at Kota.)<br />
Name:<br />
Special<br />
Offer<br />
_______________________________________________________________________________________<br />
Father's Name: _______________________________________________________________________________________<br />
Address: _______________________________________________________________________________________<br />
________________________City_____________________________State__________________________<br />
PIN_________________________________________Ph with STD Code __________________________<br />
Class Studying in ________________E-Mail: ________________________________________________<br />
From months: ____________________to ________________________________________________<br />
C<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 119<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>
Subscription Offer for Schools<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE<br />
IIT JEE becoming more competitive examination day by day.<br />
Regular change in pattern making it more challenging.<br />
C<br />
"XtraEdge for IIT JEE" magazine makes sure you're updated & at the forefront.<br />
Every month get the XtraEdge Advantage at your door step.<br />
✓ Magazine content is prepared by highly experienced faculty members on the latest trend of the IIT JEE.<br />
✓ Predict future paper trends with XtraEdge Test Series every month to give students practice, practice & more practice.<br />
✓ Take advantage of experts' articles on concepts development and problem solving skills<br />
✓ Stay informed about latest exam dates, syllabus, new study techniques, time management skills and much more XtraFunda.<br />
✓ Confidence building exercises with Self Tests and success stories of IITians<br />
✓ Elevate you to the international arena with international Olympiad/ Contests problems and Challenging Questions.<br />
FREE SUBSCRIPTION FORM FOR “EXTRAEDGE FOR IIT-JEE<br />
The Manager-Subscription,<br />
“XtraEdge for IIT-JEE”<br />
<strong>Career</strong> <strong>Point</strong> Infosystems Ltd,<br />
4 th Floor, CP-Tower,<br />
IPIA, Kota (Raj)-324005<br />
C<br />
We wish to subscribe for the monthly Magazine “XtraEdge for IIT-JEE”<br />
Half Yearly Subscription One Year subscription Two year Subscription<br />
Institution Detail:<br />
Graduate Collage Senior Secondary School Higher Secondary School<br />
Name of the Institute: _____________________________________________________________________________<br />
Name of the Principal: _____________________________________________________________________________<br />
Mailing Address:<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________<br />
__________________City_________________________State__________________________<br />
PIN_____________________Ph with STD Code_____________________________________<br />
Fax_______________________________ E-Mail_____________________________________<br />
Board/ University: _____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
School Seal with Signature<br />
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 120<br />
MARCH <strong>2012</strong>